L 3 COMMUNICATIONS CORP, S-4, 1999-01-07

L 3 COMMUNICATIONS CORP
S-4, 1999-01-07
RADIO & TV BROADCASTING & COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

Previous: CONCENTRA MANAGED CARE INC, 8-A12G/A, 1999-01-07

Next: OHIO STATE FINANCIAL SERVICES INC, 8-K, 1999-01-07

<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 7, 1999
REGISTRATION NO.

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HYGIENETICS ENVIRONMENTAL L-3 COMMUNICATIONS
CORPORATION SERVICES, INC. ILEX SYSTEMS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant (Exact name of registrant (Exact name of registrant
as specified in its charter) as specified in its charter) as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE DELAWARE DELAWARE
(State of incorporation) (State of Incorporation) (State of Incorporation)

3812, 3663, 3679 3812, 3663, 3679 3812, 3663, 3679
(Primary Standard Industrial (Primary Standard Industrial (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) Classification Code Number) Classification Code Number)

13-3937436 13-3992505 13-3992952
(I.R.S. Employer (I.R.S. Employer (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) Identification Number) Identification Number)

600 THIRD AVENUE 600 THIRD AVENUE 600 THIRD AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK, 10016 NEW YORK, NEW YORK, 10016 NEW YORK, NEW YORK, 10016
(212) 697-1111 (212) 697-1111 (212) 697-1111
(Address, including zip code, (Address, including zip code, (Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, and telephone number, and telephone number,
including area code, including area code, including area code,
of registrant's principal of registrant's principal of registrant's principal
executive offices) executive offices) executive offices)

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA L-3 COMMUNICATIONS L-3 COMMUNICATIONS
MICROWAVE, INC. SPD TECHNOLOGIES, INC. ESSCO, INC.
(Exact name of registrant (Exact name of registrant (Exact name of registrant
as specified in its charter) as specified in its charter) as specified in its charter)

CALIFORNIA DELAWARE DELAWARE
(State of incorporation) (State of Incorporation) (State of Incorporation)

13-0478540 23-2457758 04-2281486
(I.R.S. Employer (I.R.S. Employer (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) Identification Number) Identification Number)

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS L-3 COMMUNICATIONS
STORM CONTROL SYSTEMS, INC. DBS MICROWAVE, INC. SPD ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant (Exact name of registrant (Exact name of registrant
as specified in its charter) as specified in its charter) as specified in its charter)

CALIFORNIA CALIFORNIA DELAWARE
(State of Incorporation) (State of Incorporation) (State of Incorporation)

77-0268547 68-0281617 23-2457758
(I.R.S. Employer (I.R.S. Employer (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) Identification Number) Identification Number)

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
SPD SWITCHGEAR INC. PAC ORD INC. HENSCHEL INC.
(Exact name of registrant (Exact name of registrant (Exact name of registrant
as specified in its charter) as specified in its charter) as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE DELAWARE DELAWARE
(State of Incorporation) (State of Incorporation) (State of Incorporation)

23-2510039 23-2523436 23-2554418
(I.R.S. Employer (I.R.S. Employer (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) Identification Number) Identification Number)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
POWER PARAGON, INC. SPD HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant (Exact name of registrant
as specified in its charter) as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE DELAWARE
(State of Incorporation) (State of Incorporation)

3812, 3663, 3679 3812, 3663, 3679
(Primary Standard Industrial (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) Classification Code Number)

33-0638510 23-2977238
(I.R.S. Employer (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) Identification Number)

600 THIRD AVENUE 600 THIRD AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK, 10016 NEW YORK, NEW YORK, 10016
(212) 697-1111 (212) 697-1111
(Address, including zip code, (Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, and telephone number,
including area code, including area code,
of registrant's principal of registrant's principal
executive offices) executive offices)
</TABLE>

CHRISTOPHER C. CAMBRIA
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
600 THIRD AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10016
(212) 697-1111
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone
number, including area code,
of agent for service)

COPIES TO:

VINCENT PAGANO JR. KIRK A. DAVENPORT
SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LATHAM & WATKINS
425 LEXINGTON AVENUE 885 THIRD AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017 NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
(212) 455-2000 (212) 906-1200

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this form are to be offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance
with General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE PROPOSED MAXIMUM AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF REGISTRATION
REGISTERED OFFERING PRICE(1) FEE(1)
- ------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
8% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2008 .. $200,000,000 $55,600
- ------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------
</TABLE>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in
accordance with Rule 457(f).

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION
8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

<PAGE>

EXPLANATORY NOTE

This Registration Statement covers the registration of an aggregate
principal amount of $200,000,000 of 8% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due
2008 (the "Exchange Notes") of L-3 Communications Corporation that may be
exchanged for equal principal amounts of the company's outstanding 8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Old Notes") (the "Exchange Offer"). This
Registration Statement also covers the registration of the Exchange Notes for
resale by Lehman Brothers Inc. in market-making transactions. The complete
prospectus relating to the Exchange Offer (the "Exchange Offer Prospectus")
follows immediately after this explanatory note. Following the Exchange Offer
Prospectus are certain pages of the prospectus relating solely to such
market-making transactions (the "Market-Making Prospectus"), including
alternate front and back cover pages, a section entitled "Risk Factors --
Trading Market for the Exchange Notes") to be used in lieu of the section
entitled "Risk Factors -- You Cannot be Sure That an Active Trading Market Will
Develop for the Exchange Notes," alternate sections entitled "Use of Proceeds"
and "Plan of Distribution". In addition, the Market-Making Prospectus will not
include the following captions (or the information set forth under such
captions) in the Exchange Offer Prospectus: "Prospectus Summary -- the Note
Offering" and "-- the Exchange Offer", "Risk Factors -- Old Notes Outstanding
After the Exchange Offer Will not Have Registration Rights and we Expect the
Market for Such Old Notes to be Illiquid", "The Exchange Offer" and "Certain
United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange". All other
sections of the Exchange Offer Prospectus will be included in the Market-Making
Prospectus.
<PAGE>

THIS INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. THESE
SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN
OFFER TO SELL NOR DOES IT SEEK AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY
JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 7, 1999
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

OFFER TO EXCHANGE SERIES B 8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008 FOR ANY AND
ALL OUTSTANDING 8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008.

TERMS OF EXCHANGE OFFER

o Expires 5:00 p.m., New York City time, , 1999, unless extended

o Subject to certain customary conditions, which we may waive

o All outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn will be
exchanged

o Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn any time prior to the
expiration of the Exchange Offer

o The exchange of notes will not be a taxable exchange for U.S. Federal
income tax purposes

o We will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer

o The terms of the notes we will issue in the Exchange Offer are
substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that certain
transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the outstanding
notes will not apply to the exchange notes

Each broker-dealer that receives registered notes for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such notes. The Letter of
Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within
the meaning of the Securities Act. Broker-dealers may use this prospectus in
connection with resales of notes received in exchange for the outstanding notes
where such notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. L-3 has agreed that, for
a period of 180 days after the expiration of the Exchange Offer or until such
broker-dealers have sold all registered notes held by them, it will make this
prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such
resale. See "Plan of Distribution".

FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT YOU SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE
PARTICIPATING IN THIS EXCHANGE OFFER, SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 13.

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED THE NOTES TO BE DISTRIBUTED IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER, NOR
HAVE ANY OF THESE ORGANIZATIONS DETERMINED THAT THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR
COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<PAGE>

TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
Where You Can Find More Information ............ i
Prospectus Summary ............................. 1
Risk Factors ................................... 13
Use of Proceeds ................................ 22
Capitalization ................................. 23
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed
Consolidated Financial Information .......... 24
Selected Financial Information ................. 34
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial
Condition ................................... 36
Business ....................................... 49
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions ................................ 71

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
Management ..................................... 73
Ownership of Capital Stock ..................... 82
Description of Certain Indebtedness ............ 83
The Exchange Offer ............................. 87
Description of the Exchange Notes .............. 98
Certain United States Federal Income Tax
Consequences of the Exchange ................ 136
Plan of Distribution ........................... 136
Legal Matters .................................. 137
Experts ........................................ 137
Index to Financial Statements .................. F-1
</TABLE>

----------------
This prospectus includes "forward-looking statements" within the meaning
of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Statements that are
predictive in nature, that depend upon or refer to future events or conditions,
including the statements under "Prospectus Summary", "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition" and "Business"
and located elsewhere regarding industry prospects and our financial position
are forward-looking statements. We believe that the expectations reflected in
such forward-looking statements are reasonable, but we can give no assurance
that such expectations will prove to be correct. Important factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are disclosed
in this prospectus, including in conjunction with the forward-looking
statements included in this prospectus under "Risk Factors". All subsequent
written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons
acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by such factors.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC" or
the "Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (together with all
amendments, exhibits, schedules and supplements thereto, the "Registration
Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"), with respect to the Exchange Notes. This prospectus, which is a part of
the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth
in the Registration Statement. For further information about us and the
Exchange Notes, you should refer to the Registration Statement. This prospectus
summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents to which we
refer you. Since this prospectus may not contain all of the information that
you may find important, you should review the full text of these documents. We
have included copies of these documents as exhibits to our Registration
Statement.

i
<PAGE>

World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such
materials, including copies of all or any portion of the Registration
Statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission
at prescribed rates. Such materials are also available on the Commission's home
page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).

For so long as any Old Notes remain outstanding and are required to bear
the transfer restriction legend, we will make available to any prospective
purchaser of the Old Notes or beneficial owner of the Old Notes in connection
with any sale thereof the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act, until we have either exchanged the Old Notes for the Exchange
Notes or until the holders have disposed of the Old Notes pursuant to an
effective registration statement filed by us.

ii
<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information from this document and does
not contain all of the information you may need to consider. You should
carefully read this entire prospectus. In this prospectus, "the Company",
"L-3", "L-3 Communications", "we", "us" and "our" refer to L-3 Communications
Corporation and its subsidiaries. References to pro forma statement of
operations data reflect: (1) our acquisitions of the Ocean Systems business of
AlliedSignal Inc., the business of ILEX Systems, the Satellite Transmission
Systems division of California Microwave, Inc. and SPD Technologies, Inc.
(collectively, the "1998 Acquisitions"); (2) our purchase of our ten initial
business units (the "Predecessor Company") from Lockheed Martin Corporation in
1997 (the "L-3 Acquisition"); (3) our May 1998 debt offering, the contribution
by L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings") to us of the net proceeds of
Holdings' initial public offering (the "IPO") and the amendment of our bank
credit facilities to increase available borrowings (collectively, the
"Financing Transactions"); and (4) our offering of the Old Notes and the
application of its net proceeds (the "Old Notes Offering"), as if they had
occurred on January 1, 1997. The pro forma balance sheet data reflect the Old
Notes Offering as if it had occurred on September 30, 1998. The pro forma data
do not give effect to the Proposed Equity Offering (as defined later in this
prospectus) or to any of the Company's other acquisitions, including the
pending acquisition of Microdyne Corporation.

THE COMPANY

L-3 Communications is a leading merchant supplier of sophisticated secure
communication systems and specialized communication products. We produce
secure, high data rate communication systems, microwave components, avionics
and ocean systems and telemetry, instrumentation and space products. These
systems and products are critical elements of virtually all major
communication, command and control, intelligence gathering and space systems.
Our systems and specialized products are used to connect a variety of airborne,
space, ground- and sea-based communication systems and are used in the
transmission, processing, recording, monitoring and dissemination functions of
these communication systems. Our customers include the U.S. department of
defense, certain U.S. government intelligence agencies, major aerospace and
defense contractors, foreign governments and commercial customers. For the
twelve-month period ended September 30, 1998, we had pro forma sales of
$1,139.7 million and pro forma EBITDA (as defined in footnote 8 under "Selected
Financial Information") of $148.4 million. Our funded backlog as of September
30, 1998 was $813.8 million. These results reflect internal growth and the
execution of our strategy of acquiring businesses that complement or extend our
product lines.

Our business areas employ proprietary technologies and capabilities and
have leading positions in their respective primary markets. We have organized
our operations into two primary business areas: Secure Communication Systems
and Specialized Communication Products. For the twelve-month period ended
September 30, 1998, the Secure Communication Systems business area generated
approximately $481.5 million of pro forma sales and $61.2 million of pro forma
EBITDA, and the Specialized Communication Products business area generated
$658.2 million of pro forma sales and $87.2 million of pro forma EBITDA. In
addition, we are seeking to expand our products and technologies in commercial
markets as we discuss under "--Emerging Commercial Products" below.

SECURE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS. We are the established leader in secure,
high data rate communications for military and other U.S. government
reconnaissance and surveillance applications. Our Secure Communication Systems
operations are located in Salt Lake City, Utah, Camden, New Jersey and
Shrewsbury, New Jersey. These operations are predominantly cost plus, sole
source contractors supporting long-term programs for the U.S. armed forces and
classified customers.

1
<PAGE>

Our major secure communication programs and systems include:

o secure data links for airborne, satellite, ground- and sea-based remote
platforms for information collection, command and control and
dissemination to users in real time;

o strategic and tactical signal intelligence systems that detect,
collect, identify, analyze and disseminate information and related
support contracts for military and intelligence efforts;

o secure telephone, fax and network equipment and encryption management;

o communication software support services to military and related
government intelligence markets; and

o communications systems for surface and undersea platforms and manned
space flights.

We believe that we have developed virtually every high bandwidth data link
that is currently used by the military for surveillance and reconnaissance. We
are also a leading supplier of communication software support services to
military and related government intelligence markets. In addition to these core
government programs, we are capitalizing on our technology base by expanding
into related commercial communication equipment markets. For instance, we are
applying our high data rate communications and archiving technology to the
medical image archiving market and our wireless communication expertise to
develop local wireless loop telecommunications equipment for the last mile
interconnect.

SPECIALIZED COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS. This business area encompasses three
product categories:

Microwave Components. We are the preeminent worldwide supplier of
commercial off-the-shelf, high-performance microwave components and frequency
monitoring equipment. Our microwave products are sold under the
industry-recognized Narda brand name through a standard catalog to wireless,
industrial and military communication markets. We also provide
state-of-the-art, space-qualified communication components including channel
amplifiers and frequency filters for the commercial communications satellite
market serving major military and commercial frequencies, including Ka band.
Approximately 79% of Microwave Components sales for the nine-month period ended
September 30, 1998 were made to commercial customers, including Loral Space &
Communications, Ltd., Motorola, Inc., Lucent Technologies Inc., AT&T Corp. and
Lockheed Martin Corporation ("Lockheed Martin").

Avionics and Ocean Products. Avionics and Ocean Products include our
aviation recorders, display systems, antenna systems, acoustic undersea warfare
systems and naval power distribution, conditioning, switching and protection
equipment for naval ships and submarines. We are the world's leading
manufacturer of commercial cockpit voice and flight data recorders (known as
"black boxes"). These recorders are sold under the Fairchild brand name both to
aircraft manufacturers and to the world's major airlines for their existing
fleets of aircraft. Our aviation recorders are also installed on military
transport aircraft throughout the world. We provide military and high-end
commercial displays for use in military aircraft. We also manufacture high
performance surveillance and precision millimeter wave antennas and related
equipment for U.S. Air Force, U.S. Army and U.S. Navy aircraft and are the
leading supplier of ground-based radomes. We are one of the world's leading
product suppliers of acoustic undersea warfare systems and airborne dipping
sonar systems to the U.S. and over 20 foreign navies. We are the only fully
integrated, full-line provider of qualified turnkey electrical power delivery
and management systems for U.S. Navy surface ships and submarines.

2
<PAGE>

systems and services used in the satellite transmission of voice, video and
data through earth stations for uplink and downlink terminals. We provide
global satellite communications systems and services to customers that include
foreign post, telephone and telegraph administrations, domestic and
international prime communications infrastructure contractors,
telecommunications and satellite service providers, broadcasters and
media-related companies, government agencies and large corporations. We also
provide commercial, off-the-shelf satellite control software, telemetry,
tracking and control ("TT&C"), mission processors and software engineering
services to the worldwide military, civilian and commercial satellite markets.

EMERGING COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS. Building upon our core technical expertise
and capabilities, we are seeking to expand into several closely aligned
commercial business areas and applications. Emerging Commercial Products
currently include the following four niche markets:

o medical archiving and simulation systems;

o local wireless loop telecommunications equipment;

o airport security equipment; and

o information network security.

A majority of these commercial products were developed based on technology
used in our military businesses with relatively small additional expense. We
are applying our technical capabilities in high data rate communications and
archiving technology developed in our Secure Communication Systems business
area to the medical image archiving market together with the General Electric
Company's medical systems business. Based on secure, high data rate
communication technology also developed in our Secure Communication Systems
business area, we have developed local wireless loop telecommunications
equipment that is primarily designed for emerging market countries and rural
areas where voice and data communication infrastructure is inadequate or does
not exist. We have completed the development phase for the local wireless loop
telecommunications equipment and have begun deliveries. In addition, the
Federal Aviation Administration awarded us a development contract for next
generation airport security equipment for explosive detection. On November 23,
1998, we received FAA certification for our eXaminer 3DX (Trade Mark) 6000
system which is the only second-generation system to receive certification and
the only system to generate full, three-dimensional images of all objects in a
piece of baggage. To capitalize on commercial opportunities for the information
security technologies we developed in our Secure Communication Systems business
area, we have also created a new subsidiary focusing on developing and
marketing secure information and communication systems for commercial clients.
This subsidiary acquired a network security software product through a
majority-owned joint venture. We released the third generation of this network
security software, ExpertTM 3.0, on November 9, 1998. Taken together, revenues
generated from our Emerging Commercial Products have not yet been material to
us.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

We have successfully integrated the business units we acquired from
Lockheed Martin and enhanced our operating efficiency by reducing overhead
expenses and reorganizing our facilities. These efforts resulted in
improvements in sales, profitability and obtaining competitive contracts. We
have used and intend to continue to use our market position, diverse program
base and favorable mix of cost plus to fixed price contracts to enhance our
profitability and to establish L-3 as the premier merchant supplier of
communication systems and products to the major prime contractors in the
aerospace/defense industry as well as the U.S. government. Our strategy to
continue to achieve our objectives includes:

o EXPAND MERCHANT SUPPLIER RELATIONSHIPS. Due to our strong
relationships with prime contractors and our independent status, we intend to
grow by expanding our share of current programs, by participating in new
programs and by positioning L-3 Communications as the desired merchant supplier
to more than one bidder on prime contract bids.

3
<PAGE>

o SUPPORT CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS. We will continue to align our research
and development, manufacturing and new business efforts to complement our
customers' requirements, and we will provide state-of-the-art products in order
to maintain and expand current customer relationships as well as to create new
ones.

o ENHANCE OPERATING MARGINS. We intend to continue to enhance our
operating margins by reducing overhead expenses and increasing productivity.

o LEVERAGE TECHNICAL AND MARKET LEADERSHIP POSITIONS. Our proprietary
technical capabilities have placed us at or near the top market position in
most of our key business areas. We intend to use these capabilities and make
substantial investments in research and development, technical and
manufacturing resources to strengthen our market positions as well as to pursue
commercial opportunities in other areas.

o MAINTAIN DIVERSIFIED BUSINESS MIX. We will maintain our favorable mix
of predictable profitability (typical of cost plus contracts) and higher margin
(typical of fixed price contracts) businesses together with our significant
sole source follow-on business and attractive customer profile.

o CAPITALIZE ON STRATEGIC ACQUISITION OPPORTUNITIES. We intend to
continue to selectively acquire businesses which (1) have significant market
position in their business areas, (2) offer products that complement and/or
extend our existing products, (3) demonstrate positive future growth prospects
and (4) are accretive to our earnings in the first year of our ownership.

ACQUISITION STRATEGY

Since our formation in April 1997, we have actively pursued our
acquisition strategy. Since completing the L-3 Acquisition, we have purchased
eleven additional businesses for an aggregate cash purchase price including
expenses, net of cash acquired, of $444.0 million, subject to certain
post-closing adjustments, and in certain cases additional consideration based
on post-closing performance. We consider and execute strategic acquisitions on
an ongoing basis and may be evaluating acquisitions or engaged in acquisition
negotiations at any given time. We have reached agreement on or are in
discussions regarding a number of potential acquisition opportunities and
expect to use our bank credit facilities to fund these transactions if we
proceed with them. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of
Operations and Financial Condition -- Liquidity and Capital Resources".

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

SPD Technologies, Inc. On August 13, 1998, we acquired all of the
outstanding common stock of SPD Technologies, Inc. ("SPD") for $230.0 million
in cash, subject to certain post-closing adjustments. SPD is the leading
supplier to the U.S. Navy for subsystems that manage, control, distribute,
protect and condition electrical power in surface ships and submarines. SPD's
major products include electronic solid state protection products, switchgear,
high-speed transfer switches, fault isolation units, frequency converters and
inverters, voltage transformers and uninterruptible power supply systems. SPD's
products are installed in every nuclear submarine, aircraft carrier and surface
platform operated by the U.S. Navy. SPD also provides shipboard communications
and control as well as support service for installed products. This acquisition
was financed using cash from operations and borrowings under our bank credit
facilities.

Microdyne Corporation. On December 3, 1998, we signed an agreement to
acquire all of the outstanding common stock of Microdyne Corporation
("Microdyne") for approximately $90.0 million in cash, including the repayment
of Microdyne's debt. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998, Microdyne
reported actual revenues of $58.3 million, operating income of $1.3 million and
net income of $0.3 million. On a pro forma basis, including acquisitions
Microdyne made during its 1998 fiscal year as if they had occurred at the
beginning of its fiscal year, Microdyne's revenues would have been

4
<PAGE>

$73.5 million, operating income would have been $3.6 million and net income
would have been $0.9 million. Microdyne's actual earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation and amortization for the recent fiscal year was $2.9
million. Pro forma earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization would have been $11.1 million before non-recurring charges of $5.1
million primarily for the write-off of acquired in-process research and
development costs. Pursuant to the acquisition agreement, one of our
subsidiaries has commenced a cash tender offer for all of the common stock of
Microdyne. This acquisition is subject to the receipt of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Microdyne's common stock and the approval of our lenders,
regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. Microdyne's
largest stockholder has agreed to tender his shares, which amount to
approximately 43% of the total shares outstanding, in the tender offer. We
expect to close the transaction in early 1999. Microdyne is a leading global
developer and manufacturer of aerospace telemetry receivers, secure
communications and technical support services, including specialized telemetry
high-frequency radios used in aerospace and satellite communications for data
gathering and analysis. Microdyne also provides products for the government and
commercial signal intelligence markets and support and repair services for
electronic products companies. Microdyne's aerospace telemetry products will
enable us to provide integrated solutions to our space customers' requirements
for command, control, telemetry and tracking. It is expected that the
acquisition will be financed using cash from operations and borrowings under
our bank credit facilities. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources".

Proposed Equity Offering. Holdings and certain selling stockholders are
currently contemplating a public offering in the United States and
internationally of 9,250,000 shares (excluding the underwriters' over-allotment
option) of the common stock of Holdings (the "Proposed Equity Offering").
Holdings intends to use the net proceeds of the Proposed Equity Offering to
repay any existing indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities (as defined
later in this prospectus) and for general corporate purposes, including
potential acquisitions. On January 5, 1999, Holdings filed a Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-70125) with the SEC in connection with the
Proposed Equity Offering.

HISTORY

Holdings, which owns all of our common stock, was formed in April 1997 by
Mr. Frank C. Lanza, the former President and Chief Operating Officer of Loral
Corporation ("Loral"), Mr. Robert V. LaPenta, the former Senior Vice President
and Controller of Loral, Lehman Brothers Capital Partners III, L.P. and its
affiliates (the "Lehman Partnership") and Lockheed Martin to acquire (1) nine
business units previously purchased by Lockheed Martin as part of its
acquisition of Loral in April 1996 and (2) one business unit, Communication
Systems -- East (formerly known as Communication Systems -- Camden), purchased
by Lockheed Martin as part of its acquisition of the aerospace business of
General Electric Company in April 1993. In May 1998, Holdings successfully
completed the IPO, raising net proceeds of $139.5 million which Holdings
contributed to us. We raised net proceeds of $173.8 million in a concurrent
debt offering. In December 1998, we raised net proceeds of $193.7 million in
the Old Notes Offering.

The Company's executive offices are located at 600 Third Avenue, New York,
New York, 10016, and the telephone number at that address is 212-697-1111.

5
<PAGE>

SUMMARY OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The Exchange Offer.......... We are offering to exchange up to $200,000,000
aggregate principal amount of our new 8% Series B
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 which have
been registered under the Securities Act (the
"Exchange Notes") for a like amount of our
outstanding 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
which were issued in December 1998 in a private
offering (the "Old Notes" and together with the
Exchange Notes, the "Notes"). The Exchange Notes
are substantially identical to the Old Notes,
except that the Exchange Notes are freely
transferrable by their holders (other than as
provided herein), and are not subject to any
covenant regarding registration under the
Securities Act.

Interest Payments........... Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from
the last interest payment date (February 1 or
August 1) on which interest was paid on the Old
Notes or, if no interest was paid on the Old
Notes, from December 11, 1998 (the "Interest
Payment Date").

Minimum Condition........... We are not conditioning the Exchange Offer on
any minimum aggregate principal amount of Old
Notes being tendered for exchange.

Expiration Date............. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on , 1999, unless we
decide to extend the Exchange Offer.

Withdrawal Rights........... You may withdraw your tender at any time prior
to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date.

Exchange Date............... The date of acceptance for exchange of the Old
Notes will be the four business days after the
Expiration Date.

Conditions to the
Exchange Offer.............. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain
customary conditions, which we may waive. We
currently expect that each of the conditions will
be satisfied and that no waivers will be
necessary. See "The Exchange Offer--Certain
Conditions to the Exchange Offer". We reserve the
right to terminate or amend the Exchange Offer at
any time before the Expiration Date if any such
condition occurs.

Procedures for Tendering
Old Notes.................... If you are a holder of Old Notes who wishes to
accept the Exchange Offer, you must complete,
sign and date the accompanying Letter of
Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, or arrange
for The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") to
transmit certain required information to the
Exchange Agent in connection with a book-entry
transfer or mail or otherwise deliver such
documentation, together with your Old Notes, to
the Exchange Agent at the address set forth under
"The Exchange Offer--Exchange Agent".

6
<PAGE>

By tendering your Old Notes in this manner, you
will be representing among other things, that:

o the Exchange Notes you acquire pursuant to
the Exchange Offer are being acquired in the
ordinary course of your business;
o you are not participating, do not intend to
participate, and have no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate,
in the distribution of the Exchange Notes
issued to you in the Exchange Offer; and
o you are not an "affiliate" of ours.

Use of Proceeds............. We will not receive any proceeds from the
issuance of Exchange Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer. We will pay all our expenses
incident to the Exchange Offer.

Certain United States Federal
Income Tax Consequences... The exchange of notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer will not be a taxable event for federal
income tax purposes. See "Certain United States
Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange".

Special Procedures for
Beneficial Owners......... If you beneficially own Old Notes registered in
the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee and you wish to
tender your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, you
should contact such registered holder promptly
and instruct it to tender on your behalf. If you
wish to tender on your own behalf, you must,
prior to completing and executing the Letter of
Transmittal and delivering your Old Notes, either
arrange to have your Notes registered in your
name or obtain a properly completed bond power
from the registered holder. The transfer of
registered ownership may take considerable time.

Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures.................. If you wish to tender your Old Notes and time
will not permit your required documents to reach
the Exchange Agent by the Expiration Date, or the
procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be
completed on time, you may tender your Old Notes
according to the guaranteed delivery procedures
set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for
Tendering Old Notes".

Acceptance of Old Notes and Delivery
of Exchange Notes......... We will accept for exchange all Old Notes which
are properly tendered in the Exchange Offer prior
to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. The Exchange Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be delivered
promptly following the Expiration Date. See "The
Exchange Offer--Acceptance of Old Notes for
Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes".

7
<PAGE>

Effect on Holders of
Old Notes................... As a result of this Exchange Offer, we will have
fulfilled a covenant contained in the
Registration Rights Agreement (the "Registration
Rights Agreement") dated as of December 11, 1998
among L-3 Communications Corporation, each of the
subsidiary guarantors named therein and Lehman
Brothers Inc. and NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC (the "Initial Purchasers") and,
accordingly, there will be no increase in the
interest rate on the Old Notes. If you do not
tender your Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, you
will continue to hold such Old Notes and will be
entitled to all the rights and limitations
applicable thereto under the Indenture dated as
of December 11, 1998 among L-3 Communications
Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors named
therein and The Bank of New York relating to the
Old Notes and the Exchange Notes (the
"Indenture"), except for any rights under the
Registration Rights Agreement that terminate as a
result of the acceptance for exchange of validly
tendered Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer. If you do not tender your Old Notes, you
will not have any further registration or
exchange rights and your Old Notes will continue
to be subject to certain restrictions on
transfer. Accordingly, the trading market for
untendered Old Notes could be adversely affected.

Exchange Agent.............. The Bank of New York is serving as Exchange
Agent in connection with the Exchange Offer.

SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

Capitalized terms used under this heading "Summary of Terms of the
Exchange Notes" have been defined under the heading "Description of the
Exchange Notes -- Certain Definitions".

Securities Offered.......... $200,000,000 in principal amount of 8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008.

Maturity.................... August 1, 2008.

Interest Payment Dates...... Annual rate--8%.

Payment frequency--every six months on February
1 and August 1.

First payment--February 1, 1999.

Subsidiary Guarantors....... Each guarantor is our wholly owned subsidiary.
Substantially all of our wholly owned
subsidiaries are guarantors of the Exchange
Notes. If we cannot make payments on the Exchange
Notes when they are due, the guarantor
subsidiaries must make them instead.

8
<PAGE>

Optional Redemption......... On or after August 1, 2003, we may redeem some
or all of the Exchange Notes at any time at the
redemption prices listed in the section
"Description of the Exchange Notes" under the
heading "Optional Redemption".

Before August 1, 2001, we may redeem up to 35%
of the Exchange Notes with the proceeds of
certain offerings of equity in our Company or
Holdings at the price listed in the "Description
of the Exchange Notes" section under the heading
"Optional Redemption".

Mandatory Offer
to Repurchase............... If we sell certain assets or experience specific
kinds of changes of control, we must offer to
repurchase the Exchange Notes at the prices
listed in the section "Description of the
Exchange Notes".

Ranking..................... The Exchange Notes and the subsidiary
guarantees are senior subordinated debts.

They rank behind all of our and our guarantor
subsidiaries' current and future indebtedness
(other than trade payables), except indebtedness
that expressly provides that it is not senior to
these notes and the subsidiary guarantees.

Assuming we had completed the offering of the
Old Notes and the exchange of the Exchange Notes
on September 30, 1998 and applied the proceeds
as intended, the Exchange Notes and the
subsidiary guarantees:

o would not have been subordinated to any
senior debt (excluding outstanding letters
of credit); and

o would have ranked equally with $405.0
million of other senior subordinated debt.

Basic Covenants
of Indenture................ We will issue the Exchange Notes under an
indenture among us, the subsidiary guarantors and
The Bank of New York, as trustee. The indenture
will, among other things, restrict our ability
and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries

o borrow money;

o pay dividends on or purchase our stock or
our restricted subsidiaries' stock;

o make investments;

o use assets as security in other
transactions;

o sell certain assets or merge with or into
other companies; and

o enter into transactions with affiliates.

Certain of our subsidiaries will not be subject
to the covenants in the indenture. For more
details, see the section "Description of the
Exchange Notes" under the heading "Certain
Covenants".

9
<PAGE>

Taxation.................... For a discussion of the tax consequences of an
investment in the notes, see "Certain United
States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
Exchange".

Use of Proceeds............. There will be no cash proceeds to us from the
Exchange Offer.

You should read "Risk Factors" for a discussion of the risk factors that
you should consider before investing in the Notes.

10
<PAGE>

SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA AND HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

The summary unaudited pro forma data as of September 30, 1998, for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 and for the year ended December
31, 1997 have been derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the
unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of
operations and other data reflect the L-3 Acquisition, the 1998 Acquisitions,
the Financing Transactions and the Old Notes Offering as if such transactions
had occurred on January 1, 1997. The unaudited pro forma condensed balance
sheet data reflect the Old Notes Offering as if it had occurred on September
30, 1998.

The summary historical consolidated (combined) financial data as of and
for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 and the years ended December 31,
1996, 1995 and 1994 and the three months ended March 31, 1997 have been derived
from the audited financial statements for the respective periods. The summary
historical consolidated (combined) financial data as of and for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998 have been derived from the unaudited condensed
consolidated financial statements of the Company. In the opinion of the
Company's management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all
adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary
for a fair presentation of the results of operations and financial position as
of the date of and for the period presented. The results of operations for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of results
for the full year. The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information may
not be indicative of the financial position and results of operations of the
Company that actually would have occurred had the Transactions (as defined
later in this prospectus) been in effect on the dates indicated or the
financial position and results of operations that may be obtained in the
future.

The summary financial data should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial
Condition" and the Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements of the Company
(Predecessor Company (as defined later in this prospectus)) and the Combined
Financial Statements of the Loral Acquired Businesses (as defined later in this
prospectus) and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
information included elsewhere herein. Prior to April 1, 1996, the Predecessor
Company was only comprised of Communication Systems -- East.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPANY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA NINE NINE
NINE MONTHS ENDED PRO FORMA MONTHS MONTHS
SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED ENDED ENDED
------------------------- DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30, DEC. 31,
1998 1997 1997 1998(1) 1997(2)
------------- ----------- -------------- --------------- ----------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales ...................................... $ 834.5 $ 758.7 $ 1,063.9 $ 708.3 $ 546.5
Operating income ........................... 70.0 49.1 82.0 63.6 51.5(5)
Interest expense, net(6) ................... 44.8 44.8 59.8 32.9 28.5
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(6) 10.1 (0.6) 5.8 12.0 10.7
Net income (loss) .......................... 15.1 4.9 16.4 18.7 12.3(5)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
Working capital ............................ $ 178.8 $ 141.0 $ 131.8
Total assets ............................... 1,241.3 1,196.3 703.4
Long-term debt ............................. 605.0 560.0 392.0
Invested equity ............................
Shareholders' equity ....................... 294.8 294.8 132.7
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(7) .................................. $ 102.5 $ 80.4 $ 126.3 $ 90.3 $ 78.1
Net cash from (used in) operating
activities ................................ 48.2 73.9
Net cash (used in) investing activities..... (417.8) (457.8)
Net cash from (used in) financing
activities ................................ 297.9 461.4
Depreciation expense ....................... 17.7 17.7 24.0 15.6 13.3
Amortization expense ....................... 14.8 13.6 20.3 11.1 8.9
Capital expenditures ....................... 14.8 15.6 23.0 12.7 11.9
Ratio of:
Earnings to fixed charges(8) .............. 1.5x 1.1x 1.3x 1.7x 1.7x
EBITDA to cash interest
expense(10)(11) .......................... 2.6x 2.3x
Net debt to EBITDA(11)(12) ................ 3.8x 4.4x

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR COMPANY
-------------------------------------------------
THREE
MONTHS YEAR ENDED
ENDED DECEMBER 31,
MARCH 31, -----------------------------------
1997 1996(3) 1995(4) 1994(4)
------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales ...................................... $ 158.9 $ 543.1 $ 166.8 $ 218.9
Operating income ........................... 7.9 43.7 4.7 8.4
Interest expense, net(6) ................... 8.4 24.2 4.5 5.5
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(6) (0.2) 7.8 1.2 2.3
Net income (loss) .......................... (0.3) 11.7 (1.0) 0.6
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
Working capital ............................ $ 98.8 $ 21.1 $ 19.3
Total assets ............................... 593.3 228.5 233.3
Long-term debt .............................
Invested equity ............................ 473.6 194.7 199.5
Shareholders' equity .......................
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(7) .................................. $ 15.7 $ 71.8 $ 16.3 $ 19.9
Net cash from (used in) operating
activities ................................ (16.3) 30.7 9.3 21.8
Net cash (used in) investing activities..... (4.3) (298.0) (5.5) (3.7)
Net cash from (used in) financing
activities ................................ 20.6 267.3 (3.8) (18.1)
Depreciation expense ....................... 4.5 14.9 5.5 5.4
Amortization expense ....................... 3.3 13.2 6.1 6.1
Capital expenditures ....................... 4.3 13.5 5.5 3.7
Ratio of:
Earnings to fixed charges(8) .............. --(9) 1.7x 1.0x 1.4x
EBITDA to cash interest
expense(10)(11) ..........................
Net debt to EBITDA(11)(12) ................
</TABLE>

(Footnotes on the following page)

11
<PAGE>

- ---------
(1) Includes the results of operations of the 1998 Acquisitions from their
respective effective dates of acquisition.

(2) Reflects the L-3 Acquisition effective April 1, 1997.

(3) Reflects ownership of Loral's Communication Systems -- West and
Specialized Communication Products businesses commencing April 1, 1996.

(4) Reflects ownership of Communication Systems -- East by Lockheed Martin
effective April 1, 1993.

(5) Includes a nonrecurring, noncash compensation charge of $4.4 million
related to the initial capitalization of the Company, effective April 1,
1997.

(6) For periods prior to April 1, 1997, interest expense and income tax
(benefit) provision were allocated from Lockheed Martin.

(7) EBITDA is defined as operating income plus depreciation expense and
amortization expense (excluding the amortization of deferred debt issuance
costs) and the nonrecurring, noncash compensation charge of $4.4 million
recorded effective April 1, 1997. EBITDA is not a substitute for operating
income, net income and cash flow from operating activities as determined
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as a measure
of profitability or liquidity. EBITDA is presented as additional
information because management believes it to be a useful indicator of the
Company's ability to meet debt service and capital expenditure
requirements.

(8) For purposes of this computation, earnings consist of income before income
taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest on
indebtedness plus the amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and
that portion of lease rental expense representative of the interest
element.

(9) Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $0.5 million for the
three months ended March 31, 1997.

(10) For purposes of this computation, cash interest expense consists of pro
forma interest expense less amortization of deferred debt issuance costs.

(11) The ratios at September 30, 1998 are based on the results of operations
for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 1998. The pro forma ratios
at September 30, 1998 have been calculated by adding the pro forma EBITDA
and pro forma cash interest expense for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 and the three months ended December 31, 1997. For purposes of
computing pro forma EBITDA for the three months ended December 31, 1997,
pro forma operating income, depreciation expense and amortization expense
would have been $32.9 million, $6.3 million and $6.7 million,
respectively. Pro forma cash interest expense for the twelve-month period
ended September 30, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997 would have
been $56.1 million.

(12) Net debt is defined as long-term debt plus current portion of long-term
debt less cash and cash equivalents.

12
<PAGE>

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risks as well as the other
information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus before
deciding to tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer. The risk factors set forth
below are generally applicable to the Old Notes as well as the Exchange Notes.

OLD NOTES OUTSTANDING AFTER THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL NOT HAVE REGISTRATION
RIGHTS AND WE EXPECT THE MARKET FOR SUCH OLD NOTES TO BE ILLIQUID

If you do not exchange your Old Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer
of such Old Notes. In general, you may not offer or sell Old Notes unless they
are registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from,
or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not currently intend
to register the Old Notes under the Securities Act. Based on interpretations by
the staff of the Commission, we believe that Exchange Notes issued pursuant to
the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred
by their holders (unless such holder is an "affiliate" of the Company within
the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, so long
as the Old Notes were acquired in the ordinary course of the holders' business
and such holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the
distribution of such Exchange Notes. Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange
Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution".
To the extent that Old Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer,
the trading market for untendered and tendered but unaccepted Old Notes will be
adversely affected.

YOU CANNOT BE SURE THAT AN ACTIVE TRADING MARKET WILL DEVELOP FOR THE EXCHANGE
NOTES

We are offering the Exchange Notes to the holders of the Old Notes. The
Old Notes were offered and sold in December 1998 to a small number of
institutional investors and are eligible for trading in the Private Offerings,
Resale and Trading through Automatic Linkages (PORTAL) Market.

We do not intend to apply for a listing of the Exchange Notes on a
securities exchange or on any automated dealer quotation system. There is
currently no established market for the Exchange Notes and we cannot assure you
as to the liquidity of markets that may develop for the Exchange Notes, your
ability to sell the Exchange Notes or the price at which you would be able to
sell the Exchange Notes. If such markets were to exist, the Exchange Notes
could trade at prices that may be lower than their principal amount or purchase
price depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates and the
markets for similar securities. We expect that the Exchange Notes will be
designated for trading in the PORTAL market. The Initial Purchasers have
advised us that they currently intend to make a market with respect to the
Exchange Notes. However, the Initial Purchasers are not obligated to do so, and
any market making with respect to the Exchange Notes may be discontinued at any
time without notice. In addition, such market making activity may be limited
during the pendency of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a shelf
registration statement in lieu thereof. Because Lehman Brothers Inc. is our
affiliate, following consummation of the Exchange Offer, Lehman Brothers Inc.
will be required to deliver a current "market-maker" prospectus and otherwise
comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act in connection
with any secondary market sale of the Exchange Notes, which may affect its
ability to continue market-making activities.

The liquidity of, and trading market for, the Exchange Notes also may be
adversely affected by general declines in the market for similar securities.
Such a decline may adversely affect such liquidity and trading markets
independent of our financial performance and prospects.

WE HAVE A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF DEBT

We incurred substantial indebtedness in connection with our acquisitions.
If the Old Notes Offering had occurred on September 30, 1998, we would have had
$605.0 million of indebtedness

13
<PAGE>

outstanding, none of which would have been senior debt (excluding outstanding
letters of credit), and our ratio of pro forma earnings to pro forma fixed
charges would have been 1.5 to 1.0. In the future we may borrow more money,
subject to limitations imposed by our debt agreements.

Based upon our current level of operations and anticipated improvements,
we believe that our cash flow from operations, together with proceeds from the
Old Notes Offering and amounts we are able to borrow under our bank credit
facilities, will be adequate to meet our anticipated requirements for working
capital, capital expenditures, research and development expenditures, program
and other discretionary investments, interest payments and scheduled principal
payments for the foreseeable future, at least for the next three years. Our
ability to make scheduled payments of principal and interest on our
indebtedness and to refinance our indebtedness depends on our future
performance. We do not have complete control over our future performance
because it is subject to economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other
factors affecting the defense industry. It is possible that in the future our
business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to allow us to
service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If this situation
occurs, we may have to sell assets, restructure debt or obtain additional
equity capital. We cannot be sure that we would be able to do so or do so
without additional expense. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition".

Our level of indebtedness may have important consequences on your
investment in the Notes. These consequences include:

o requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to
be used to pay interest and principal on our debt and therefore be
unavailable for other purposes including capital expenditures,
research and development and other investments;

o limiting our ability to obtain additional financing in the future;

o incurring higher interest expense in the event of increases in
interest rates on our borrowings which have variable interest rates;

o heightening our vulnerability to downturns in our business or in the
general economy and restricting us from making acquisitions,
introducing new technologies and products or exploiting business
opportunities; and

o limiting our ability to borrow additional funds, dispose of assets or
pay cash dividends. Failure to comply with such covenants could
result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could
have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results
of operations due to financial and restrictive covenants.

See "Description of Certain Indebtedness".

OUR ACQUISITION STRATEGY INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS

We intend to acquire companies which complement our business. We cannot
assure you, however, that we will be able to identify acquisition candidates on
commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we make additional acquisitions, we
also cannot be sure that any anticipated benefits will actually be realized.
Likewise, we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain additional financing
for acquisitions. Such additional financing could be restricted by the terms of
our debt agreements.

The process of integrating acquired operations, including our recent
acquisitions, into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating
difficulties and may require significant financial and managerial resources
that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development or expansion of
our existing operations. Possible future acquisitions by L-3 could result in
the incurrence of additional debt, contingent liabilities and amortization
expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets, all of which could
materially adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. We
consider and execute strategic acquisitions on an ongoing basis and may be
evaluating acquisitions or engaged in acquisition negotiations at any given
time. We have reached agreement or are in discussions regarding a number of
potential acquisition opportunities and expect to use borrowings

14
<PAGE>

under our bank credit facilities to fund these transactions if we proceed with
them. If all of these potential acquisitions were consummated, they would
require us to use all or substantially all of our currently available borrowing
capacity in 1999 and perhaps seek additional borrowing capacity. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial
Condition -- Liquidity and Capital Resources". Although we have signed an
agreement to acquire all of the outstanding common stock of Microdyne, we
cannot assure you that the acquisition will be completed.

WE RELY ON A SMALL NUMBER OF SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

Our sales come mainly from contracts with agencies of, and contractors to,
the U.S. government. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998, we had
approximately 300 contracts each with value exceeding $1.0 million for the U.S.
government. Pro forma sales for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998
to the U.S. government, including sales through prime contractors, were $608.1
million, representing approximately 73% of our corresponding sales. Our largest
U.S. government program, a cost plus, sole source contract for support of the
U-2 program of the defense department, contributed approximately 7% of pro
forma sales for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998. No other
program represented more than 5% of our pro forma sales for the nine-month
period ended September 30, 1998. The loss of all or a substantial portion of
sales to the U.S. government would have a material adverse effect on our income
and cash flow. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of
Operations and Financial Condition" and "Business -- Government Contracts".

Our sales for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 to Lockheed
Martin were $51.1 million or approximately 7% of our total sales. The loss of
all or a substantial portion of such sales to Lockheed Martin would have a
material adverse effect on our income and cash flow.

OUR GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS ENTAIL CERTAIN RISKS

The reduction in the U.S. defense budget in the early 1990s has caused
most defense-related government contractors to experience declining revenues,
increased pressure on operating margins and, in certain cases, net losses. Our
businesses taken as a whole have experienced a substantial decline in sales
during this period. A significant decline in U.S. military expenditures in the
future could materially adversely affect our sales and earnings. The loss or
significant cutback of a large program in which we participate could also
materially adversely affect our future sales and earnings and thus our ability
to meet our financial obligations.

Companies engaged primarily in supplying defense-related equipment and
services to government agencies are subject to certain business risks peculiar
to the defense industry. These risks include the ability of the U.S. government
to:

o suspend us from receiving new contracts pending resolution of alleged
violations of procurement laws or regulations;

o terminate existing contracts;

o audit our contract-related costs and fees, including allocated
indirect costs; and

o control and potentially prohibit the export of our products.

15
<PAGE>

All of our U.S. government contracts are subject to termination by the
U.S. government either for its convenience or if the contractor defaults.
Termination for convenience provisions provide only for our recovery of costs
incurred or committed, settlement expenses and profit on work completed prior
to termination. Termination for default provisions provide for the contractor
to be liable for excess costs incurred by the U.S. government in procuring
undelivered items from another source. In addition to the right of the U.S.
government to terminate, U.S. government contracts are conditioned upon the
continuing approval by Congress of the necessary spending. Congress usually
appropriates funds for a given program on a fiscal-year basis even though
contract performance may take more than one year. Consequently, at the
beginning of a major program, the contract is usually partially funded, and
additional monies are normally committed to the contract only if, as and when
appropriations are made by Congress for future fiscal years. Foreign defense
contracts generally contain similar provisions relating to termination at the
convenience of the government.

The U.S. government may review our costs and performance on their
contracts, as well as our accounting and general business practices. Based on
the results of such audits, the U.S. government may adjust our contract-related
costs and fees, including allocated indirect costs. In addition, under U.S.
government purchasing regulations, some of our costs, including certain
financing costs, goodwill, portions of research and development costs, and
certain marketing expenses may not be reimbursable under U.S. government
contracts. Further, as a government contractor, we are subject to
investigation, legal action and/or liability that would not apply to a
commercial company.

We are also subject to risks associated with the following:

o the frequent need to bid on programs in advance of the completion of
their design (which may result in unforeseen technological
difficulties and/or cost overruns);

o the substantial time and effort required for relatively unproductive
design and development;

o design complexity and rapid obsolescence; and

o the constant need for design improvement.

We obtain many of our U.S. government contracts through a competitive bidding
process. We cannot assure you that we will continue to win competitively
awarded contracts or that awarded contracts will generate sufficient sales to
result in profitability for L-3. See "Business -- Major Customers" and "--
Government Contracts".

In addition to these U.S. government contract risks, many of our products
and systems require licenses from U.S. government agencies for export from the
United States, and some of our products are not permitted to be exported. We
cannot be sure of our ability to gain any licenses required to export our
products, and failure to receive required licenses could materially reduce our
ability to sell our products outside the United States.

OUR FIXED PRICE CONTRACTS ENTAIL CERTAIN RISKS

We provide our products and services primarily through fixed price or cost
plus contracts. Fixed price contracts constituted approximately 71% of our pro
forma sales for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998. We record sales
and profits on our long-term fixed price contracts by using the
percentage-of-completion methods of accounting. As a result, revisions made to
our estimates of revenues and profits are reflected in the period in which the
conditions that require such revisions become known and can be estimated. The
risks of long-term fixed price contracts include the difficulty of forecasting
costs and schedules, contract revenues that are related to performance in
accordance with contract specifications and the possibility of obsolescence in
connection with long-term procurements. Failure to anticipate technical
problems, estimate costs accurately or control costs during performance of a
fixed price contract may reduce our profitability or cause a loss. Although we
believe that adequate provisions for losses for our fixed price contracts are
reflected in our financial statements, as required under U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles, we cannot assure you that these estimates and
provisions are adequate or that losses on fixed price contracts will not occur
in the future.

16
<PAGE>

OUR OPERATIONS INVOLVE RAPIDLY EVOLVING PRODUCTS AND TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE

The rapid change of technology is a key feature of the communication
equipment industry for defense applications and in general. To succeed in the
future, we will need to design, develop, manufacture, assemble, test, market
and support new products and enhancements on a timely and cost-effective basis.
Historically, our technology has been developed through customer-sponsored
research and development as well as from internally-funded research and
development. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to maintain comparable
levels of research and development. See "Business -- Research and Development".
In the past we have allocated substantial funds to capital expenditures and
programs and other investments. This practice will continue to be required in
the future. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations
and Financial Condition". Even so, we cannot assure you that we will
successfully identify new opportunities and continue to have the needed
financial resources to develop new products in a timely or cost-effective
manner. At the same time, products and technologies developed by others may
render our products and systems obsolete or non-competitive.

OUR ENTRY INTO COMMERCIAL BUSINESS IS RISKY

Our revenues mainly have come from business with the U.S. defense
department and other government agencies. In addition to continuing to pursue
this major market area, we will continue applying our technical capabilities
and expertise to related commercial markets. Some of our commercial products,
such as local wireless loop telecommunications equipment, medical image
archiving equipment, airport security equipment and commercial information
security products, have only recently been introduced. As such, these new
products are subject to certain risks and may require us to:

o develop and maintain marketing, sales and customer support
capabilities;

o secure sales and customer support capabilities;

o obtain certification;

o respond to rapid technological advances; and

o obtain customer acceptance of these products and product performance.

Our efforts to expand our presence in the commercial market may require
significant resources including capital and management time. We cannot assure
our success in addressing these risks or in developing these commercial
business opportunities.

WE OPERATE IN A COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY

The communications equipment industry for defense applications and as a
whole is highly competitive. The defense industry has experienced substantial
consolidation due to declining defense budgets and increasing pressures for
cost reductions. We expect that the U.S. defense department's increased use of
commercial off-the-shelf products and components in military equipment will
encourage new competitors to enter the market. In addition, the consolidation
of the industry has resulted in delays in contract funding and awards and
significant pricing pressures. We also expect that competition for original
equipment manufacturer business will increase due to the emergence of merchant
suppliers. Our ability to compete for defense contracts largely depends on the
following factors:

o the effectiveness and innovations of our research and development
programs;

o our ability to offer better performance than our competitors at a
lower cost to the U.S. government; and

o the readiness of our facilities, equipment and personnel to undertake
the programs for which we compete.

17
<PAGE>

In some instances, programs are sole source or work directed by the U.S.
government to a single supplier. In such cases, other suppliers who may be able
to compete for the programs involved can only enter or reenter the market if
the U.S. government chooses to reopen the particular program to competition.
Many of our competitors are larger than us and have substantially greater
financial and other resources than we have. See "Business -- Competition".

WE DEPEND ON KEY PERSONNEL

Our future success depends to a significant degree upon the continued
contributions of our management, including Messrs. Lanza and LaPenta, and our
ability to attract and retain other highly qualified management and technical
personnel. We do not maintain any key person life insurance policies for
members of our management. Messrs. Lanza and LaPenta have invested
approximately $18.0 million and currently own approximately 12.4% of the
capital stock of L-3. We have entered into employment agreements with Messrs.
Lanza and LaPenta. See "Management -- Employment Agreements". We face
competition for management and technical personnel from other companies and
organizations. Failure to attract and retain such personnel would damage our
prospects. See "Management -- Directors and Executive Officers".

OUR OPERATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

Our operations are subject to various federal, state and local
environmental laws and regulations relating to the discharge, storage,
treatment, handling, disposal and remediation of certain materials, substances
and wastes used in our operations. We continually assess our obligations and
compliance with these requirements. We believe that our operations are in
substantial compliance with all applicable environmental laws and permits. We
do not expect any material unbudgeted expenditures to remain in compliance with
applicable environmental laws and regulations.

In connection with the purchase of the Company from Lockheed Martin, we
assumed certain environmental liabilities related to events or activities
occurring prior to the purchase. Lockheed Martin has agreed to retain all
environmental liabilities for all facilities no longer used by us and to
indemnify us fully for such liabilities. Lockheed Martin has also agreed, for
the first eight years following April 1997, to pay 50% of all costs incurred by
us above those reserved for our balance sheet at April 1997 relating to certain
environmental liabilities assumed by us. For the seven years thereafter,
Lockheed Martin has agreed to pay 40% of certain reasonable operation and
maintenance costs relating to any environmental remediation projects undertaken
in the first eight years. Two of the facilities acquired from Lockheed Martin
will require ongoing remediation due to environmental contamination. In
November 1997, we sold one such facility located in Sarasota, Florida, while
retaining a leasehold interest in a portion of that facility, to Dames &
Moore/Brookhill LLC, which agreed to assume responsibility for further
remediation of the Sarasota site. We believe that we have established adequate
reserves for the potential costs associated with the assumed environmental
liabilities. However, we cannot assure you that any costs incurred will be
reimbursable from the U.S. government or covered by Lockheed Martin under the
terms of the acquisition agreement or that our environmental reserves will be
sufficient.

OUR BACKLOG OF ORDERS COULD BE TERMINATED

We currently have a backlog of orders, mainly under contracts with the
U.S. government. The U.S. government may unilaterally modify or terminate these
contracts. Accordingly, most of our backlog could be modified or terminated by
the U.S. government. We cannot assure you that our backlog will result in
revenues. Further, we cannot be sure that the margins on any contract included
in backlog that does become revenue will be profitable.

WE HAVE PENSION PLAN LIABILITIES

We have assumed certain liabilities relating to defined benefit pension
plans for present and former employees and retirees of certain businesses which
we acquired. Prior to the L-3 Acquisition,

18
<PAGE>

Lockheed Martin received a letter from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
(the "PBGC"), which requested information regarding the transfer of these
pension plans and indicated that the PBGC believed certain of these pension
plans were underfunded using the PBGC's actuarial assumptions. These
assumptions resulted in a larger liability for accrued benefits than the
assumptions used for financial reporting under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards Board No. 87 ("FASB 87"). The PBGC underfunding is related
to the Communication Systems -- West and Aviation Recorders pension plans (the
"Subject Plans"). As of September 30, 1998 we calculated the net funding
position of these plans and believe them to be:

o overfunded by approximately $4.8 million under the assumptions set
forth in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended;

o underfunded by approximately $28.4 million under FASB 87 assumptions;
and

o underfunded by as much as $70.4 million under PBGC assumptions.

L-3, Lockheed Martin and the PBGC entered into certain agreements dated as
of April 30, 1997 in which Lockheed Martin gave a commitment to the PBGC with
regard to the Subject Plans and L-3 gave certain assurances to Lockheed Martin
regarding these plans. In connection with these agreements, Lockheed Martin has
the option, upon 45 days prior written notice after the occurrence of certain
triggering events, to cause us to transfer sponsorship of these plans to it if
Lockheed Martin has concluded that the liabilities of the Subject Plans would
increase unreasonably. We have funded and acted in accordance with the terms of
our agreement with Lockheed Martin. As a result of a decrease in the
PBGC-mandated discount rate and the resulting increase in the underlying
liability, a triggering event has occurred. We have notified Lockheed Martin in
writing of this fact. We have not yet received a response as to whether
Lockheed Martin will exercise its right to cause us to transfer sponsorship of
the Subject Plans. If Lockheed Martin did assume sponsorship of these plans, it
would be primarily liable for the costs associated with funding these plans or
any costs associated with the termination of the Subject Plans, but we would be
required to reimburse Lockheed Martin for these costs. See "Business -- Pension
Plans". We expect, based in part upon discussions with our consulting
actuaries, that any increase in pension expenses or future funding requirements
from those previously anticipated for the pension plans would not be material.
However, the impact of any increased pension expenses or funding requirements
under this arrangement or the cost to us of any reimbursement of Lockheed
Martin (if these plans were terminated) could be material to us.

WE HAVE DISCRETION OVER THE USE OF FUNDS RAISED IN THE OLD NOTES OFFERING

We used the net proceeds of the Old Notes Offering to repay a substantial
portion of our debt under our bank credit facilities. Our borrowing capacity
has been restored and we have wide discretion over the use of any funds
subsequently reborrowed under our bank credit facilities. Should the
acquisition of Microdyne close, we expect to use our existing cash balances and
to borrow under our bank credit facilities to fund that acquisition.

OUR DEBT AGREEMENTS CONTAIN RESTRICTIONS

Our debt agreements contain a number of significant provisions that, among
other things, restrict our ability to:

o sell assets;

o incur more indebtedness;

o repay certain indebtedness;

o pay dividends;

o make certain investments or acquisitions;

o repurchase or redeem capital stock;

o engage in mergers or consolidations; and

o engage in certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates.

19
<PAGE>

These restrictions could hurt our ability to finance our future operations
or capital needs or engage in other business activities that may be in our
interest. In addition, certain of our debt agreements also require us to
maintain compliance with certain financial ratios, including total consolidated
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to total
consolidated cash interest expense and net debt to total consolidated earnings
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and to limit our capital
expenditures. Our ability to comply with these ratios and limits may be
affected by events beyond our control. A breach of any of these agreements or
our inability to comply with the required financial ratios or limits could
result in a default under those debt agreements. In the event of any such
default, the lenders under those debt agreements could elect to:

o declare all debt outstanding, accrued interest and fees to be due and
payable;

o require us to apply all of our available cash to repay the debt; and

o prevent us from making debt service payments on other debt.

If we were unable to repay any such borrowings when due, the lenders under
our bank credit facilities could proceed against their collateral, which
includes a first priority lien on substantially all of our assets and a first
priority security interest in all of our capital stock and the capital stock of
our subsidiaries. If the indebtedness under the existing debt agreements were
to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to
repay such indebtedness in full. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness".

NOT ALL OF OUR SUBSIDIARIES ARE GUARANTORS

Most but not all of our subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. In the
event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of the
non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade
creditors will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets
of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to
us. Assuming we had completed the Old Notes Offering and the exchange of the
Exchange Notes on September 30, 1998, these Notes would have been effectively
junior to $9.6 million of indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade
payables) of these non-guarantor subsidiaries. The non-guarantor subsidiaries
generated less than one percent of each of our historical consolidated
revenues, net income and cash from operating activities for the twelve-month
period ended September 30, 1998, and held 2% of our consolidated assets as of
September 30, 1998.

WE ARE REQUIRED TO TAKE CERTAIN ACTIONS UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL

Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events,
we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding Notes. However, it
is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of
control to make the required repurchase of Notes or that restrictions in our
bank credit facilities will not allow such repurchases. In addition, certain
important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would
increase the level of our indebtedness, would not constitute a "Change of
Control" under the indenture governing the Notes. See "Description of the
Exchange Notes--Repurchase at the Option of Holders".

THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain of the matters discussed concerning our operations, economic
performance and financial condition, including in particular, the likelihood of
our success in developing and expanding our business and the realization of
sales from backlog, include forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act.
Statements that are predictive in nature, that depend upon or refer to future
events or conditions or that include words such as "expects", "anticipates",
"intends", "plans", "believes", "estimates" and similar expressions are
forward-looking statements. Although we believe that these statements are based
upon reasonable assumptions, we can give no assurance that their goals will be
achieved.

20
<PAGE>

OUR YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE EFFORTS WILL REQUIRE SUBSTANTIAL RESOURCES AND FAILURE
BY US OR CERTAIN THIRD PARTIES TO BE YEAR 2000 COMPLIANT POSES CERTAIN RISKS

The inability of business processes to continue to function correctly
after the beginning of the Year 2000 could have serious adverse effects on
companies and entities throughout the world.
Because our business units operate autonomously, each business unit has
undertaken an effort to identify and mitigate Year 2000 issues in their
information systems, products, facilities, suppliers and customers. Our Year
2000 compliance efforts are a composite of our business units' individual Year
2000 compliance efforts coordinated through a company-wide program instituted
to oversee, guide and track our business units' individual Year 2000 compliance
efforts and to facilitate communications between business units regarding Year
2000 compliance methods. Our business operations are also dependent on the Year
2000 readiness of our customers and infrastructure suppliers in areas such as
utilities, communications, transportation and other services.

Each business unit has appointed a Year 2000 project manager who oversees
a team responsible for performing its Year 2000 efforts in four phases:

o first, to define, identify and list possible sources of Year 2000
issues, including internal systems and products and services sold to
customers;

o second, to analyze and determine the nature and extent of Year 2000
issues and to develop project plans to address those issues;

o third, to implement and execute project plans to fix or replace
non-compliant items, as appropriate, based upon the anticipated risk
and its importance; and

o fourth, to commence and complete testing, continue monitoring
readiness and prepare necessary contingency plans.

The progress of this program is monitored at each business unit with
oversight by management. This oversight includes periodic reviews as well as
visits to each business unit to monitor progress
with the plans. Management plans to have completed the first three phases of
the program for a substantial majority of mission-critical systems within L-3
by the end of March 1999 and to have nearly all significant information
systems, products and facilities in the final phase of the program by mid-1999.

Our total costs associated with our internal Year 2000 compliance efforts
are estimated to be $16.2 million, including $7.1 million of costs which may be
capitalized with the remaining costs expensed as incurred. We have incurred
approximately $6.6 million of such costs to date. Substantially all of the
remaining estimated costs are expected to be incurred in 1999. We cannot assure
you that our Year 2000 compliance efforts will be successful or that we will
not incur substantial costs as a result of failure of our customers or
suppliers to be Year 2000 compliant or as a result of failures of installed
products produced by us or for any other reason.

21
<PAGE>

USE OF PROCEEDS

There will be no proceeds to the Company from the exchange of Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

The net proceeds to the Company from the Old Notes Offering, approximately
$193.7 million, after deducting the bond discount, underwriting discounts and
commissions and other estimated offering expenses which aggregated $7.2
million, were used to repay the outstanding borrowings under the Senior Credit
Facilities (as defined later in this prospectus) and increase the Company's
cash balance.

22
<PAGE>

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company at
September 30, 1998 and as adjusted to give effect to the Old Notes Offering as
if it had occurred on September 30, 1998. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Unaudited
Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information".

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
-------------------------------
AS
ACTUAL ADJUSTED
-------------- --------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents ................................. $ 5.7 $ 43.5(1)
======== =========
Current portion of long-term debt ......................... $ -- $ --
Senior Credit Facilities .................................. 155.0(2) --
10 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 1, 2007 ......... 225.0 225.0
8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 15, 2008 ......... 180.0 180.0
8% Senior Subordinated Notes due August 1, 2008 ........... -- 200.0
---------- ---------
Total debt .............................................. $ 560.0 $ 605.0
---------- ---------
Shareholder's equity
Additional paid-in-capital ............................... $ 272.5 $ 272.5
Retained earnings ........................................ 31.0 31.0
Equity adjustments ....................................... (8.7) (8.7)
---------- ---------
Total shareholders' equity .............................. 294.8 294.8
---------- ---------
Total capitalization .................................... $ 854.8 $ 899.8
========== =========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) These amounts reflect repayment of the outstanding borrowings as of
September 30, 1998.

(2) This amount represents borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities
outstanding as of September 30, 1998. Availability under the Senior
Credit Facilities at any given time is $385.0 million (subject to
compliance with covenants), less the amount of outstanding borrowings and
outstanding letters of credit. Upon consummation of the Old Notes
Offering, the Company had available under its Senior Credit Facilities
$385.0 million (subject to compliance with covenants), reflecting no
outstanding borrowings, less amounts outstanding for letters of credit
(which amounted to $58.0 million at December 31, 1998).

PROPOSED EQUITY OFFERING

Holdings and certain selling stockholders are currently contemplating the
Proposed Equity Offering. It is intended that Holdings would use the net
proceeds of the Proposed Equity Offering to repay the existing indebtedness
under the Senior Credit Facilities and for general corporate purposes,
including potential acquisitions. On January 5, 1999, Holdings filed a
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333--70125) with the SEC in
connection with the Proposed Equity Offering.

23
<PAGE>

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma statement of operations data gives
effect to the following transactions (collectively, the "Transactions") as if
they had occurred on January 1, 1997: (i) the Old Notes Offering; (ii) the
Company's purchase of all of the outstanding stock of SPD and the acquisitions
by the Company of the assets of the Ocean Systems business ("Ocean Systems") of
Allied Signal, Inc., the assets of ILEX Systems ("ILEX") and the assets of the
Satellite Transmission Systems division ("STS") of California Microwave, Inc.
(collectively, the "1998 Acquisitions"); (iii) the L-3 Acquisition; and (iv)
the contribution by Holdings to the Company of the net proceeds from its common
stock initial public offering which amounted to $139.5 million and the sale by
the Company of $180.0 million of 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 15,
2008 whose net proceeds amounted to $173.8 million after debt issuance costs,
and the amendment of the Company's Senior Credit Facilities to increase the
available borrowings under the bank credit facilities to $385.0 million
(collectively, the "Financing Transactions"). The pro forma balance sheet data
gives effect to the Old Notes Offering as if it had occurred on September 30,
1998. The pro forma financial information is based on (i) the unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company as of September 30,
1998 and for the nine months then ended and the six months ended September 30,
1997, (ii) the consolidated statement of operations of the Company for the nine
months ended December 31, 1997, (iii) the combined statement of operations of
the Predecessor Company for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and (iv) the
statements of operations of the 1998 Acquisitions for the year ended December
31, 1997 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and for the periods from
January 1, 1998 to the respective dates of acquisition, using the purchase
method of accounting and the assumptions and adjustments in the accompanying
notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.
The pro forma results do not give effect to the Proposed Equity Offering or to
any of the Company's other acquisitions, including the pending acquisition of
Microdyne.

The pro forma adjustments are based upon preliminary estimates of purchase
prices and the related purchase price allocations for the 1998 Acquisitions.
Actual adjustments will be based on final appraisals and other analyses of fair
values which are in process. Management does not expect that differences
between the preliminary and final allocations will have a material impact on
the Company's pro forma financial position or results of operations. The pro
forma statement of operations does not reflect any cost savings that management
of the Company believes would have resulted had the Transactions occurred on
January 1, 1997. The pro forma financial information should be read in
conjunction with (i) the unaudited condensed (combined) consolidated financial
statements of the Company as of September 30, 1998, for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998 and the six months ended September 30, 1997, (ii) the
audited consolidated financial statements of SPD for the year ended December
31, 1997, (iii) the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations
of SPD for the six months ended June 30, 1998, (iv) the audited consolidated
(combined) financial statements of the Company and the Predecessor Company as
of December 31, 1997 and for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 and the
three months ended March 31, 1997, (v) the audited financial statements of STS
for the year ended June 30, 1997, (vi) the unaudited condensed financial
statements of STS as of December 31, 1997 and for the six months ended December
31, 1997 and 1996, (vii) the audited consolidated financial statements of ILEX
for the year ended December 31, 1997, and (viii) the audited combined financial
statements of Ocean Systems for the year ended December 31, 1997 all of which
are included elsewhere herein in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma
condensed financial information may not be indicative of the financial position
and results of operations of the Company that actually would have occurred had
the Transactions been in effect on the dates indicated or the financial
position and results of operations that may be obtained in the future.

24
<PAGE>

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
-------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA
COMPANY ADJUSTMENTS(9) PRO FORMA
----------- ---------------- ----------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Currents assets:
Cash and cash equivalents ................. $ 5.7 $37.8 $ 43.5
Contracts in process ...................... 345.8 -- 345.8
Other current assets ...................... 24.9 -- 24.9
-------- ----- --------
Total current assets .................... 376.4 37.8 414.2
-------- ----- --------
Property, plant and equipment, net ......... 117.2 -- 117.2
Intangibles, primarily cost in excess of
net assets acquired, net of
amortization .............................. 608.4 -- 608.4
Other assets ............................... 94.3 7.2 101.5
-------- ----- --------
Total assets ............................. $1,196.3 $45.0 $1,241.3
======== ===== ========
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt ......... $ -- $ -- $ --
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses ................................ 128.2 -- 128.2
Customer advances and amounts in
excess of costs incurred ................ 58.6 -- 58.6
-----
Other current liabilities ................. 48.6 -- 48.6
-------- ----- --------
Total current liabilities ............... 235.4 -- 235.4
-------- ----- --------
Pension, postretirement benefits and
other liabilities ....................... 106.1 -- 106.1
Long-term debt ............................ 560.0 45.0 605.0
Shareholder's equity ...................... 294.8 294.8
-------- ----- --------
Total liabilities and shareholders'
equity ................................. $1,196.3 $45.0 $1,241.3
======== ===== ========
</TABLE>

See notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

25
<PAGE>

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
ACQUISITIONS
1998 PRO FORMA
COMPANY ACQUISITIONS(2)(3) ADJUSTMENTS(4)
--------- -------------------- ----------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Sales ................................ $708.3 $126.2 $ --
Costs and expenses ................... 644.7 117.6 2.2
------ ------ ---------
Operating income (loss) ............ 63.6 8.6 (2.2)
Interest and investment income
(expense). .......................... 2.3 -- --
Interest expense ..................... 35.2 5.1 --
------ ------ ---------
Income (loss) before income
taxes ............................ 30.7 3.5 (2.2)
Income tax expense (benefit) ......... 12.0 1.6 (0.9)(10)
------ ------ ---------
Net income (loss) .................. $ 18.7 $ 1.9 $ (1.3)
====== ====== =========

<CAPTION>
FINANCING OLD NOTES
TRANSACTIONS(6)(7) OFFERING(8) PRO FORMA
-------------------- ----------------- ----------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Sales ................................ $ -- $ -- $834.5
Costs and expenses ................... -- -- 764.5
--------- --------- ------
Operating income (loss) ............ -- -- 70.0
Interest and investment income
(expense). .......................... (2.3) -- --
Interest expense ..................... 0.8 3.7 44.8
--------- --------- ------
Income (loss) before income
taxes ............................ (3.1) (3.7) 25.2
Income tax expense (benefit) ......... (1.2)(10) (1.4)(10) 10.1
--------- --------- ------
Net income (loss) .................. $ (1.9) $ (2.3) $ 15.1
========= ========= ======
</TABLE>

See notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

26
<PAGE>

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR
COMPANY
COMPANY THREE
SIX MONTHS MONTHS PRO FORMA
ENDED ENDED ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
SEPTEMBER 31, MARCH 31, L-3 L-3
1997 1997(1) ACQUISITION(1) ACQUISITION
--------------- ------------ ---------------- -------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Sales ......................... $342.8 $158.9 $ (1.8) $499.9
Costs and expenses ............ 314.2 151.0 (7.6) 457.6
------ ------ ------- ------
Operating income (loss)...... 28.6 7.9 5.8 42.3
Interest and investment
income (expense) ............. 0.5 -- -- 0.5
Interest expense .............. 19.7 8.4 1.5 29.6
------ ------ ------- ------
Income (loss) before
income taxes ............... 9.4 (0.5) 4.3 13.2
Income tax expense (benefit)... 5.4 (0.2) -- 5.2
------ ------ ------- ------
Net income (loss) ........... $ 4.0 $ (0.3) $ 4.3 $ 8.0
====== ====== ======= ======

<CAPTION>
1998
ACQUISITIONS
1998 PRO FORMA FINANCING OLD NOTES PRO
ACQUISITIONS(2)(3)(5) ADJUSTMENTS(4) TRANSACTIONS(6)(7) OFFERING(8) FORMA
----------------------- ---------------- -------------------- ----------------- ---------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Sales ......................... $ 258.8 $ -- $ -- $ -- $758.7
Costs and expenses ............ 248.5 3.5 -- -- 709.6
------- --------- --------- --------- ------
Operating income (loss)...... 10.3 (3.5) -- -- 49.1
Interest and investment
income (expense) ............. 0.1 -- (0.6) -- --
Interest expense .............. 3.0 -- 8.5 3.7 44.8
------- --------- --------- --------- ------
Income (loss) before
income taxes ............... 7.4 (3.5) (9.1) (3.7) 4.3
Income tax expense (benefit)... 0.5(10) (1.4)(10) (3.5)(10) (1.4)(10) (0.6)
---------- --------- --------- --------- ------
Net income (loss) ........... $ 6.9 $ (2.1) $ (5.6) $ (2.3) $ 4.9
========== ========= ========= ========= ======
</TABLE>

See notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

27
<PAGE>

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR
COMPANY
COMPANY THREE
NINE MONTHS MONTHS PRO FORMA
ENDED ENDED ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, L-3 L-3
1997 1997(1) ACQUISITION(1) ACQUISITION
-------------- ------------ ---------------- -------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Sales ......................... $546.5 $158.9 $ (1.8) $703.6
Costs and expenses ............ 495.0 151.0 (7.6) 638.4
------ ------ ------- ------
Operating income (loss)...... 51.5 7.9 5.8 65.2
Interest and investment
income (expense) ............. 1.4 -- -- 1.4
Interest expense .............. 29.9 8.4 1.5 39.8
------ ------ ------- ------
Income (loss) before
income taxes ............... 23.0 (0.5) 4.3 26.8
Income tax expense (benefit)... 10.7 (0.2) -- 10.5
------ ------ ------- ------
Net income (loss) ........... $ 12.3 $ (0.3) $ 4.3 $ 16.3
====== ====== ======= ======

<CAPTION>
1998
ACQUISITIONS
1998 PRO FORMA FINANCING OLD NOTES PRO
ACQUISITIONS(2)(3)(5) ADJUSTMENTS(4) TRANSACTIONS(6)(7) OFFERING(8) FORMA
----------------------- ---------------- -------------------- ----------------- -----------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Sales ......................... $360.3 $ -- $ -- $ -- $1,063.9
Costs and expenses ............ 338.5 5.0 (4) -- -- 981.9
------ --------- --------- --------- --------
Operating income (loss)...... 21.8 (5.0) -- -- 82.0
Interest and investment
income (expense) ............. (0.1) -- (1.3) -- --
Interest expense .............. 5.4 -- 9.7 4.9 59.8
------ --------- --------- --------- --------
Income (loss) before
income taxes ............... 16.3 (5.0) (11.0) (4.9) 22.2
Income tax expense (benefit)... 3.4 (1.9)(10) (4.3)(10) (1.9)(10) 5.8
------ --------- --------- --------- --------
Net income (loss) ........... $ 12.9 $ (3.1) $ (6.7) $ (3.0) $ 16.4
====== ========= ========= ========= ========
</TABLE>

See notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

28
<PAGE>

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following facts and assumptions were used in determining the pro forma
effect of the Transactions.

1. The Company's historical financial statements reflect the results of
operations of the Company since the effective date of the L-3 Acquisition,
April 1, 1997, and the Predecessor Company's historical financial
statements reflect the results of operations of the Predecessor Company
for the three months ended March 31, 1997. The adjustments made to the pro
forma statement of operations for the six months ended September 30, 1997
and for the year ended December 31, 1997, relating to the L-3 Acquisition
are: (a) the elimination of $1.8 million of sales and $1.8 million of
costs and expenses related to the Hycor business which was acquired as
part of the L-3 Acquisition and which has been accounted for as "net
assets of acquired business held for sale"; (b) a reduction to costs and
expenses of $0.8 million to record amortization expenses on the excess of
the L-3 Acquisition purchase price over net assets acquired of $303.2
million over 40 years, net of the reversal of amortization expenses of
intangibles included in the Predecessor Company historical financial
statements; (c) a reduction to costs and expenses of $0.6 million to
record estimated pension cost on a separate company basis net of the
reversal of the allocated pension cost included in the Predecessor Company
historical financial statements; (d) a net increase to interest expense of
$1.5 million, comprised of a $0.2 million allocated interest expense
reduction related to the Hycor business and a net $1.7 million increase,
reflecting pro forma interest expense of $10.2 million based on actual
borrowings of $400.0 million and the effective cost of borrowing rate
incurred by the Company to finance the L-3 Acquisition less interest
expense of approximately $8.5 million included in the historical financial
statements of the Predecessor Company; and (e) the reversal of a $4.4
million noncash compensation charge related to the initial capitalization
of the Company included in the Company's historical results of operations
effective April 1, 1997 which was nonrecurring in nature. A statutory
(federal, state and foreign) tax rate of 39.0% was assumed on these pro
forma adjustments except for adjustment (e), where no tax effect has been
reflected.

2. On August 13, 1998, the Company acquired 100% of the stock of SPD for $230.0
million of cash, subject to adjustment based on closing adjusted net
assets, as defined. For purposes of the pro forma financial information an
estimated purchase price of $241.1 million, including expenses (net of
cash acquired of $0.2 million) was assumed reflecting the contract price
of $230.0 million and an estimated purchase price adjustment of $11.0
million based on the estimated closing adjusted net assets of SPD. On
February 5, 1998, the Company purchased the assets of STS for $27.0
million of cash subject to adjustment based on final closing net assets.
For purposes of the pro forma financial information an estimated purchase
price of $26.2 million including expenses (net of cash acquired of $0.5
million) was assumed reflecting the contract price of $27.0 million and an
estimated purchase price reduction of $1.0 million based on the estimated
closing net assets of STS. On March 4, 1998, the Company purchased
substantially all the assets of ILEX for $51.9 million of cash, subject to
adjustment based on closing net assets plus additional consideration
contingent upon post-acquisition performance of ILEX. For purposes of the
pro forma financial information an estimated purchase price of $51.5
million, including expenses (net of cash acquired of $2.4 million) was
assumed reflecting the contract price of $51.9 million and a purchase
price adjustment of $1.2 million based on final closing net assets, On
March 30, 1998, the Company purchased the assets of Ocean Systems for
$68.6 million of cash including expenses.

The aggregate purchase prices including expenses, net of cash acquired, for
the 1998 Acquisitions of $387.4 million were financed with $142.3 million
of the net proceeds from the Financing Transactions (see Note 6 below),
$155.0 million of borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities and $90.1
million of cash from operations. The 1998 Acquisitions are all included in
the Company's historical balance sheet as of September 30, 1998.

29
<PAGE>

3. The pro forma statements of operations include the following historical
financial data for the 1998 Acquisitions:

The pro forma statement of operations for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 includes the following historical data for the 1998 Acquisitions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OCEAN 1998
SPD(a) STS(b) ILEX(b) SYSTEMS(c) ACQUISITIONS
-------- ---------- --------- ------------ -------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ............................................ $105.5 $ 2.3 $4.5 $13.9 $126.2
Costs and expenses ............................... 94.4 5.9 4.4 12.9 117.6
------ ------ ---- ----- ------
Operating income (loss) ......................... 11.1 (3.6) 0.1 1.0 8.6
Interest and investment income (expense) ......... -- -- -- -- --
Interest expense ................................. 5.0 -- -- 0.1 5.1
------ ------ ---- ----- ------
Income (loss) before income taxes . ............. 6.1 (3.6) 0.1 0.9 3.5
Income tax (benefit) provision . ................. 2.2 (1.0) -- 0.4 1.6
------ ------ ---- ----- ------
Net income (loss) ............................... $ 3.9 $ (2.6) $0.1 $ 0.5 $ 1.9
====== ====== ==== ===== ======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(a) Represents historical results of operations for the six-month
period ended June 30, 1998. These results of operations exclude a
pretax nonrecurring noncash compensation charge of approximately
$22.1 million related to the acceleration of the vesting date for
all outstanding stock options of SPD caused by the Company's
acquisition of SPD.

(b) Represents historical results of operations for the one-month
period ended January 31, 1998.

The pro forma statement of operations for the nine months ended September
30, 1997 includes the following historical data for the 1998 Acquisitions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OCEAN 1998
SPD(a) STS ILEX SYSTEMS ACQUISITIONS
-------- ---------- -------- --------- -------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ............................................ $125.2 $ 39.9 $46.6 $ 47.1 $258.8
Costs and expenses ............................... 106.8 45.0 40.6 56.1 248.5
------ ------ ----- ------ ------
Operating income (loss) ......................... 18.4 (5.1) 6.0 (9.0) 10.3
Interest and investment income (expense) ......... -- -- -- 0.1 0.1
Interest expense ................................. 2.7 -- -- 0.3 3.0
------ ------ ----- ------ ------
Income (loss) before income taxes ............... 15.7 (5.1) 6.0 (9.2) 7.4
Income tax (benefit) provision . ................. 4.9 (1.4) 0.6 (3.6) 0.5
------ ------ ----- ------ ------
Net income (loss) ............................... $ 10.8 $ (3.7) $ 5.4 $ (5.6) $ 6.9
====== ====== ===== ====== ======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(a) Represents the historical results of operations of SPD for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997 plus the historical results
of operations of Power Paragon Inc. ("PPI") for the six months
ended June 30, 1997. See Note 5.

30
<PAGE>

The pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1997
includes the following historical data for the 1998 Acquisitions. Such data
have been derived from each entity's historical financial statements
included elsewhere herein.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OCEAN 1998
SPD(a) STS(b) ILEX SYSTEMS ACQUISITIONS
-------- ---------- -------- --------- -------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ............................................ $169.9 $ 53.9 $ 63.5 $ 73.0 $360.3
Costs and expenses ............................... 142.2 61.7 55.9 78.7 338.5
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Operating income (loss) ........................ 27.7 (7.8) 7.6 (5.7) 21.8
Interest and investment income (expense) ......... -- -- (0.2) 0.1 (0.1)
Interest expense ................................. 4.9 -- -- 0.5 5.4
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Income (loss) before income taxes .............. 22.8 (7.8) 7.4 (6.1) 16.3
Income tax (benefit) provision . ................. 7.4 (2.1) 0.5 (2.4) 3.4
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net income (loss) .............................. $ 15.4 $ (5.7) $ 6.9 $ (3.7) $ 12.9
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(a) Represents the historical results of operations of SPD for the
year ended December 31, 1997 plus the historical results of
operations of PPI for the six months ended June 30, 1997. See
Note 5.

(b) Represents the historical results of operations for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1997 plus the six-month period ended December
31, 1997 minus the six-month period ended December 31, 1996.

4. The aggregate estimated excess of purchase price, including expenses, over
the estimated fair value of net assets acquired related to the 1998
Acquisitions of $302.7 million is comprised of $205.1 million, $38.6
million and $59.0 million, respectively, for SPD, ILEX and Ocean Systems,
and is being amortized over 40 years resulting in a charge of $7.6 million
per annum. Based upon preliminary estimates of fair value, the acquisition
of STS resulted in no goodwill being recorded since the purchase price was
equal to the fair value of net assets acquired. The preliminary purchase
price allocation for SPD also includes an adjustment of $5.0 million to
intangible assets to reflect the estimated value of acquired identifiable
intangibles which are being amortized over 15 years resulting in a change
of $0.3 million per annum.

Adjustments to costs and expenses in the pro forma statements of operations
relating to the 1998 Acquisitions were comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED
--------------------- DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997 1997
--------- --------- -------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(a) Amortization expense of estimated intangibles,
primarily purchase cost in excess of net assets
acquired ............................................. $ 3.4 $ 5.9 $ 7.9
(b) Elimination of goodwill amortization expense included
in the historical financial statements for the 1998
Acquisitions ......................................... (1.4) (3.0) (3.7)
(c) Estimated rent expense on the Sylmar facility of
Ocean Systems which was not acquired by L-3
Communications ....................................... 0.3 0.9 1.1
(d) Elimination of depreciation expense on buildings and
improvements on the Sylmar facility of Ocean Systems
which was not acquired by L-3 Communications ......... (0.1) (0.3) (0.3)
------ ------ ------
Total increase to costs and expenses ................ . $ 2.2 $ 3.5 $ 5.0
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>

The preliminary purchase price allocations for SPD and Ocean Systems include
estimated increases to contracts in process of $2.0 million and $3.4
million, respectively, related to valuing certain work-in-process and
finished goods inventory at their fair values. In addition, the
preliminary purchase price allocation for Ocean Systems includes an
estimated $5.1 million adjustment relating to a reduction of contracts in
process resulting from valuing acquired contracts in process at contract
price, less the estimated cost to complete and an allowance for normal
profit margin on the Company's effort to complete such contracts. The
non-recurring charges to income resulting from the above mentioned
contracts in process adjustment are not material to the pro forma
statement of operations. The effects on the balance sheet of these
adjustments are included in the historical balance sheet of the Company
as of September 30, 1998.

31
<PAGE>

5. On June 30, 1997, SPD acquired all of the outstanding stock of PPI and
subsidiaries. The PPI acquisition was financed principally by SPD bank
borrowings. SPD accounted for the PPI acquisition as a purchase and the
results of operations of PPI are included in the consolidated SPD
historical financial statements from the date of acquisition. The
adjustments related to SPD's financing of its PPI acquisition and the
related purchase price allocation are included in the pro forma
adjustments discussed in Notes 4 and 6.

The pro forma statement of operations for the nine months ended September
30, 1997 includes the following data for SPD and PPI.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PPI SPD
SIX MONTHS NINE MONTHS
SPD ENDED ENDED
HISTORICAL JUNE 30, 1997 SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
------------ --------------- -------------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ............................................ $85.3 $39.9 $125.2
Costs and expenses ............................... 71.5 35.3 106.8
----- ----- ------
Operating income. ............................... 13.8 4.6 18.4
Interest and investment income (expense) ......... -- -- --
Interest expense ................................. 2.6 0.1 2.7
----- ----- ------
Income before income taxes . .................... 11.2 4.5 15.7
Income tax provision . ........................... 3.9 1.0 4.9
----- ----- ------
Net income ...................................... $ 7.3 $ 3.5 $ 10.8
===== ===== ======
</TABLE>

The pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1997
includes the following data for SPD and PPI.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PPI
SIX MONTHS SPD
SPD ENDED YEAR ENDED
HISTORICAL JUNE 30, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1997
------------ --------------- ------------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ............................................ $130.0 $39.9 $169.9
Costs and expenses ............................... 106.9 35.3 142.2
------ ----- ------
Operating income. ............................... 23.1 4.6 27.7
Interest and investment income (expense) ......... -- -- --
Interest expense ................................. 4.8 0.1 4.9
------ ----- ------
Income before income taxes . .................... 18.3 4.5 22.8
Income tax provision . ........................... 6.4 1.0 7.4
------ ----- ------
Net income ...................................... $ 11.9 $ 3.5 $ 15.4
====== ===== ======
</TABLE>

6. The Financing Transactions included (i) the contribution by Holdings to the
Company of the proceeds from its sale of 6.9 million shares of common
stock in the IPO for $22 per share or $139.5 million, after underwriting
discounts and commissions and expenses of $12.3 million, (ii) the sale by
the Company of $180.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 15, 2008 (the "May 1998 Notes"), whose proceeds
amounted to $173.8 million after debt issuance costs of $6.2 million and
(iii) the amendment of the Company's Senior Credit Facilities to increase
the borrowings available thereunder to $385.0 million from $200.0 million.
The net proceeds from the Financing Transactions of $313.3 million have
been used to (i) prepay all $171.0 million of borrowings outstanding under
the term loan facilities and (ii) finance $142.3 million of the aggregate
purchase prices of the 1998 Acquisitions (see Note 2 above). The Holdings
IPO and the sale of the May 1998 Notes were completed on May 22, 1998 and
the amendment to the Senior Credit Facilities was completed on August 19,
1998. The effect of the Financing Transactions is included in the
Company's historical balance sheet as of September 30, 1998.

7. Adjustments to the pro forma statements of operations for the Financing
Transactions include the elimination of historical interest income of $2.3
million, $0.6 million and $1.3 million for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 and 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively, to
reflect the use of cash on hand to partially finance the aggregate
purchase price of the 1998 Acquisitions.

32
<PAGE>

Assuming the Financing Transactions were completed on January 1, 1997, pro
forma interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and
1997 and the year ended December 31, 1997 would have increased by $0.8
million, $8.5 million and $9.7 million, respectively. The details of
interest expense, after the Financing Transactions follow:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED NINE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30, DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997 1997
------------------- ------------------- -------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest on the 1997 Notes (as defined later in
this prospectus) (10.375% on $225.0 million)........ $17.5 $17.5 $23.3
Interest on the May 1998 Notes (8.50% on
$180.0 million)..................................... 11.5 11.5 15.3
Interest on borrowings under Senior Credit
Facilities (8.0% on $155.0 million)................. 9.3 9.3 12.4
Commitment fee of 0.4% on unused portion
of Senior Credit Facilities (0.4% on
$203.3 million)..................................... 0.6 0.6 0.9
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs ........ 2.2 2.2 3.0
----- ----- -----
Total pro forma interest expense .................... $41.1 $41.1 $54.9
===== ===== =====
</TABLE>

8. Assuming the Old Notes Offering was completed on January 1, 1997, pro forma
interest expense after the Financing Transactions for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1997
would have increased by $3.7 million, $3.7 million and $4.9 million,
respectively. The details of pro forma interest expense, after the Old
Notes Offering follow:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED NINE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30, DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997 1997
------------------- ------------------- -------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest on the 1997 Notes (10.375% on
$225.0 million)..................................... $17.5 $17.5 $23.3
Interest on the May 1998 Notes (8.50% on
$180.0 million)..................................... 11.5 11.5 15.3
Interest on the Notes (8.0% on
$200.0 million)..................................... 12.0 12.0 16.0
Commitment fee of 0.4% on unused portion of
Senior Credit Facilities (0.4% on
$358.3 million)..................................... 1.0 1.0 1.5
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs ........ 2.8 2.8 3.7
----- ----- -----
Total pro forma interest expense .................... $44.8 $44.8 $59.8
===== ===== =====
</TABLE>

The pro forma statements of operations do not reflect interest income on
the $43.5 million pro forma cash balance at September 30, 1998.

9. The pro forma adjustments for the Old Notes Offering to the balance sheet as
of September 30, 1998, include (i) a net increase to long-term debt of
$45.0 million reflecting the proceeds from the sale of the Notes of $200.0
million in the Old Notes Offering and the repayment of $155.0 million of
borrowings outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities with the net
proceeds of the Old Notes, (ii) an increase of $7.2 million to other
assets representing the bond discount of $0.6 million and underwriting
discounts and commissions and other estimated expenses associated with the
Old Notes Offering of $6.6 million which will be deferred and amortized to
interest expense over the term of the Notes and (iii) an increase to cash
and cash equivalents of $37.8 million representing the remaining net
proceeds after the repayment of the borrowings outstanding under the
Senior Credit Facilities and the payment of the bond discount,
underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated expenses
associated with the Old Notes Offering.

10. The pro forma adjustments were tax-effected, as appropriate, using a
statutory (federal, state and foreign) tax rate of 39.0%.

33
<PAGE>

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The selected unaudited pro forma data as of September 30, 1998, for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 and for the year ended December
31, 1997 have been derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the
unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of
operations and other data reflect the L-3 Acquisition, the 1998 Acquisitions,
the Financing Transactions and the Old Notes Offering as if such transactions
had occurred on January 1, 1997. The unaudited pro forma condensed balance
sheet data reflect the Old Notes Offering as if it had occurred on September
30, 1998.
The selected consolidated (combined) financial data as of December 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995 and for the nine months ended December 31, 1997, the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and
1994 have been derived from the audited financial statements for the respective
periods. The selected historical consolidated (combined) financial data as of
and for the periods ended September 30, 1998, December 31, 1993 and March 31,
1993 have been derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Company
(Predecessor Company). In the opinion of management, such unaudited financial
statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments)
considered necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations and
financial position as of the date of and for the period presented. The results
of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 may not be
indicative of results for the full year. The unaudited pro forma condensed
financial information may not be indicative of the financial position and
results of operations of the Company that actually would have occurred had the
Transactions been in effect on the dates indicated or the financial position
and results of operations that may be obtained in the future.

The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial
Condition" and the Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements of the Company
(Predecessor Company) and the Loral Acquired Businesses and the unaudited pro
forma condensed consolidated financial information included elsewhere herein.
Prior to April 1, 1996, the Predecessor Company was only comprised of
Communication Systems -- East.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPANY
-------------------------------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA NINE NINE
NINE MONTHS ENDED PRO FORMA MONTHS MONTHS
SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED ENDED ENDED
---------------------- DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30, DEC. 31,
1998 1997 1997 1998(1) 1997(2)
------------ --------- -------------- --------------- -------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales ........................... $ 834.5 $758.7 $ 1,063.9 $ 708.3 $ 546.5
Operating income ................ 70.0 49.1 82.0 63.6 51.5(6)
Interest expense, net(7) . ..... 44.8 44.8 59.8 32.9 28.5
Provision (benefit) for
income taxes(7) ................ 10.1 (0.6) 5.8 12.0 10.7
Net income (loss) ............... 15.1 4.9 16.4 18.7 12.3(6)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT
PERIOD END):
Working capital ................. $ 178.8 $ 141.0 $ 131.8
Total assets .................... 1,241.3 1,196.3 703.4
Long-term debt .................. 605.0 560.0 392.0
Invested equity .................
Shareholders' equity ............ 294.8 294.8 132.7
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(8) ....................... $ 102.5 $ 80.4 $ 126.3 $ 90.3 $ 78.1
Net cash from
(used in) operating
activities ..................... 48.2 73.9
Net cash (used in)
investing activities ........... (417.8) (457.8)
Net cash from
(used in) financing
activities ..................... 297.9 461.4
Depreciation expense ............ 17.7 17.7 24.0 15.6 13.3
Amortization expense ............ 14.8 13.6 20.3 11.1 8.9
Capital expenditures ............ 14.8 15.6 23.0 12.7 11.9
Ratio of:
Earnings to fixed
charges(9) .................... 1.5x 1.1x 1.3x 1.7x 1.7x
EBITDA to cash
interest
expense(11)(12) ............... 2.6x 2.3x
Net debt to
EBITDA(12)(13) ................ 3.8x 4.4x

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR COMPANY
--------------------------------------------------------------------
THREE NINE THREE
MONTHS MONTHS MONTHS
ENDED YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED ENDED
MARCH 31, ------------------------------- DEC.31, MARCH 31,
1997 1996(3) 1995(4) 1994(4) 1993(4) 1993(5)
------------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales ........................... $158.9 $ 543.1 $166.8 $ 218.9 $ 200.0 $67.8
Operating income ................ 7.9 43.7 4.7 8.4 12.4 5.1
Interest expense, net(7) . ..... 8.4 24.2 4.5 5.5 4.1
Provision (benefit) for
income taxes(7) ................ (0.2) 7.8 1.2 2.3 3.8 2.0
Net income (loss) ............... (0.3) 11.7 (1.0) 0.6 4.5 3.1
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT
PERIOD END):
Working capital ................. $ 98.8 $ 21.1 $ 19.3 $ 24.7 $22.8
Total assets .................... 593.3 228.5 233.3 241.7 93.5
Long-term debt ..................
Invested equity ................. 473.6 194.7 199.5 202.0 59.9
Shareholders' equity ............
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(8) ....................... $15.7 $ 71.8 $ 16.3 $ 19.9 $ 23.4 $ 7.0
Net cash from
(used in) operating
activities ..................... (16.3) 30.7 9.3 21.8
Net cash (used in)
investing activities ........... (4.3) (298.0) (5.5) (3.7)
Net cash from
(used in) financing
activities ..................... 20.6 267.3 (3.8) (18.1)
Depreciation expense ............ 4.5 14.9 5.5 5.4 6.1 1.8
Amortization expense ............ 3.3 13.2 6.1 6.1 4.9 0.1
Capital expenditures ............ 4.3 13.5 5.5 3.7 2.6 0.8
Ratio of:
Earnings to fixed
charges(9) .................... --(10) 1.7x 1.0x 1.4x 2.5x --
EBITDA to cash
interest
expense(11)(12) ...............
Net debt to
EBITDA(12)(13) ................
</TABLE>

(Footnotes on following page)

34
<PAGE>

----------

(1) Includes the results of operations of the 1998 Acquisitions from their
respective effective dates of acquisition.

(2) Reflects the L-3 Acquisition effective April 1, 1997.

(3) Reflects ownership of Loral's Communication Systems -- West and
Specialized Communication Products businesses commencing April 1, 1996.

(4) Reflects ownership of Communication Systems -- East by Lockheed Martin
effective April 1, 1993.

(5) Reflects ownership of Communications Systems -- East by GE Aerospace. The
amounts shown herein include only those amounts as reflected in the
financial records of Communications Systems -- East.

(6) Includes a nonrecurring, noncash compensation charge of $4.4 million
related to the initial capitalization of the Company, effective April 1,
1997.

(7) For periods prior to April 1, 1997, interest expense and income tax
(benefit) provision were allocated from Lockheed Martin.

(8) EBITDA is defined as operating income plus depreciation expense and
amortization expense (excluding the amortization of deferred debt issuance
costs) and the nonrecurring, noncash compensation charge of $4.4 million
recorded on April 1, 1997. EBITDA is not a substitute for operating
income, net income and cash flow from operating activities as determined
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as a measure
of profitability or liquidity. EBITDA is presented as additional
information because management believes it to be a useful indicator of the
Company's ability to meet debt service and capital expenditure
requirements.

(9) For purposes of this computation, earnings consist of income before income
taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest on
indebtedness plus the amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and
that portion of lease rental expense representative of the interest
element.

(10) Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $0.5 million for the
three months ended March 31, 1997.

(11) For purposes of this computation, cash interest expense consists of pro
forma interest expense excluding amortization of deferred debt issuance
costs.

(12) The ratios at September 30, 1998 are based on the results of operations
for the twelve-month period ended September, 1998. The pro forma ratios
at September 30, 1998 have been calculated by adding the pro forma EBITDA
and pro forma cash interest expense for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 and the three months ended December 31, 1997. For purposes of
computing pro forma EBITDA for the three months ended December 31, 1997,
pro forma operating income, depreciation expense and amortization expense
would have been $32.9 million, $6.3 million and $6.7 million,
respectively. Pro forma cash interest expense for the twelve-month period
ended September 30, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997 both would
have been $56.1 million.

(13) Net debt is defined as long-term debt plus current portion of long-term
debt less cash and cash equivalents.

35
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

GENERAL

The Company is a leading merchant supplier of sophisticated secure
communication systems and specialized communication products including secure,
high data rate communication systems, microwave components, avionics and ocean
systems, telemetry, instrumentation and space products. These systems and
products are critical elements of virtually all major communication, command
and control, intelligence gathering and space systems. The Company's systems
and specialized products are used to connect a variety of airborne, space,
ground-and sea-based communication systems and are incorporated into the
transmission, processing, recording, monitoring and dissemination functions of
these communication systems. The Company's customers include the United States
department of defense (the "DoD"), selected United States government (the
"Government") intelligence agencies, major aerospace/defense prime contractors,
foreign governments and commercial customers.

All domestic government contracts and subcontracts of the Company are
subject to audit and various cost controls, and include standard provisions for
termination for the convenience of the Government. Multi-year Government
contracts and related orders are subject to cancellation if funds for contract
performance for any subsequent year become unavailable. Foreign government
contracts generally include comparable provisions relating to termination for
the convenience of the relevant foreign government.

The defense industry has undergone significant changes precipitated by
ongoing federal budget pressures and new roles and missions to reflect changing
strategic and tactical threats. Since the mid-1980's, the overall U.S. defense
budget has declined in real dollars. In response, the DoD has focused its
resources on enhancing its military readiness, joint operations and the
value-added capability of digital command and control communications by
incorporating advanced electronics to improve the performance, reduce operating
costs and extend the life expectancy of its existing and future platforms. The
emphasis on system interoperability, force multipliers and providing
battlefield commanders with real-time data is increasing the electronics
content of nearly all of the major military procurement and research programs.
As a result, the DoD's budget for communications and defense electronics is
expected to grow.

ACQUISITION HISTORY/RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

The Company was formed to acquire substantially all of the assets of (i)
nine business units previously purchased by Lockheed Martin as part of its
acquisition of Loral in April 1996 (the "Loral Acquired Businesses") which
include eight business units of Loral ("Specialized Communications Products")
and one business unit purchased by Loral as part of its acquisition of the
Defense Systems business of Unisys Corporation ("Unisys") in May 1995
("Communications System -- West"), and (ii) one business unit purchased by
Lockheed Martin as part of its acquisition of the aerospace business of General
Electric Company in April 1993 ("Communication Systems -- East"). Collectively,
the Loral Acquired Businesses and Communications Systems -- East comprise the
"Predecessor Company" or "Businesses".

During the first quarter of 1998, the Company purchased the assets of
Ocean Systems for $67.5 million of cash, the assets of ILEX for $51.9 million
of cash, subject to adjustment based on closing net assets and additional
consideration based on post-acquisition performance of ILEX, and the assets of
STS for $27.0 million in cash, subject to adjustment based upon closing net
assets.

SPD Technologies, Inc. On August 13, 1998, the Company acquired all of the
outstanding common stock of SPD for $230.0 million in cash, subject to certain
post-closing adjustments. SPD is the major supplier to the United States Navy
for subsystems that manage, control, distribute, protect and condition
electrical power in surface ships and submarines. SPD's major products include
electronic solid state protection products, switchgear, high-speed transfer
switches, fault isolation units, frequency converters and inverters, voltage
transformers and uninterruptible power supply systems.

36
<PAGE>

SPD's products are installed in every nuclear submarine, aircraft carrier and
surface platform operated by the United States Navy. SPD also provides
shipboard communications and control as well as support service for installed
products. The acquisition was financed using cash from operations and
borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities.

Other Acquisitions. Additionally, during the nine months ended September
30, 1998, the Company purchased five other companies for an aggregate purchase
price of $24.8 million of cash, before adjustments, as appropriate, based on
closing date net assets and additional consideration based on post-acquisition
performance. The historical impact of these five other acquisitions
individually or in the aggregate was not material to the results of operations
or financial position of the Company.

On November 12, 1998, L-3 Communications acquired all of the outstanding
stock of DBS Microwave, Inc. ("DBS") for $13.0 million of cash, of which $3.0
million was paid prior to September 30, 1998 subject to adjustment based on
closing net assets, as defined, and additional consideration based on the
post-acquisition performance of DBS. The acquisition was financed with
borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities.

On December 17, 1998, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of
Electrodynamics Inc. from Carpenter Technology Corporation for $21.5 million in
cash, subject to adjustment based on closing net assets, as defined. The
acquisition was financed by cash on hand and with borrowings under the Senior
Credit Facilities.

Microdyne Corporation. On December 3, 1998, the Company signed an
agreement to acquire all of the outstanding common stock of Microdyne for
approximately $90.0 million in cash, including the repayment of Microdyne's
debt. Pursuant to the acquisition agreement, a subsidiary of L-3 Communications
has commenced a cash tender offer for all of the common stock of Microdyne.
This acquisition is subject to the receipt of a majority of the outstanding
shares of Microdyne's common stock and the approval of the Company's lenders,
regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. Microdyne's
largest stockholder has agreed to tender his shares, which amount to
approximately 43% of the total shares outstanding, in the tender offer.
Microdyne is a leading global developer and manufacturer of aerospace telemetry
receivers, secure communications and technical support services, including
specialized telemetry high-frequency radios used in aerospace and satellite
communications for data gathering and analysis. Microdyne also provides
products for the government and commercial signal intelligence markets and
support and repair services for electronic products companies. Microdyne's
aerospace telemetry products will enable us to provide integrated solutions to
our space customers' requirements for command, control, telemetry and tracking.
It is expected that the acquisition will be financed using cash from operations
and borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities. See "--Liquidity and Capital
Resources".

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following information should be read in conjunction with the Company's
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Consolidated (Combined)
Financial Statements and the notes thereto included in this prospectus, which
reflect the Company's results of operations from the effective date of the L-3
Acquisition, April 1, 1997, and also include the results of operations of SPD,
Ocean Systems, ILEX and STS from the respective effective dates of each of
those acquisitions. Accordingly, the results of operations presented below
exclude the results of operations of the 1998 Acquisitions for periods prior to
their effective dates.

The financial statements also reflect the results of operations of the
Predecessor Company for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, which include the results of operations of
the Loral Acquired Businesses beginning on April 1, 1996, the effective date of
that acquisition by the Predecessor Company. The results of operations for the
year ended December 31, 1996 include the results of operations of the Loral
Acquired Businesses for the nine months from April 1, 1996 to December 31,
1996. The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the
period from January 1 to March 31, 1996 only comprise the results of

37
<PAGE>

operations of Communications Systems -- East. Accordingly, changes between (i)
the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and the nine months ended September
30, 1997, (ii) the year ended December 31, 1997 and the year ended December 31,
1996 and (iii) the year ended December 31, 1996 and the year ended December 31,
1995 are significantly affected by the timings of the 1998 Acquisitions, L-3
Acquisition and Loral Acquired Businesses acquisition. Furthermore, operating
income of the Company and the Predecessor Company are not directly comparable
between periods indicated as a result of the effects of valuation of assets and
liabilities recorded in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
16 ("APB 16") by the Company and the Predecessor Company for the purchase
accounting of the L-3 Acquisition and Loral Acquired Businesses acquisition.
Interest expense and income taxes expense for the periods are also not
comparable and the impact of interest expense and income tax expense on the
Company is discussed below.

The results of operations of the Predecessor Company for the three months
ended March 31, 1997 and the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, include
certain costs and expenses allocated by Lockheed Martin for corporate office
expenses based primarily on the allocation methodology prescribed by government
regulations pertaining to government contractors. Interest expense was
allocated based on Lockheed Martin's actual weighted average consolidated
interest rate applied to the portion of the beginning of the year invested
equity deemed to be financed by consolidated debt based on Lockheed Martin's
debt to equity ratio on such date. The provision (benefit) for income taxes was
allocated to the Predecessor Company as if it were a separate taxpayer,
calculated by applying statutory rates to reported pre-tax income after
considering items that do not enter into the determination of taxable income
and tax credits related to the Predecessor Company. Also, pension and
post-employment benefit costs were allocated based on employee headcount.
Accordingly, the results of operations and financial position hereinafter of
the Predecessor Company may not be the same as would have occurred had the
Predecessor Company been an independent entity.

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
30, 1997

The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 1997
(the "1997 Nine-Month Period") were obtained by combining, without adjustment,
the historical results of operations of the Predecessor Company for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 with the historical results of operations of the
Company for the six-month period ended September 30, 1997. Changes between
periods for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 (the "1998 Nine-Month
Period") and the 1997 Nine-Month Period are affected by the timing of the L-3
Acquisition and the 1998 Acquisitions.

The following table sets forth selected income statement data for the
Company and the Predecessor Company for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
---------------------------------------
PREDECESSOR
COMPANY COMPANY COMPANY
NINE MONTHS SIX MONTHS THREE MONTHS
ENDED ENDED ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30, MARCH 31,
1998 1997 1997 COMBINED
--------------- --------------- ------------- ---------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ............................................ $ 708.3 $ 342.8 $ 158.9 $ 501.7
------- ------- ------- -------
Operating income ................................. 63.6 28.6 7.9 36.5
Interest expense, net ............................ 32.9 19.2 8.4 27.6
Income tax expense (benefit) ..................... 12.0 5.4 (0.2) 5.2
------- ------- ------- -------
Net income (loss) ................................ $ 18.7 $ 4.0 $ (0.3) $ 3.7
======= ======= ======= =======
Depreciation and amortization expenses included in
operating income ................................ $ 26.7 $ 17.5 $ 7.8 $ 25.3
EBITDA(1) ........................................ $ 90.3 $ 46.1 $ 15.7 $ 61.8
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) EBITDA is defined as operating income plus depreciation expense and
amortization expense (excluding the amortization of debt issuance costs)
and the nonrecurring, noncash compensation charge. EBITDA is not a
substitute for operating income, net income or cash flows from operating
activities as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles as a measure of profitability or liquidity. EBITDA is presented
as additional information because the Company believes it to be a useful
indicator of the Company's ability to meet debt service and capital
expenditure requirements.

38
<PAGE>

Sales increased by $206.6 million to $708.3 million for the 1998
Nine-Month Period from $501.7 million for the 1997 Nine-Month Period. Operating
income for the 1998 Nine-Month Period increased by $27.1 million to $63.6
million from $36.5 million in the 1997 Nine-Month Period. Net income increased
by $15.0 million to $18.7 million from $3.7 million in the 1997 Nine-Month
Period.

The 1998 Acquisitions contributed sales of $166.1 million to the 1998
Nine-Month Period. The remaining increase during the 1998 Nine-Month Period was
primarily attributable to an increase in production and shipments on the CHBDL,
Raptor and UAV programs and increased sales volumes on STE, aviation recorders,
display systems and RF safety and monitoring products, partially offset by
lower sales volume on commercial telecommunications products. Sales for the
1997 Nine-Month Period also included $1.8 million of sales from the Hycor
business which was sold in 1997 (see Note 6 to the Consolidated (Combined)
Financial Statements as of December 31, 1997).

Operating income as a percentage of sales ("operating margin") increased
to 9.0% for the 1998 Nine-Month Period from 7.3% for the 1997 Nine-Month
Period. The increase in operating income for the 1998 Nine-Month Period is
principally attributable to (i) improved margins on sales of space
communications and military communication systems, aviation recorders and
display systems and increased sales volume on higher margin RF safety and
monitoring products, partially offset by lower sales volume on commercial
telecommunications products and lower margins from the STS acquired business,
(ii) the negative impact on operating income for the 1997 Nine-Month Period
from the non-recurring, noncash compensation charge of $4.4 million recorded
effective April 1, 1997, related to the initial capitalization of the Company
and (iii) losses incurred during the 1997 Nine-Month Period by the Predecessor
Company on three programs at Communication Systems -- East. The 1998
Acquisitions contributed $10.1 million of operating income to the 1998
Nine-Month Period. Excluding the non-recurring, noncash compensation charge,
operating margin for the 1997 Nine-Month Period was 8.2%.

EBITDA for the 1998 Nine-Month Period increased by $28.5 million to $90.3
million from $61.8 million in the 1997 Nine-Month Period. EBITDA as a
percentage of sales ("EBITDA margin") increased to 12.7% for the 1998
Nine-Month Period from 12.3% for the 1997 Nine-Month Period. The increases in
EBITDA and EBITDA margin were primarily attributable to the items affecting the
trends in operating income between the 1998 Nine-Month Period and the 1997
Nine-Month Period discussed above, excluding the non-recurring, noncash
compensation charge which is not included in EBITDA.

Interest expense, net for the Company for the 1998 Nine-Month Period was
$32.9 million, compared to $27.6 million in the 1997 Nine-Month Period for the
Company and the Predecessor Company combined. The increase was attributable to
higher average outstanding debt balances during the 1998 Nine-Month Period,
partially offset by higher interest income for the 1998 Nine-Month Period.

The effective income tax rate of the Company for the 1998 Nine-Month
Period was 39.1%, reflecting the estimated effective income tax rate for the
year ended December 31, 1998. The effective tax rate for the 1997 Nine-Month
Period for the Company and the Predecessor Company combined was 58.0%, and was
significantly impacted by the $4.4 million non-recurring, noncash compensation
charge recorded effective April 1, 1997 and the Predecessor Company's
amortization of costs in excess of net assets acquired for the three months
ended March 31, 1997, both of which were not deductible for income tax
purposes.

39
<PAGE>

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for
the Company and the Predecessor Company for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPANY PREDECESSOR COMPANY
-------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
NINE MONTHS NINE MONTHS THREE MONTHS THREE MONTHS YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
1997 1996 1997 1996 1996
-------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ................................. $546.5 $501.9 $158.9 $ 41.2 $543.1
Costs and expenses .................... 490.6 459.9 151.0 39.5 499.4
Noncash compensation charge ........... 4.4 -- -- -- --
Operating income ...................... 51.5 42.0 7.9 1.7 43.7
Interest expense, net ................. 28.5 22.2 8.4 2.0 24.2
Income (loss) before income taxes ..... 23.0 19.8 (0.5) (0.3) 19.5
Income tax provision (benefit) ........ 10.7 7.6 (0.2) 0.2 7.8
Net income (loss) ..................... 12.3 12.2 (0.3) (0.5) 11.7
</TABLE>

Sales for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 as compared to the
corresponding period in 1996 increased by $44.6 million, of which $30.5 million
is attributable to the Loral Acquired Businesses and $14.1 million to
Communication Systems -- East. The increase in sales is attributable to
increased volume in sales of microwave components, CHBDL, UAV programs, F-14
display system contract, power supplies and P3-C Repair Depot.

Operating income for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 as compared
to the corresponding period in 1996 increased by $9.5 million. The net increase
was comprised of increases of $5.8 million attributable to the Loral Acquired
Businesses and $8.1 million to Communication Systems -- East, partially offset
by a nonrecurring, noncash compensation charge of $4.4 million recorded
effective April 1, 1997, related to the initial capitalization of L-3. The
increase in operating income for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 is
attributable to increased sales, improved operating performance on sales of
aviation recorders, passive microwave components and display systems, the
GEMnet product-line and P3-C Repair Depot sales, partially offset by $3.3
million of cost of sales related to ongoing certification efforts for the
Company's Explosive Detection System ("EDS") contract and lower sales volume on
the U-2 Program.

Sales and operating income for the three months ended March 31, 1997
increased by $117.7 million and $6.2 million, respectively, as compared to the
corresponding period in 1996. The increases are attributable to the acquisition
of the Loral Acquired Businesses, offset by losses incurred on three programs
by Communication Systems -- East.

Sales and operating income of the Hycor business which was sold in 1997
for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1996
were $1.8 million and $0.0 million and $7.5 million and $0.3 million,
respectively (see Note 6 to the Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements).

Interest expense, net for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 was
$28.5 million representing interest expense on the Company's outstanding
borrowings (see Note 8 to Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements as of
December 31, 1997), and amortization of debt issuance costs, less interest
income of $1.4 million. Interest expense for the three months ended March 31,
1997 and the prior period was $8.4 million and $24.2 million, respectively, and
was allocated to the Predecessor Company by applying Lockheed Martin's weighted
average consolidated interest rate to the portion of the Predecessor Company's
invested equity account deemed to be financed by Lockheed Martin's consolidated
debt. The increase in interest expense reflects the Company's higher interest
rates on its third party debt, as compared to the interest rate utilized to
calculate interest expense by the Predecessor Company.

The income tax provision for the nine months ended December 31, 1997
reflects the Company's effective income tax rate of 46.5%, which was
significantly impacted by the noncash compensation charge of $4.4 million which
is not deductible for income tax purposes. For the three months ended March 31,
1997 and in the prior period, income taxes were allocated to the Predecessor
Company by

40
<PAGE>

Lockheed Martin and the effective income tax rate was significantly impacted by
amortization of costs in excess of net assets acquired, which were not
deductible for income tax purposes. See Note 11 to Consolidated (Combined)
Financial Statements as of December 31, 1997.

SUPPLEMENTAL ANALYSIS OF ANNUAL RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY AND THE
PREDECESSOR COMPANY

As noted above, the Company's financial statements reflect operations
since the effective date of the L-3 Acquisition, April 1, 1997, and the results
of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996 represent the results of
operations of the Predecessor Company, and include the results of operations of
the Loral Acquired Businesses beginning on April 1, 1996, the effective date of
that acquisition. Accordingly, changes between periods for the year ended
December 31, 1997 to the year ended December 31, 1996 of the Predecessor
Company are significantly affected by the timing of these acquisitions. To
enable investors to better assess the trends in the results of operations and
to facilitate comparisons, the following presentation of results of operations
for the year ended December 31, 1997 were obtained by aggregating, without
adjustment, the historical results of operations of the Predecessor Company for
the period from January 1, 1997 through March 31, 1997 with the historical
results of operations of the Company for the nine months period from April 1,
1997 through December 31, 1997 (together the "1997 period"), and the results of
operations for the year ended December 31, 1996 were obtained by aggregating,
without adjustments, the historical results of operations of the Predecessor
Company for the year ended December 31, 1996 with the historical results of
operations of the Loral Acquired Businesses for the period from January 1, 1996
through March 31, 1996 (together the "1996 period"). All the historical results
were derived from the audited financial statements for respective periods
included herein.

The following table sets forth historical selected statement of operations
data for the Company, Predecessor Company and the Loral Acquired Businesses for
the periods indicated and the related calendar year results of operation data
derived therefrom.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR PREDECESSOR LORAL ACQUIRED
COMPANY COMPANY COMPANY BUSINESSES
-------------- -------------- ------------- ---------------
NINE MONTHS THREE MONTHS YEAR THREE MONTHS
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, 1997 DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, 1996
1997 1997 PERIOD 1996 1996 PERIOD
-------------- -------------- --------- ------------- --------------- ---------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ...................... $546.5 $158.9 $705.4 $543.1 $132.2 $675.3
Costs and expenses ......... 490.6 151.0 641.6 499.4 124.4 623.8
Noncash compensation
charge .................... 4.4 -- 4.4 -- -- --
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Operating income ........... $ 51.5 $ 7.9 $ 59.4 $ 43.7 $ 7.8 $ 51.5
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
EBITDA ..................... $ 78.1 $ 15.7 $ 93.8 $ 71.8 $ 12.8 $ 84.6
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>

Sales for the 1997 period increased to $705.4 million from $675.3 million
for the 1996 period. Operating income increased to $59.4 million in the 1997
period from $51.5 million in the 1996 period. Operating income is not directly
comparable between the periods as a result of the effects of valuation of
assets and liabilities in accordance with Accounting Principles Opinion No. 16.

The sales increase in the 1997 period was primarily attributable to sales
of the Loral Acquired
Businesses which increased by $18.1 million to $531.4 million in the 1997
period as compared to $513.3 million in the 1996 period. This sales increase
was primarily attributable to increased sales volume on E2-C antenna program,
the E2-C and F-14 display systems and passive microwave components, additional
production and shipments on CHBDL and UAV programs, and partially offset by
lower sales volume on the U-2 Program. Additionally, sales of Communication
Systems -- East increased by $12.0 million to $174.0 million in the current
period from $162.0 million in the 1996 period, and were primarily attributable
to increased sales of power supplies, the GEMnet product line and the P3-C
Repair Depot.

Operating income increased by $7.9 million or 15.3% to $59.4 million in
the 1997 period from $51.5 million in the 1996 period. Operating margin
increased to 8.4% in the 1997 period as compared

41
<PAGE>

to 7.6% in the 1996 period. The increase in operating income was largely
attributable to cost reductions, increased sales volume of the Loral Acquired
Businesses and operating improvements at Communications Systems -- East.
Operating income for the 1997 period also included (i) a nonrecurring, noncash
compensation charge of $4.4 million recorded effective April 1, 1997, related
to the initial capitalization of L-3 and (ii) fourth quarter cost of sales of
$3.3 million related to on-going certification efforts for the Company's EDS
contract. Excluding the noncash compensation charge and the EDS costs,
operating income would have been $67.1 million for the 1997 period and
operating margin would have been 9.5%.

EBITDA for the 1997 period increased by $9.2 million to $93.8 million from
$84.6 million for the 1996 period. EBITDA margin increased to 13.3% for the
1997 period from 12.5% for the 1996 period. The increases in EBITDA and EBITDA
margin were attributable to the items affecting the trends in operating income
between the 1997 period and 1996 period discussed above.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for
the Predecessor Company for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR COMPANY
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------
1996 1995
--------- ---------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C>
Sales .............................. $543.1 $166.8
Costs and expenses ................. 499.4 162.1
Operating income ................... 43.7 4.7
Net interest expense ............... 24.2 4.5
Income before income taxes ......... 19.5 0.2
Income tax provision ............... 7.8 1.2
Net income (loss) .................. 11.7 (1.0)
</TABLE>

The results of operations of the Loral Acquired Businesses are reflected
in the results of operations of the Predecessor Company beginning on April 1,
1996, the effective date of that acquisition by Lockheed Martin. During 1996,
sales increased to $543.1 million from $166.8 million in 1995. Operating income
increased to $43.7 million compared with $4.7 million in 1995. Net income
increased to $11.7 million as compared to a net loss of $1.0 million in 1995.
The Loral Acquired Businesses contributed $13.6 million to net income for the
year ended December 31, 1996.

The sales increase in 1996 was attributable to the sales of the Loral
Acquired Businesses which contributed $381.1 million of the increase. Sales of
Communication Systems -- East decreased in 1996 by $4.8 million as compared to
1995 primarily due to lower volume on Aegis power supplies and SIGINT system
production, partially offset by Local Management Device/Key Processor
("LMD/KP") production startup.

The increase in 1996 operating income was largely attributable to the
Loral Acquired Businesses, which contributed $36.9 million of the increase.
Communication Systems -- East operating income in 1996 increased $2.2 million
primarily due to improved operating performance on the Shipboard Telephone
Communications ("STC-2") program partially offset by increased costs on the
Space Station contract. Operating margin increased to 8.0% from 2.8%. This
increase is attributable to the improvement in Communication Systems -- East
noted above, higher contract margins and operating improvements in the Loral
Acquired Businesses.

Allocated interest expense increased to $24.2 million in 1996 from $4.5
million in 1995 due primarily to the acquisition of the Loral Acquired
Businesses, which was assumed to be fully financed by debt, coupled with a
higher debt-to-equity ratio used in the allocation for Communication Systems --
East. See Note 9 to Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements.

The effective income tax rate declined to 40% in 1996 as compared to 681%
in 1995. The 1995 effective rate was significantly impacted by non-deductible
amortization of costs in excess of net assets acquired. As a percentage of
income subject to tax, such amortization declined significantly in 1996.

42
<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

During the third quarter of 1998, the Senior Credit Facilities were
amended to add the Revolving 364 Day Credit Facility (as defined later in this
prospectus) of $185.0 million to the existing Revolving Credit Facility (as
defined later in this prospectus) of $200.0 million. The Revolving 364 Day
Credit Facility expires 364 days after the closing of the amendment, at which
time the Company may (i) request that the creditors extend it for one
additional 364-day period or (ii) exercise an option to convert any or all of
the borrowings outstanding thereunder into term loans which amortize over a
two-year period beginning March 31, 2001, and must be paid in full no later
than March 31, 2003.

The Revolving 364 Day Credit Facility together with the Company's
Revolving Credit Facility, increased borrowings available to the Company,
before reductions for outstanding letters of credit, to $385.0 million. At
September 30, 1998, available borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility
and Revolving 364 Day Credit Facility were $28.3 million and $175.0 million,
respectively, after reductions for outstanding borrowings of $145.0 and $10.0
million, respectively, and outstanding letters of credit drawn against the
Revolving Credit Facility of approximately $26.7 million. After giving effect
to the Old Notes Offering, available borrowings under the Senior Credit
Facilities at September 30, 1998 on a pro forma basis would have been $385.0
million, before reductions for outstanding letters of credit.

The Senior Credit Facilities, the Notes, the May 1998 Notes and the 1997
Notes contain financial covenants, which remain in effect so long as any amount
is owed or any commitment to lend exists thereunder by L-3 Communications. The
financial covenants under the Senior Credit Facilities require that (i) L-3
Communications' debt ratio, as defined therein, be less than or equal to 5.00
for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, and that the maximum allowable debt
ratio, as defined, thereafter decline over time to less than or equal to 3.25
for the quarters ending September 30, 2002 and thereafter and (ii) L-3
Communications' interest coverage ratio, as defined therein, be at least 2.00
for the quarter ended September 30, 1998 and thereafter increase over time the
interest coverage ratio, as defined, to at least 3.00 for any fiscal quarters
ending September 30, 2002 and thereafter. As of September 30, 1998, L-3
Communications had been in compliance with these covenants at all times.

The Company has a substantial amount of indebtedness. Based upon the
current level of operations, management believes that the Company's cash flow
from operations, together with available borrowings under the Senior Credit
Facilities, will be adequate to meet its anticipated requirements for working
capital, capital expenditures, research and development expenditures, program
and other discretionary investments, interest payments and scheduled principal
payments for the foreseeable future including at least the next three years.
There can be no assurance, however, that the Company's business will continue
to generate cash flow at or above current levels or that currently anticipated
improvements will be achieved. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient
cash flow from operations in the future to service its debt, it may be required
to sell assets, reduce capital expenditures, refinance all or a portion of its
existing debt or obtain additional financing. The Company's ability to make
scheduled principal payments, to pay interest on or to refinance its
indebtedness depends on its future performance and financial results, which, to
a certain extent, are subject to general conditions in or affecting the defense
industry and to general economic, political, financial, competitive,
legislative and regulatory factors beyond its control. There can be no
assurance that sufficient funds will be available to enable the Company to
service its indebtedness, including the Notes, the 1997 Notes and the May 1998
Notes, or make necessary capital expenditures and program and discretionary
investments.

The Company has reached agreement or is in discussions regarding a number
of potential acquisition opportunities and expects to use the Senior Credit
Facilities to fund these transactions if the Company proceeds with them. If all
of these potential acquisitions were consummated, they would require the
Company to use all or substantially all of its currently available borrowing
capacity, and perhaps seek additional borrowing capacity, in 1999. See "Risk
Factors--Our Acquisition Strategy Involves Certain Risks" and "--We Have
Discretion Over the use of Funds Raised in the Old Notes Offering".

43
<PAGE>

The indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities is guaranteed by
Holdings and by many of the Company's subsidiaries. The payment of principal
and premium, if any, and interest on the 1997 Notes and May 1998 Notes and
principal and premium or liquidated damages, if any, and interest on the Notes
is unconditionally guaranteed, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis,
jointly and severally, by many of the Company's subsidiaries, all of which are
wholly-owned subsidiaries.

To mitigate risks associated with changing interest rates on certain of
its debt, the Company entered into interest rate cap and floor contracts (the
"interest rate agreements"). The Company manages exposure to counterparty
credit risk by entering into the interest rate agreements only with major
financial institutions that are expected to perform fully under the terms of
such agreements. Cash payments to (from) the Company and the counterparties are
made at the end of the quarter to the extent due under the terms of the
interest rate agreements. Such payments are recorded as adjustments to interest
expense. The initial costs of the interest rate agreements are capitalized as
deferred debt issuance costs and amortized into interest expense. The impact of
the interest rate agreements on interest expense was not material for the nine
months ended September 30, 1998 or for the nine months ended December 31, 1997.
See Note 10 to the Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements.

BALANCE SHEET

The increases from December 31, 1997 to September 30, 1998 in contracts in
process, other current assets, property, plant and equipment, net of
accumulated depreciation and amortization, intangibles, customer advances,
other current liabilities, and pension and post-retirement benefits of $178.6
million, $13.7 million, $34.2 million, $310.9 million, $24.1 million, $21.1
million, and $56.3 million, respectively, are principally related to the
acquired businesses. The increase in other assets of $9.1 million is primarily
attributable to debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the May 1998
Notes and amendments to the Senior Credit Facilities which have been deferred
and are being amortized over the terms of underlying debt.

Working capital increased by $9.2 million to $141.0 million at September
30, 1998 from $131.8 million at December 31, 1997. Working capital, adjusted to
exclude cash and the current portion of long term debt, increased by $76.0
million from December 31, 1997 to September 30, 1998 and was primarily
attributable to the working capital of the acquired businesses. The Company's
current ratio at September 30, 1998 decreased to 1.6:1 compared with 2.0:1 at
December 31, 1997. The Company's current ratio at December 31, 1997 remained
constant at 2.0:1 as compared to the Predecessor Company's current ratio at
December 31, 1996.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 COMPARED WITH NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
30, 1997

The following table sets forth selected cash flow statement data for the
Company and the Predecessor Company for the Periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
-----------------------------------------------------
PREDECESSOR
COMPANY COMPANY COMPANY
NINE MONTHS SIX MONTHS THREE MONTHS
ENDED ENDED ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 MARCH 31, 1997 COMBINED
-------------------- -------------------- ---------------- -----------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net cash from (used in) operating
activities ..................................... $ 48.2 $ 56.4 $ (16.3) $ 40.1
Net cash (used in) investing activities ......... (417.8) (479.0) (4.3) (483.3)
Net cash from financing activities .............. 297.9 462.4 20.6 483.0
</TABLE>

NET CASH FROM (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Cash from operating
activities of the Company for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 was
$48.2 million. Earnings after adjustment for non-cash items and deferred income
taxes provided $58.8 million and uses of cash for net changes in operating
assets and liabilities, net of amounts acquired was $10.6 million.

44
<PAGE>

Net cash from operating activities for the nine months ended September 30,
1997 was $40.1 million. Earnings after adjustment for noncash items and
deferred income taxes provided $35.3 million. Changes in operating assets and
liabilities, consisting primarily of increases in accrued employment costs and
accrued interest and decreases in accounts payable and other current
liabilities, all attributable to timings of payments contributed $4.8 million.

NET CASH (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Cash used in investing activities
for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 was $417.8 million and consisted
primarily of $412.5 million, net of cash acquired, paid by the Company for
acquisitions of businesses. The Company typically makes capital expenditures
related primarily to improvement of manufacturing facilities and equipment. The
Company expects that its capital expenditures for 1998 will be approximately
$27.0 million.

Cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30,
1997 was $483.3 million and consisted primarily of $470.7 million paid by the
Company for the L-3 Acquisition.

NET CASH FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: For the nine months ended September
30, 1998, the Company's cash from financing activities was $297.9 million.

On May 19, 1998, Holdings sold 6.9 million shares of its common stock in
the IPO representing 25.2% of Holdings' common stock. The net proceeds from the
IPO amounted to $139.5 million after underwriting discounts and commissions and
expenses of $12.3 million and were contributed by Holdings to the Company.
Concurrent with the Holdings IPO, the Company sold $180.0 million in aggregate
principal amount of the May 1998 Notes, whose net proceeds amounted to $173.8
million after debt issuance costs of $6.2 million. The combined net proceeds
from the contribution of the Holdings IPO and the May 1998 Notes of $313.3
million were used to (i) prepay all $171.0 million of borrowings outstanding
under the Term Loan Facilities (as defined), (ii) repay $67.8 million of then
outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility which were primarily
made to finance the Ocean Systems acquisition and (iii) partially finance the
SPD acquisition. During the third quarter of 1998, the Company also made
borrowings, net of repayments, under the Senior Credit Facilities of $155.0
million primarily to partially finance the SPD acquisition.

Cash from financing activities of the Company was $483.0 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997, and was primarily due to the debt
incurred and proceeds from the issuance of common stock related to the initial
capitalization of the Company and the financing of the L-3 Acquisition. Cash
from financing activities also included $20.6 million of advances from Lockheed
Martin to the Predecessor Company. Prior to the L-3 Acquisition, the
Predecessor Company participated in the Lockheed Martin cash management system,
under which all cash was received and all payments were made by Lockheed
Martin. For purposes of the statement of cash flows, all transactions with
Lockheed Martin were deemed to have been settled in cash at the time they were
recorded by the Predecessor Company.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED WITH YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND
1995

The following table sets forth selected cash flow statement data for the
Company and the Predecessor Company for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR PREDECESSOR
COMPANY COMPANY COMPANY
-------------- -------------- ---------------------
YEAR
NINE MONTHS THREE MONTHS COMBINED ENDED
ENDED ENDED YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, ---------------------
1997 1997 1997 1996 1995
-------------- -------------- ------------- ----------- --------
(in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net cash from (used in) operating activities ......... $ 73.9 $ (16.3) $ 57.6 $ 30.7 $ 9.3
Net cash (used in) investing activities .............. (457.8) (4.3) (462.1) (298.0) (5.5)
Net cash from (used in) financing activities ......... 461.4 20.6 482.0 267.3 (3.8)
</TABLE>

NET CASH FROM (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Cash provided by operating
activities for the year ended December 31, 1997 was $57.6 million. Earnings
after adjustment for non-cash items and deferred income taxes provided $57.9
million, and uses of cash for net changes in operating assets and liabilities
was $0.3 million.

45
<PAGE>

Cash provided by operating activities of the Predecessor Company was $30.7
million in 1996 and $9.3 million in 1995. The increase of $21.4 million in 1996
was due primarily to the impact of the Loral Acquired Businesses which were
acquired by Lockheed Martin effective April 1, 1996. Earnings after adjustment
for non-cash items provided $36.7 million, offset by changes in other operating
assets and liabilities. Without the Loral Acquired Businesses, cash provided by
operating activities for Communication Systems--East increased to $13.7 million
in 1996, 46% over 1995.

NET CASH (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Cash used in investing
activities for the year ended December 31, 1997 was $462.1 million and
consisted primarily of $466.3 million paid by the Company for the L-3
Acquisition and capital expenditures of $16.2 million, partially offset by
proceeds from the sale of the Company's Sarasota, Florida property of
approximately $9.5 million and cash received from Lockheed Martin of $12.2
million in connection with the Company's assumption of obligations under the
contract for the U.S. Army's Command and Control Vehicle ("C2V") Mission Module
Systems ("MMS").

During the year ended December 31, 1996, $287.8 million was paid by the
Predecessor Company for the acquisition of the Loral Acquired Businesses. See
Note 4 to the Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements.

All transactions between the Businesses and Lockheed Martin have been
accounted as settled in cash at the time such transactions were recorded by the
Businesses. Accordingly, in 1996, cash flows reflect the purchase of the Loral
Acquired Businesses.

NET CASH FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Cash from financing
activities was $482.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, and was
primarily from the debt incurred and proceeds from the issuance of common stock
which were issued to finance the L-3 Acquisition.

The Company was initially capitalized and the related L-3 Acquisition was
funded by a combination of equity of $125.0 million and debt of $400.0 million
aggregating $525.0 million. The $125.0 million of equity was contributed by
Holdings to the Company. The Holdings equity of $125.0 million was comprised of
$80.0 million in cash contributed to Holdings by the Lehman Partnership and
Senior Management and a $45.0 million retained interest in Holdings by Lockheed
Martin representing partial consideration to Lockheed Martin for its sale of
the Predecessor Company to the Company. In connection with the L-3 Acquisition,
the Company entered into a $275.0 million credit facility consisting of $175.0
million of term loans (the "Term Loan Facilities") and a $100.0 million
revolving credit facility (initially, and as amended, the "Revolving Credit
Facility"). The initial debt balance of $400.0 million consisted of $175.0
million of borrowings under the Term Loan Facilities and the sale of $225.0
million of 10 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes (the "1997 Notes") due May 1,
2007.

Prior to the L-3 Acquisition, the Predecessor Company participated in the
Lockheed Martin cash management system, under which all cash was received and
all payments were made by Lockheed Martin. For purposes of the statements of
cash flows, all transactions with Lockheed Martin were deemed to have been
settled in cash at the time they were recorded by the Predecessor Company. Net
cash from (used in) financing activities of the Predecessor Company for the
three months ended March 31, 1997 and the years ended December 31, 1996 and
1995, were approximately $20.6 million, $267.3 million and ($3.8) million,
respectively, and represent advances from (repayments to) Lockheed Martin, the
Predecessor Company's parent company.

BACKLOG

The Company's funded backlog September 30, 1998 was $813.8 million,
compared with $516.9 million at December 31, 1997 and the Predecessor Company's
funded backlog at December 31, 1996 of $542.5 million. Funded orders, on a pro
forma basis, for the Company for 1997 were $711.5 million. The Predecessor
Company's funded orders for 1996 were $619.5 million. It is expected that
approximately 72% of the backlog at September 30, 1998 will be recorded as
sales over the next twelve-month period. However, there can be no assurance
that the Company's backlog will become revenues in any particular period, if at
all. See "Risk Factors -- Our Backlog of Orders Could be Terminated".
Approximately 70% of the total backlog at September 30, 1998 was directly or
indirectly for defense contracts for end use by the Government. Approximately
$687.7 million of total backlog

46
<PAGE>

at September 30, 1998 was directly or indirectly for U.S. and foreign
government defense contracts, and approximately $15.0 million of total backlog
was directly or indirectly for U.S. and foreign government non-defense
contracts. Foreign customers accounted for approximately $176.3 million of the
total backlog.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Research and development, including bid and proposal costs ("R&D costs"),
sponsored by the Company on a pro forma basis for the nine-month period ended
September 30, 1998 was $43.5 million. Pro forma R&D costs sponsored by the
Company were $53.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, and $53.7
million for the year ended December 31, 1996. R&D costs sponsored by the
Predecessor Company were $12.0 million, $36.5 million and $9.8 million for the
three months ended March 31, 1997 and the years ended December 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively. The Loral Acquired Businesses sponsored R&D costs of $5.6
million for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and $21.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 1995. Accordingly, the Company, Predecessor Company and
the Loral Acquired Businesses, in the aggregate, sponsored R&D costs of $40.9
million, $42.1 million and $31.2 million, respectively, for the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995. Customer-funded research and development was
$117.1 million in 1997, as compared with $153.5 million for 1996. The decrease
in customer-funded research and development in 1997 is due primarily to
research and development programs existing in 1996 which moved into the
production phase during 1997.

CONTINGENCIES

See Note 9 to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated (Combined) Financial
Statements as of September 30, 1998 and Note 13 to the Consolidated (Combined)
Financial Statements as of December 31, 1997.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In September 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 131,
"Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information". SFAS No.
131 establishes accounting standards for the way that public enterprises report
information about operating segments and requires that those enterprises report
selected information about operating segments in interim financial reports
issued to shareholders. In February 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132,
"Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits". SFAS
No. 132 revises employers' disclosures about pension and other postretirement
benefits plans. It does not change the measurement or recognition of those
plans. It standardizes the disclosure requirements for pensions and other
postretirements benefits to the extent practicable, requires additional
information on changes in the benefit obligations and fair values of plan
assets that will facilitate financial analysis, and eliminates certain
disclosures that are no longer as useful as they were when SFAS No. 87
"Employers' Accounting for Pensions", SFAS No. 88 "Employers' Accounting for
Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Plans and for Termination
Benefits" and SFAS No. 106 "Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits
Other Than Pensions" were issued. SFAS 132 suggests combined formats for
presentation of pension and other postretirement benefits disclosures. The
Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, of SFAS No. 131 and SFAS
No. 132.

In April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position
98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities" ("SOP 98-5"), which
provides guidance on the financial reporting of start-up and organization
costs. It requires costs of start-up activities and organization costs to be
expensed as incurred. SOP 98-5 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1998. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, of
SOP 98-5.

In September 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". SFAS No. 133 establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative

47
<PAGE>

instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts and for hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognize all
derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial
position and measure those instruments at fair value. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact, if any, of SFAS No. 133 which is effective for all
quarters of fiscal years beginning after September 15, 1999.

INFLATION

The effect of inflation on the Company's sales and earnings has not been
significant. Although a majority of the Company's sales are made under
long-term contracts, the selling prices of such contracts, established for
deliveries in the future, generally reflect estimated costs to be incurred in
these future periods. In addition, some contracts provide for price adjustments
through escalation clauses.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

The inability of business processes to continue to function correctly
after the beginning of the Year 2000 could have serious adverse effects on
companies and entities throughout the world. Because the Company's business
units operate autonomously, each business unit has undertaken an effort to
identify and mitigate Year 2000 issues in their information systems, products,
facilities, suppliers and customers. The Company's Year 2000 compliance efforts
are a composite of its business units' individual Year 2000 compliance efforts,
coordinated through a company-wide program instituted to oversee, guide and
track its business units' Year 2000 compliance efforts and to facilitate
company-wide communications regarding Year 2000 compliance methods.

Each business unit has appointed a Year 2000 project manager who oversees
a team responsible for performing its Year 2000 efforts in four phases: (i)
define, identify and inventory possible sources of Year 2000 issues, including
internal systems and products and services sold to customers; (ii) analyze and
determine the nature and extent of Year 2000 issues and develop project plans
to address those issues; (iii) implement and execute project plans to remediate
or replace non-compliant items, as appropriate, based upon assessed risk and
priority; and (iv) commence and complete testing, continue monitoring readiness
and prepare necessary contingency plans. The progress of this program is
monitored at each business unit with oversight by Corporate Management. This
oversight includes periodic reviews as well as visits to each business unit to
monitor progress with the plans. Management plans to complete the first three
phases of the program for a substantial majority of critical systems within the
Company by the end of March 1999 and to have nearly all significant information
systems, products and facilities in the final phase of the program by mid-1999.

The total costs associated with the Company's Year 2000 efforts are
estimated to be $16.2 million, including $7.1 million of capitalizable costs
with the remaining costs expensed as incurred. The Company has incurred
approximately $6.6 million of such costs to date. Substantially all of the
remaining estimated costs are expected to be incurred in 1999.

The Company believes that the decentralized nature of its systems and its
Year 2000 efforts reduce the risk that its operations will be interrupted by
the failure of any individual internal critical system to be Year 2000
compliant by the end of 1999. The Company's business operations are also
dependent on the Year 2000 readiness of its customers and infrastructure
suppliers in areas such as utilities, communications, transportation and other
services. In those environments, there could be instances of failure that could
cause disruptions in business transaction processes of the Company. The
likelihood and effects of failures in infrastructure systems and in the
customer and supply chains cannot be estimated, but such a failure could
potentially result in a material adverse impact on results of operations,
liquidity or financial position of the Company. The Company continues to
attempt to assess the Year 2000 compliance and readiness of its material
third-party suppliers and customers. Such attempts include written inquiries as
to their Year 2000 certification of compliance. As indicated above, contingency
plans for suppliers, customers and critical systems impacted by Year 2000
issues will be developed in the fourth quarter. These estimates and projections
could change as work progresses.

48
<PAGE>

BUSINESS

References to pro forma financial data reflect the 1998 Acquisitions, the
L-3 Acqusition, the Financing Transactions and the Old Notes Offering as if
they had occurred on January 1, 1997. The pro forma data do not give effect to
the Proposed Equity Offering or to any of the Company's other acquisitions,
including the pending acquisition of Microdyne Corporation.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

L-3 Communications is a leading merchant supplier of sophisticated secure
communication systems and specialized communication products. We produce
secure, high data rate communication systems, microwave components, avionics
and ocean systems and telemetry, instrumentation and space products. These
systems and products are critical elements of virtually all major
communication, command and control, intelligence gathering and space systems.
Our systems and specialized products are used to connect a variety of airborne,
space, ground- and sea-based communication systems and are used in the
transmission, processing, recording, monitoring and dissemination functions of
these communication systems. Our customers include the U.S. department of
defense, certain U.S. government intelligence agencies, major aerospace and
defense contractors, foreign governments and commercial customers. For the
twelve-month period ended September 30, 1998, we had pro forma sales of
$1,139.7 million and pro forma EBITDA of $148.4 million. Our funded backlog as
of September 30, 1998 was $813.8 million. These results reflect internal growth
and the execution of our strategy of acquiring businesses that complement or
extend our product lines.

o secure data links for airborne, satellite, ground- and sea-based
remote platforms for information collection, command and control and
dissemination to users in real time;

o strategic and tactical signal intelligence systems that detect,
collect, identify, analyze and disseminate information and related
support contracts for military and intelligence efforts;

o secure telephone, fax and network equipment and encryption
management;

o communication software support services to military and related
government intelligence markets; and

o communications systems for surface and undersea platforms and manned
space flights.

49
<PAGE>

SPECIALIZED COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS. This business area encompasses three
product categories:

Microwave Components. We are the preeminent worldwide supplier of
commercial off-the-shelf, high-performance microwave components and frequency
monitoring equipment. Our microwave products are sold under the
industry-recognized Narda brand name through a standard catalog to wireless,
industrial and military communication markets. We also provide
state-of-the-art, space-qualified communication components including channel
amplifiers and frequency filters for the commercial communications satellite
market serving all frequencies, including Ka band. Approximately 79% of
Microwave Components sales for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998
were made to commercial customers, including Loral Space & Communications,
Ltd., Motorola, Inc., Lucent Technologies Inc., AT&T Corp. and Lockheed Martin.

Telemetry, Instrumentation and Space Products. Our Telemetry,
Instrumentation and Space Products operations develop and manufacture
commercial off-the-shelf, real-time data collection and transmission products
and components for missile, aircraft and space-based electronic systems. These
products are used to gather flight data and other critical information and
transmit it from air or space to the ground. Telemetry products are also used
for range safety and training applications to simulate battlefield situations.
We are also a leading global satellite communications systems provider offering
systems and services used in the satellite transmission of voice, video and
data through earth stations for uplink and downlink terminals. We provide
global satellite communications systems and services to customers that include
foreign post, telephone and telegraph administrations, domestic and
international prime communications infrastructure contractors,
telecommunications and satellite service providers, broadcasters and
media-related companies, government agencies and large corporations. We also
provide commercial, off-the-shelf satellite control software, TT&C, mission
processors and software engineering services to the worldwide military,
civilian and commercial satellite markets.

o medical archiving and simulation systems;

o local wireless loop telecommunications equipment;

o airport security equipment; and

o information network security.

50
<PAGE>

developed in our Secure Communication Systems business area, we have developed
local wireless loop telecommunications equipment that is primarily designed for
emerging market countries and rural areas where voice and data communication
infrastructure is inadequate or does not exist. We have completed the
development phase for the local wireless loop telecommunications equipment and
have begun deliveries. In addition, the Federal Aviation Administration (the
"FAA") awarded us a development contract for next generation airport security
equipment for explosive detection. On November 23, 1998, we received FAA
certification for our eXaminer 3DX (Trade Mark) 6000 system which is the only
second generation system to receive certification and the only system to
generate full, three-dimensional images of all objects in a piece of baggage.
To capitalize on commercial opportunities for the information security
technologies we developed in our Secure Communications Systems business area,
we have also created a new subsidiary focusing on developing and marketing
secure information and communication systems for commercial clients. This
subsidiary acquired a network security software product through a
majority-owned joint venture. We released the third generation of this network
security software, ExpertTM 3.0, on November 9, 1998. Taken together, revenues
generated from our Emerging Commercial Products have not yet been material to
us.

51
<PAGE>

The Company's systems and products are summarized in the following tables:

SECURE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
(PRO FORMA SALES FOR THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998: $481.5 MILLION)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SYSTEMS SELECTED APPLICATIONS SELECTED PLATFORMS/END USES
- -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
HIGH DATA RATE COMMUNICATIONS

o Wideband data links and ground o High performance, wideband o Used on aircraft, naval ships, and
terminals secure communication links for unmanned aerial vehicles and
interoperable tactical battlefield satellites for relaying of
data communication and intelligence and reconnaissance
reconnaissance information

SATELLITE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS

o Ground-based satellite o Interoperable, transportable o Provide remote personnel with
communication terminals and ground terminals for remote data communication links to distant
payloads links to distant segments via forces
commercial or military satellites

SPACE COMMUNICATION AND SATELLITE CONTROL

o Satellite communication and o On-board satellite external o International Space Station;
tracking systems communications, video systems, Earth Observing Satellite;
solid state recorders and ground Landsat-7; Space Shuttle; and
support equipment National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration
weather satellites

o Satellite command and control o Software integration, test and o Air Force satellite control
sustainment and support maintenance support for Air network and Titan IV launch
Force satellite control network; system
engineering support for satellite
launch systems

MILITARY COMMUNICATIONS

o Shipboard communication o Internal and external o Shipboard voice communications
systems communications (radio room) for systems for Aegis cruisers and
ships and submarines destroyers and fully automated
Integrated Radio Room (IRR)
for ship-to-ship communications
on Trident submarines

o Digital battlefield o Communications on the move for o Communication systems for U.S.
communications tactical battlefield Army C2V

o Communication software support o Value-added, critical software o ASAS, JSTARS, and
services support for C3I systems GUARDRAIL

INFORMATION SECURITY SYSTEMS

o Secure Telephone Unit (STU o Secure and non-secure voice, o Office and battlefield secure and
III)/Secure Terminal Equipment data and video communication non-secure communication for
(STE) utilizing ISDN and ATM armed services, intelligence and
commercial network technologies security agencies

o Local management device/key o Provides electronic key material o User authorization and
processor (LMD/KP) accounting, system management recognition and message
and audit support functions for encryption for secure
secure data communication communication
encryption

o Information processing systems o Custom designed strategic and o Classified military and national
tactical signal intelligence agency intelligence efforts
systems that detect, collect,
identify, analyze and disseminate
information and related support
contracts
</TABLE>

52
<PAGE>

SPECIALIZED COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS
(PRO FORMA SALES FOR THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998: $658.2 MILLION)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRODUCTS SELECTED APPLICATIONS SELECTED PLATFORMS/END USES
- ------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
MICROWAVE COMPONENTS (CATALOG)

o Passive components, mechanical o Radio transmission, switching o Broad-band and narrow-band
switches and wireless assemblies and conditioning; antenna and commercial applications (PCS,
base station testing and cellular, SMR, and paging
monitoring infrastructure) sold under the
Narda brand name; and broad-
band military applications

o Safety products o Radio frequency (RF) o Monitor cellular base station and
monitoring and measurement for industrial RF emissions
safety frequency monitoring

o Semiconductors (diodes, o Radio frequency switches, o Various industrial and military
capacitors) limiters, voltage control, end uses, including commercial
oscillators, harmonic generators satellites, avionics and specialty
communication products

o Satellite and wireless components o Satellite transponder control, o China Sat, PanAmSat, Telstar,
(channel amplifiers, transceivers, channel and frequency separation Sirius, Tempo, Tiros, Milstar,
converters, filters and GPS and LandSat
multiplexers)

o Amplifiers and amplifier based o Automatic Test Equipment o LEO satellites, ground stations,
components (amplifiers, up/down (ATE), military EW, ground and LMDS, MMDS, military EW and
converters and Ka assemblies) space communications ATE

AVIONICS AND OCEAN PRODUCTS

Aviation Recorders

o Solid state crash resistant cockpit o Voice recorders continuously o Installed on business and
voice and flight data recorders record most recent 30-120 commercial aircraft and certain
minutes of voice and sounds military transport aircraft; sold to
from cockpit and aircraft both aircraft OEMs and airlines
inter-communications. Flight data under the Fairchild brand name
recorders record the last 25
hours of flight parameters

o Solid state video recorders o Reconnaissance platforms o New product

Antenna Products

o Ultra-wide frequency and o Surveillance; radar detection o F-15, F-16, F-18, E-2C, P-3,
advanced radar antenna systems C-130, B-2, AWACS, Apache,
and rotary joints Cobra, Mirage (France),
Maritime Patrol (U.K.) and
Tornado (U.K.)

o Precision antenna systems o Antennas for high frequency, o Various military and commercial
serving major military and millimeter satellite customers
commercial frequencies, communications programs and
including Ka band scientific astronomy

o Ground based radomes o Protective shields for antennas o FAA, weather radar and military
against weather applications
</TABLE>

53
<PAGE>

SPECIALIZED COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS
(CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRODUCTS SELECTED APPLICATIONS SELECTED PLATFORMS/END USES
- ---------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Display Products

o Cockpit and mission display o High performance, ruggedized o E-2C, V-22, F-14, F-117, E-6B,
systems and controls flat panel and cathode ray tube C-130, AWACS, JSTARS S-3 and
displays and processors AH-64
Ocean Products

o Airborne dipping sonar systems o Submarine detection and o SH-60, SH-2/3, AB-212, EH-101
localization and Lynx Helicopters

o Submarine and surface ship o Submarine and surface ship o SSN, SSBN, DDG-963, and
towed arrays detection and localization FFG-7

o Torpedo defense systems o Torpedo detection and jamming o SSN, SSBN and DDG-963

o Mine countermeasure systems o Coastal and route survey o MCDV (Canada)

o Naval and commercial power o Switching, distribution and o All naval combatants;
delivery and switching products protection, as well as frequency submarines, surface ships and
and voltage conversion aircraft carriers--Trident, 688,
NSSN, DDG51, CG49, DD963
and Nimitz--class CVN

o Commercial transfer switches, o Production and maintenance of o FAA, financial institutions and
UPS systems and power products systems and high-speed switches rail transportation
for power interruption
prevention for computer systems

o Shipboard communications and o Design, develop and manufacture o CVN, NSSN
controls of ship control and interior
communications equipment

o Ship electrical repair and o Repair, installation, overhaul and o All naval combatants
overhaul testing services for USN
shipboard electrical, electronic
and ordinance systems

TELEMETRY, INSTRUMENTATION AND SPACE PRODUCTS

Airborne, Ground and Space Telemetry

o Aircraft, missile and satellite o Real time data acquisition, o JSF, F-15, F-18, F-22, Comanche,
telemetry and instrumentation measurement, processing, Nimrod (U.K.), Tactical Hellfire,
systems simulation, distribution, display Titan, EELV, A2100, ATHENA,
and storage for flight testing ARTEMIS and ICO

o Training range telemetry systems o Training ranges and test ranges o Combat simulation and tests

Space Products

o Global satellite communications o Satellite transmission of voice, o Rural telephony or private
systems supplier video and data networks, direct to home uplinks,
satellite news gathering and
wideband applications

o Safe and arms processor o Weapons o Hellfire, Javeline
</TABLE>

54
<PAGE>

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

The defense industry has undergone significant changes precipitated by
ongoing federal budget pressures and new roles and missions to reflect changing
strategic and tactical threats. Since the mid-1980's, the overall U.S. defense
budget has declined in real dollars. In response, the DoD had focused its
resources on enhancing its military readiness, joint operations and digital
command and control communications capabilities by incorporating advanced
electronics to improve the performance, reduce operating cost and extend the
life expectancy of its existing and future platforms. The emphasis on system
interoperability, force multipliers and providing battlefield commanders with
real-time data is increasing the electronics content of nearly all of the major
military procurement and research programs. As a result, the DoD's budget for
communications and defense electronics is expected to grow.

The industry has also undergone dramatic consolidation resulting in the
emergence of three dominant prime system contractors (The Boeing Company
("Boeing"), Lockheed Martin and Raytheon Company ("Raytheon")). One outgrowth
of this consolidation among the remaining major prime contractors is their
desire to limit purchases of products and sub-systems from one another.
However, there are numerous essential products, components and systems that are
not economical for the major prime contractors to design, develop or
manufacture for their own internal use which creates opportunities for merchant
suppliers such as L-3. As the prime contractors continue to evaluate their core
competencies and competitive position, focusing their resources on larger
programs and platforms, the Company expects the prime contractors to continue
to exit non-strategic business areas and procure these needed elements on more
favorable terms from independent, commercially oriented merchant suppliers.
Recent examples of this trend include divestitures of certain non-core
defense-related businesses by AlliedSignal Inc. ("AlliedSignal"), Lockheed
Martin and Raytheon.

The prime contractors' focus on cost control is also driving increased use
of commercial off-the-shelf products for upgrades of existing systems and in
new systems. The Company believes the prime contractors will continue to be
under pressure to reduce their costs and will increasingly seek to focus their
resources and capabilities on major systems, turning to commercially oriented
merchant suppliers to produce sub-systems, components and products. Going
forward, successful merchant suppliers will use their resources to complement
and support, rather than compete with the prime contractors. L-3 anticipates
the relationship between the major prime contractors and their primary
suppliers will, as in the automotive and commercial aircraft industry, develop
into critical partnerships encompassing increasingly greater outsourcing of
non-core products and systems by the prime contractors to their key merchant
suppliers and increasing supplier participation in the development of future
programs. Early involvement in the upgrading of existing systems and the design
and engineering of new systems incorporating these outsourced products will
provide merchant suppliers, including the Company, with a competitive advantage
in securing new business and provide the prime contractors with significant
cost reduction opportunities through coordination of the design, development
and manufacturing processes.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

Management has successfully integrated the business units of Lockheed
Martin it acquired in the L-3 Acquisition and enhanced the Company's operating
efficiency through reduced overhead expenses and facility rationalization.
These efforts resulted in improvements in sales, profitability and competitive
contract award win rates. Going forward, L-3 intends to leverage its market
position, diverse program base and favorable mix of cost plus to fixed price
contracts to enhance its profitability and to establish itself as the premier
merchant supplier of communication systems and products to the major prime
contractors in the aerospace/defense industry as well as the Government. The
Company's strategy to continue to achieve its objectives includes:

55
<PAGE>

o EXPAND MERCHANT SUPPLIER RELATIONSHIPS. Management has developed
strong relationships with virtually all of the prime contractors, the DoD
and other major government agencies, enabling L-3 to identify business
opportunities and anticipate customer needs. As an independent merchant
supplier, the Company anticipates its growth will be driven by expanding
its share of existing programs and by participating in new programs.
Management identifies opportunities where it believes it will be able to
use its strong relationships to increase its business presence and allow
its customers to reduce their costs. The Company also expects to benefit
from increased outsourcing by prime contractors who in the past may have
limited their purchases to captive suppliers and who are now expected to
view L-3's capabilities on a more favorable basis given its status as an
independent company. L-3's independent status positions it to be the
desired merchant supplier to multiple bidders on prime contract bids. As an
example of the Company's merchant supplier strategy, L-3 equipment is
included in all three prime contractor bids for the Airborne Standoff Radar
("ASTOR") program in the United Kingdom and both prime contractor bids for
the DoD's Joint Air Surface Standoff Missile ("JASSM") program.

o SUPPORT CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS. A significant portion of L-3's sales
are derived from high-priority, long-term programs and from programs for
which the Company has been the incumbent supplier, and in many cases acted
as the sole provider, over many years. Approximately 60% of the Company's
total pro forma sales of $834.5 million for the nine-month period ended
September 30, 1998 were generated from sole source contracts. L-3's
customer satisfaction and excellent performance record are evidenced by its
performance-based award fees exceeding 89% on average over the past two
years. Management believes prime contractors will increasingly award
long-term, sole source, outsourcing contracts to the merchant supplier they
believe is most capable on the basis of quality, responsiveness, design,
engineering and program management support as well as cost. Reflecting
L-3's strong competitive position, the Company has experienced a contract
award win rate on a pro forma basis for the nine-month period ended
September 30, 1998 in excess of 59% on new competitive contracts for which
it competes and in excess of 90% on contracts for which it is the
incumbent. The Company intends to continue to align its research and
development, manufacturing and new business efforts to complement its
customers' requirements and provide state-of-the-art products.

o ENHANCE OPERATING MARGINS. Since the L-3 Acquisition in April 1997,
management has reduced corporate administrative expenses and facilities
costs, increased sales and improved competitive contract award win rates.
Enhancement of operating margins was primarily due to efficient management
and elimination of significant corporate expense allocations which existed
prior to the L-3 Acquisition. Pro forma EBITDA (excluding the 1998
Acquisitions) as a percentage of sales improved from 12.5% in 1996 to 13.4%
in 1997. Management intends to continue to enhance its operating
performance by reducing overhead expenses, continuing consolidation and
increasing productivity.

o LEVERAGE TECHNICAL AND MARKET LEADERSHIP POSITIONS. L-3 has developed
strong, proprietary technical capabilities that have enabled it to capture
a number one or two market position in most of its key business areas,
including secure, high data rate communications systems, solid state
aviation recorders, telemetry, instrumentation and space products, advanced
antenna systems and high performance microwave components. For the period
from January 1, 1996 to September 30, 1998, the Company, on a pro forma
basis, has invested over $150.0 million in Company-sponsored independent
research and development, including bid and proposal costs, in addition to
making substantial investments in its technical and manufacturing
resources. Further, the Company has a highly skilled workforce including
approximately 2,500 engineers. Management is applying the Company's
technical expertise and capabilities into several closely aligned
commercial business areas and applications, such as medical imaging archive
management, wireless telephony and airport security equipment and will
continue to explore other similar commercial opportunities.

56
<PAGE>

o MAINTAIN DIVERSIFIED BUSINESS MIX. The Company enjoys a diverse
business mix with a limited program exposure, a favorable balance of cost
plus and fixed price contracts, a significant sole source follow-on
business and an attractive customer profile. The Company's largest program,
representing approximately 7% of $834.5 million pro forma sales for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 1998, is a long-term, sole source,
cost plus contract for the U-2 Program. No other program represented more
than 5% of pro forma sales for the nine-month period ended September 30,
1998. Further, the Company's pro forma sales mix of contracts for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 was 29% cost plus and 71% fixed
price, providing the Company with a favorable mix of predictable
profitability (cost plus) and higher margin (fixed price) business. L-3
also enjoys an attractive customer mix of defense and commercial business,
with DoD related sales accounting for 68% and commercial and federal
(non-DoD) sales accounting for approximately 32% of pro forma sales of
$834.5 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998. The
Company intends to leverage this favorable business profile to expand its
merchant supplier business base.

o CAPITALIZE ON STRATEGIC ACQUISITION OPPORTUNITIES. Recent industry
consolidation has essentially eliminated traditional middle-tier
aerospace/defense companies. This level of consolidation is now beginning
to draw the concern of the DoD and federal anti-trust regulators. In 1997
and 1998, a number of merchant supplier companies were sold: the Computing
Devices International division of Ceridian to General Dynamics Corp.
("General Dynamics"), Kaman Sciences Corp. ("Kaman Sciences") to ITT
Industries, Inc. ("ITT"), BDM International, Inc. ("BDM") to TRW Inc.
("TRW"), TASC Inc., a subsidiary of Primark Corporation, to Litton
Industries, Inc. ("Litton") and Tracor, Inc. to GEC Marconi, a unit of The
General Electric Company, p.l.c. As a result, the Company anticipates that
the consolidation of the smaller participants in the defense industry will
create attractive complementary acquisition candidates for L-3 in the
future as these companies continue to evaluate their core competencies and
competitive position. L-3 intends to enhance its existing product base
through internal research and development efforts as well as selective
acquisitions and add new products to its product base through acquisitions
in areas synergistic with L-3's present technology. The Company seeks to
acquire potential targets with the following criteria: (i) significant
market position in its business area, (ii) product offerings which
complement and/or extend those of L-3 and (iii) positive future growth and
earnings prospects.

ACQUISITION STRATEGY

Since L-3's formation in April 1997, the Company has actively pursued its
acquisition strategy. Since completing the L-3 Acquisition, the Company has
purchased eleven additional businesses for an aggregate cash purchase price
including expenses, net of cash acquired, of $444.0 million, subject to certain
post-closing adjustments, and in certain cases additional consideration based
on post-closing performance. The Company considers and executes strategic
acquisitions on an ongoing basis and may be evaluating acquisitions or engaged
in acquisition negotiations at any given time. The Company has reached
agreement on or is in discussions regarding a number of potential acquisition
opportunities and expects to use its bank credit facilities to fund these
transactions if it proceeds with them. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources".

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

SPD Technologies, Inc. On August 13, 1998, the Company acquired all of the
outstanding common stock of SPD for $230.0 million in cash, subject to certain
post-closing adjustments. SPD is the leading supplier to the U.S. Navy for
subsystems that manage, control, distribute, protect and condition electrical
power in surface ships and submarines. SPD's major products include electronic
solid state protection products, switchgear, high-speed transfer switches,
fault isolation units, frequency converters and inverters, voltage transformers
and uninterruptible power supply systems. SPD's

57
<PAGE>

products are installed in every nuclear submarine, aircraft carrier and surface
platform operated by the U.S. Navy. SPD also provides shipboard communications
and control as well as support service for installed products. This acquisition
was financed using cash from operations and borrowings under the Company's bank
credit facilities.

Microdyne Corporation. On December 3, 1998, the Company signed an
agreement to acquire all of the outstanding common stock of Microdyne for
approximately $90.0 million in cash, including the repayment of Microdyne's
debt. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998, Microdyne reported actual
revenues of $58.3 million, operating income of $1.3 million and net income of
$0.3 million. On a pro forma basis, including acquisitions Microdyne made
during its 1998 fiscal year as if they had occurred at the beginning of its
fiscal year, Microdyne's revenues would have been $73.5 million, operating
income was $3.6 million and net income was $0.9 million. Microdyne's actual
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the recent
fiscal year was $2.9 million. Pro forma earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization would have been $11.1 million before
non-recurring charges of $5.1 million primarily for the write-off of acquired
in-process research and development costs. Pursuant to the acquisition
agreement, one of the Company's subsidiaries has commenced a cash tender offer
for all of the common stock of Microdyne. This acquisition is subject to the
receipt of a majority of the outstanding shares of Microdyne's common stock and
the approval of our lenders, regulatory approvals and other customary closing
conditions. Microdyne's largest stockholder has agreed to tender his shares,
which amount to approximately 43% of the total shares outstanding, in the
tender offer. We expect to close the transaction in early 1999. Microdyne is a
leading global developer and manufacturer of aerospace telemetry receivers,
secure communications and technical support services, including specialized
telemetry high-frequency radios used in aerospace and satellite communications
for data gathering and analysis. Microdyne also provides products for the
government and commercial signal intelligence markets and support and repair
services for electronic products companies. Microdyne's aerospace telemetry
products will enable us to provide integrated solutions to our space customers'
requirements for command, control, telemetry and tracking. It is expected that
the acquisition will be financed using cash from operations and borrowings
under the bank credit facilities. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources".

HISTORY

Holdings, which owns all of the Company's common stock, was formed in
April 1997 by Mr. Frank C. Lanza, the former President and Chief Operating
Officer of Loral, Mr. Robert V. LaPenta, the former Senior Vice President and
Controller of Loral (collectively, "Senior Management"), the Lehman Partnership
and Lockheed Martin to carry-out the L-3 Acquisition. In May 1998, Holdings
successfully completed the IPO, raising net proceeds of $139.5 million which
Holdings contributed to L-3. The Company raised net proceeds of $173.8 million
in a concurrent debt offering. In December 1998, the Company raised net
proceeds of $193.7 million in the Old Notes Offering.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

SECURE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

L-3 is a leader in communication systems for high performance intelligence
collection, imagery processing and ground, air, sea and satellite
communications for the DoD and other government agencies. The Salt Lake City
operation provides secure, high data rate, real-time communication systems for
surveillance, reconnaissance and other intelligence collection systems. The
Camden operation designs, develops, produces and integrates communication
systems and support equipment for space, ground and naval applications. The
Shrewsbury operation provides communication software support services to
military and related government intelligence markets. Product lines of the
Secure Communication Systems business include high data rate communications
links, satellite communications ("SATCOM") terminals, Navy vessel communication
systems, space communications and satellite control systems, signal
intelligence information processing systems, information security systems,
tactical battlefield sensor systems and commercial communication systems.

58
<PAGE>

o HIGH DATA RATE COMMUNICATIONS

The Company is a technology leader in high data rate, covert,
jam-resistant microwave communications in support of military and other
national agency reconnaissance and surveillance applications. L-3's product
line covers a full range of tactical and strategic secure point-to-point and
relay data transmission systems, products and support services that conform to
military and intelligence specifications. The Company's systems and products
are capable of providing battlefield commanders with real time, secure
surveillance and targeting information and were used extensively by U.S. armed
forces in the Persian Gulf war.

During the 1980s, largely based on its prior experience with command and
control guidance systems for remotely-piloted vehicles, L-3 developed its
current family of strategic and tactical data links, including its Modular
Interoperable Data Link ("MIDL") systems and Modular Interoperable Surface
Terminals ("MIST"). MIDL and MIST technologies are considered virtual DoD
standards in terms of data link hardware. The Company's primary focus is spread
spectrum communication (based on CDMA technology), which involves transmitting
a data signal with a high rate noise signal so as to make it difficult to
detect by others, and then re-capturing the signal and removing the noise. The
Company's data links are capable of providing information at over 200 Mb/s.

L-3 provides these secure high band width products to the U.S. Air Force,
Navy, Army and various Government agencies, many through long-term sole source
programs. The scope of these programs include air-to-ground, air-to-air,
ground-to-air and satellite communications. Government programs include: U-2
Support Program, Common High-Band Width Data Link ("CHBDL"), Battle Group
Passive Horizon Extension System ("BGPHES"), Light Airborne Multi-Purpose
System ("LAMPS"), TriBand SATCOM Subsystem ("TSS"), major unmanned aerial
vehicle ("UAV") programs and Direct Air-Satellite Relay ("DASR").

o SATELLITE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS

L-3 provides ground-to-satellite, high availability, real-time global
communications capability through a family of transportable field terminals to
communicate with commercial, military and international satellites. These
terminals provide remote personnel with anywhere, anytime effective
communication capability and provide communications links to distant forces.
The Company's TriBand SATCOM Subsystem ("TSS") employs a 6.25 meter tactical
dish with a single point feed that provides C, Ku and X band communication to
support the U.S. Army. The Company also offers an 11.3 meter dish which is
transportable on two C-130 aircraft. The SHF Portable Terminal System ("PTS")
is a lightweight (28 lbs.), manportable terminal, which communicates through
DSCS, NATO or SKYNET satellites and brings unprecedented connectivity to small
military tactical units and mobile command posts. L-3 delivered 14 of these
terminals for use by NATO forces in Bosnia.

o SPACE COMMUNICATIONS AND SATELLITE CONTROL

Continuing L-3's tradition of providing communications for every manned
U.S. space flight since Mercury, the Company is currently designing and testing
three communication subsystems for the International Space Station ("ISS").
These systems will control all ISS radio frequency ("RF") communications and
external video activities. The Company also provides solid-state recorders and
memory units for data capture, storage, transfer and retrieval for space
applications. The standard NASA tape recorder, which was developed and produced
by the Company, has completed over four million hours of service without a
mission failure. Current programs include recorders for the National Oceanic &
Atmospheric Administration ("NOAA") weather satellites, the Earth Observing
Satellite ("EOS"), AM spacecraft and Landsat-7 Earth-monitoring spacecraft. The
Company also provides space and satellite system simulation, satellite
operations and computer system training, depot support, network engineering,
resource scheduling, launch system engineering, support, software integration
and test through cost-plus contracts with the U.S. Air Force.

59
<PAGE>

o MILITARY COMMUNICATIONS

The Company provides integrated, computer controlled switching systems for
the interior and exterior voice and data needs of today's Navy military
vessels. The Company's products include Integrated Voice Communication Systems
("IVCS") for Aegis cruisers and destroyers and the Integrated Radio Room
("IRR") for Trident class submarines, the first computer controlled
communications center in a submarine. These products integrate the intercom,
tactical and administrative communications network into one system accessing
various types of communication terminals throughout the ship. The Company's
MarCom 2000 secure digital switching system is in development for the Los
Angeles class attack submarine and provides an integrated approach to the
specialized voice and data communications needs of a shipboard environment for
internal and external communications, command and control and air traffic
control. The Company also offers on-board, high data rate communications
systems which provide a data link for carrier battle groups which are
interoperable with the U.S. Air Force's surveillance/ reconnaissance terminal
platforms. The Company provides the US Army's Command and Control Vehicle
("C2V") Mission Module Systems ("MMS"). MMS provides the "communications on the
move" capability needed for the digital battlefield by packaging advanced
communications into a modified Bradley Fighting Vehicle. The Company is a
proven supplier of superior technological expertise to the DoD, including its
contractors and related government intelligence agencies.

o INFORMATION SECURITY SYSTEMS

The Company has produced more than 100,000 secure telephone units ("STU
III") which are in use today by the U.S. Armed Forces to provide secure
telephone capabilities for classified confidential communication over public
commercial telephone networks. The Company has begun producing the
next-generation digital, ISDN-compatible STE. STE provides clearer voice and
thirteen-times faster data/fax transmission capabilities than the STU III. STE
also supports secure conference calls and secure video teleconferencing. STE
uses a CryptoCard security system which consists of a small, portable,
cryptographic module mounted on a PCMCIA card holding the algorithms, keys and
personalized credentials to identify its user for secure communications access.
The Company also provides LMD/KP which is the workstation component of the
Government's Electronic Key Management System ("EKMS"), the next generation of
information security systems. EKMS is the Government system to replace current
"paper" secret keys used to secure government communications with "electronic"
secret keys. LMD/KP is the component of the EKMS which produces and distributes
the electronic keys. L-3 also develops specialized strategic and tactical
SIGINT systems to detect, acquire, collect, and process information derived
from electronic sources. These systems are used by classified customers for
intelligence gathering and require high speed digital signal processing and
high density custom hardware designs.

SPECIALIZED COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

L-3 is the preeminent worldwide supplier of commercial off-the-shelf, high
performance RF microwave components, assemblies and instruments supplying the
wireless communications, industrial and military markets. The Company is also a
leading provider of state-of-the-art space-qualified commercial satellite and
strategic military RF products and millimeter amplifier based products. L-3
sells many of these components under the well-recognized Narda brand name and
through a comprehensive catalog of standard, stocked hardware. L-3 also sells
its products through a direct sales force and an extensive network of premier
market representatives. Specific catalog offerings include wireless products,
electro-mechanical switches, power dividers and hybrids, couplers/detectors,
attenuators, terminations and phase shifters, isolators and circulators,
adapters, control products, sources, mixers, waveguide components, RF safety
products, power meters/monitors and custom passive products. The Company
operates from three principal sites, one in Hauppauge, New York ("Narda East")
and two in Sacramento, California ("Narda West" and "DBS").

60
<PAGE>

Narda East represents approximately 60% of L-3's microwave sales volume,
offering high performance microwave components, networks and instruments to the
wireless, industrial and military communications markets. Narda East's products
can be divided into three major categories: passive components, higher level
wireless assemblies/monitoring systems and safety instruments.

Passive components are generally purchased in narrow frequency
configurations by wireless original equipment manufacturers and service
providers. Similar components are purchased in wide frequency configurations by
first-tier military equipment suppliers. Commercial applications for Narda
components are primarily in cellular or PCS base stations. Narda also
manufactures higher level assemblies for wireless base stations and the paging
industry. These products include communication antenna test sets, devices that
monitor reflected power to determine if a cellular base station antenna is
working and whether the base station radios are operating at peak power levels.
Military applications include general procurement for test equipment or
electronic surveillance and countermeasure systems. Safety products are
instruments which are used to measure the level of non-ionizing radiation in a
given area, i.e., from an antenna, test set or other emitting source, and
determine whether human exposure limits are within federal standards.

Narda West designs and manufactures state-of-the-art space-qualified and
wireless components. Space qualified components include channel amplifiers,
linearizers and diplexers/multiplexers, which are used to separate various
signals and direct them to the appropriate other sections of the payload. Narda
West's primary areas of focus are communications satellite payload products.
Channel amplifiers and linearizers constitute Narda West's main satellite
products. Channel amplifiers amplify the weak signals received from earth
stations by a factor of 1 million, and then drive the power amplifier tubes
that broadcast the signal back to earth. These products are sold to satellite
manufacturers and offer lower cost, lower weight and improved performance as
compared to in-house alternatives. On a typical satellite, for which there are
20 to 50 channel amplifiers, Narda West's channel amplifiers offer cost savings
of up to 60% (up to $1 million per satellite) and decrease launch weight by up
to 25 kilograms. Linearizers, used either in conjunction with a channel
amplifier or by themselves, pre-distort a signal to be transmitted back to
earth before it enters a Traveling Wave Tube ("TWT") for amplification. This
pre-distortion is exactly the opposite of the distortion created at peak power
by the TWT and, consequently, has a cancellation effect that keeps the signal
linear over a much larger power band of the tube. This sigificantly increases
the useful output power of the TWT and consequent terrestrial coverage from the
satellite.

Narda West products include wireless microwave components for cellular and
PCS base station applications. These products include filters used to transmit
and receive channel separation as well as ferrite components which isolate
certain microwave functions, thereby preventing undesired signal interaction.
Other products include a wide variety of high reliability power splitters,
combiners and filters for spacecraft and launch vehicles, such as LLV, Tiros,
THAAD, Mars Surveyor, Peacekeeper, Galileo, Skynet, Cassini, Milstar, Space
Shuttle, LandSat, FltSatCom, GPS, GPS Block IIR, IUS, ACE, SMEX and certain
classified programs. The balance of the operation's business involves wideband
filters used for electronic warfare applications.

DBS designs and manufactures both broad and narrow band amplifiers and
amplifier-based products in the microwave and millimeter wave frequencies.
These amplifiers are used as low-noise, high-gain components in defense and
communications applications. These devices can be narrow band for communication
needs or broadband for electronic warfare. DBS has an extensive offering of
amplifier designs allowing it to rapidly respond to unique requirements from
its marketplace.

DBS offers standard packaged amplifiers for use in various automated test
equipment and system applications. It is also developing higher-level
assemblies for specific military applications in which the amplifier serves as
the cornerstone component. For future growth, DBS is at the forefront of
technology in both the design and manufacturing of millimeter range (-20GHz)
amplifier products for use in emerging communication applications such as back
haul radios, LMDS and ground terminals for LEOS. Further, DBS is starting to
penetrate the space qualified communications market with designs applicable to
many LEO communication satellite needs.

61
<PAGE>

AVIONICS AND OCEAN PRODUCTS

o AVIATION RECORDERS

L-3 manufactures commercial solid-state crash-protected aviation recorders
("black boxes") under the Fairchild brand name, and has delivered over 40,000
flight recorders to airplane manufacturers and airlines around the world.
Recorders are mandated and regulated by various worldwide agencies for
commercial airlines and a large portion of business aviation aircraft.
Management anticipates growth opportunities in Aviation Recorders as a result
of the current high level of orders for new commercial aircraft. Expansion into
the military market shows continued growth opportunities. L-3 Recorders were
recently selected for installation on the fleet of the Royal Australian Air
Force and Royal Australian Army transport aircraft and are currently being
installed on the U.S. Navy C-9 aircraft. There are two types of recorders: (i)
the Cockpit Voice Recorder ("CVR") which records the last 30 to 120 minutes of
crew conversation and ambient sounds from the cockpit and (ii) the Flight Data
Recorder ("FDR") which records the last 25 hours of aircraft flight parameters
such as speed, altitude, acceleration, thrust from each engine and direction of
the flight in its final moments. Recorders are highly ruggedized instruments,
designed to absorb the shock equivalent to that of an object traveling at 268
knots stopping in 18 inches, fire resistant to 1,100 degrees centigrade and
pressure resistant to 20,000 feet undersea for 30 days. Management believes
that the Company has the leading worldwide market position for CVR's and FDR's.

o ANTENNA PRODUCTS

Under the Randtron brand name, L-3 produces high performance antennas
designed for surveillance, high-resolution, ultra-wide frequency bands,
detection of low radar cross section ("LRCS") targets, LRCS installations,
severe environmental applications and polarization diversity. L-3's main
antenna product is a sophisticated 24-foot diameter antenna operational on all
E-2C aircraft. This airborne antenna consists of a 24-foot rotating aerodynamic
radome containing a UHF surveillance radar antenna, IFF antenna and forward and
aft auxiliary antennas. Production of this antenna began in the early 1980s,
and production is planned beyond 2000 for the E-2C, P-3 and C-130 AEW aircraft.
The replacement for this antenna is a very adaptive radar currently under
development for introduction early in the next decade. L-3 also produces
broad-band antennas for a variety of tactical aircraft and rotary joints for
the AWAC's and E-2C's antenna. Randtron has delivered over 2,000 aircraft sets
of antennas and has a current backlog through 1999. L-3 is a leading supplier
of ground-based radomes. Radomes are designed to enclose an antenna system as a
protective shield against the environment as well as to accentuate the
performance of an antenna system. Radomes are used to enclose antenna systems
used for air traffic control, weather radar, defense and scientific purposes.

o DISPLAY PRODUCTS

L-3 specializes in the design, development and manufacture of ruggedized
display system solutions for military and high-end commercial applications.
L-3's current product lines include cathode ray tubes ("CRTs"), the Actiview
family of active matrix liquid crystal displays ("AMLCD"), and a family of high
performance Display Processing systems. L-3 manufactures flat-panel displays
that are used on platforms such as E-2C, F-117, and the LCAC (Landing Craft Air
Cushion) vehicle. Recent new contracts for flat-panel displays include the
SH-60J helicopter and the C-130 Senior Scout. L-3 also manufactures CRT
displays for the E-2C Hawkeye, V-22 Osprey, and F-14 Tomcat and electronics
used in aircraft anti-lock braking systems.

o OCEAN PRODUCTS

The Company is one of the world's leading suppliers of acoustic undersea
warfare systems, having designed, manufactured and supported a broad range of
compact, lightweight, high performance acoustic systems for navies around the
world for over forty years. This experience spans a wide range of platforms,
including helicopters, submarines and surface ships, that employ the Company's
sonar systems and countermeasures.

62
<PAGE>

SPD is the world's leading provider of state-of-the-art, mission-critical
electronics and electrical power delivery products, systems and subsystems, as
well as communications and control systems for the U.S. Navy and many domestic
and international customers. In addition, SPD provides communications
subsystems and electrical products for transportation and utilities businesses.
SPD's four business units are: SPD Electrical Systems, which is the leading
U.S. manufacturer of military power delivery systems and components focused on
switching, distribution and protection providing engineering design and
development, manufacturing and overhaul and repair services; Power Paragon,
which is one of the world's leading providers of high technology electrical
power distribution, control and conversion systems focused on frequency and
voltage conversion for military and commercial applications; Henschel, which is
the leading designer, developer, and manufacturer of ship control and interior
communications equipment; and Pac Ord, which is the only combat systems
overhaul and repair contractor, which services the U.S. Naval Fleet on a
national basis with locations in San Diego, Norfolk and Jacksonville.

TELEMETRY, INSTRUMENTATION AND SPACE PRODUCTS

The Company is a leader in component products and systems used in
telemetry and instrumentation for airborne applications such as satellites,
aircraft, UAVs, launch vehicles, guided missiles, projectiles and targets.
Telemetry involves the collection of data from these platforms, its
transmission to ground stations for analysis, and its further dissemination or
transportation to another platform. A principal use of this telemetry data is
to measure as many as 1,000 different parameters of the platform's operation
(in much the same way as a flight data recorder on an airplane measures various
flight parameters) and transmit this data to the ground.

Additionally, for satellite platforms, the equipment also acquires the
command uplink that controls the satellite and transmits the necessary data for
ground processing. In these applications, high reliability of components is
crucial because of the high cost of satellite repair and the length of
uninterrupted service required. Telemetry also provides the data to terminate
the flight of missiles and rockets under errant conditions and/or at the end of
a mission. Telemetry and command/control products are currently provided on
missile programs such as AMRAAM, ASRAAM, AIM-9X, JASSM, JDAM, FOTT, ATACMS and
PAC-3, as well as satellite programs such as GPS BLK IIF, GLOBALSTAR,
EARTHWATCH, SBIRS, LUNAR PROSPECTOR, MTSAT, ARTEMIS and Hughes ICO.

o AIRBORNE, GROUND AND SPACE TELEMETRY

The Company provides airborne equipment and data link systems to gather
critical information and to process, format and transmit it to the ground
through communication data links from a communications satellite, spacecraft,
aircraft and/or missile. These products are available in both COTS and custom
configurations and include software and software engineering services. Major
customers are the major defense contractors who manufacture aircraft, missiles,
warheads, launch vehicles, munitions and bombs. Ground instrumentation activity
occurs at the ground station where the serial stream of combined data is
received and decoded in real-time, as it is received from the airborne
platform. Data can be encrypted and decrypted during this process, an
additional expertise that the Company offers. The Company recently introduced
the NeTstar satellite ground station, which collapses racks of satellite RF
receivers, demodulators and related units into a PC.

o SPACE PRODUCTS

L-3 offers value-added solutions that require complex product integration,
rich software content and comprehensive support to its customers. The Company
focuses on the following niches within the satellite ground segment equipment
market: telephony, video broadcasting and multimedia. The Company's customers
include foreign PTT's, domestic and international prime communications
infrastructure contractors, telecommunications or satellite service providers,
broadcasters and media-related companies.

63
<PAGE>

EMERGING COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS

o MEDICAL ARCHIVING AND SIMULATION SYSTEMS

The Company markets jointly with GE Medical Systems GEMnet (Trade Mark) ,
a cardiac image management and archive system through an exclusive reseller
arrangement with GE Medical Systems. GEMnet (Trade Mark) eliminates the use of
cinefilm in a cardiac catheterization laboratory by providing a direct digital
connection to the laboratory. The system provides for acquisition, display,
analysis and short- and long-term archive of cardiac patient studies, providing
significant cost savings and process improvements to the hospital. The Company
is an exclusive reseller of EchoNet (Trade Mark) pursuant to a reseller
arrangement with Heartlab, Inc. EchoNet (Trade Mark) is a digital archive
management and review system designed specifically for the echocardiology
profession. The system accepts digital echocardiology studies from a variety of
currently available ultrasound systems, manages the studies, making them
available on a network, and allows the physicians and technicians to become
more productive. EchoNet (Trade Mark) is a trademark of Heartlab, Inc. GEMnet
(Trade Mark) is a trademark of GE.

The Company has approximately a one-third equity ownership interest in
Medical Education Technologies, Inc. ("METI"). METI is a medical technology
company engaged in the development, manufacture and sale of Human Patient
Simulators ("HPS"). The HPS is a computerized system with a life-like mannequin
that reacts to medical treatments and interventions similar to a human being.
Originally oriented to the anesthesiology training and education domain, METI
has expanded into cardiology, critical care, trauma care, allied health care,
military medicine and continuing medical education. METI's target customers for
its HPS include medical schools throughout the world, colleges with registered
nursing programs, community colleges and state, local and volunteer emergency
medical service organizations.

o WIRELESS LOOP TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

The Company is applying its wireless communication expertise to introduce
local wireless loop telecommunications equipment using a synchronous Code
Division Multiple Access technology ("CDMA") supporting terrestrial and space
based, fixed and mobile communication services. The system's principal targeted
customer base is emerging market countries and rural areas where existing
telecommunications infrastructure is inadequate or non-existent. The Company's
system will have the potential to interface with low earth orbit ("LEO") PCS
systems such as Globalstar, Iridium and/or any local public telephone network.
The Company expects to manufacture for sale certain of the infrastructure
equipment. The Company intends to pursue joint ventures with third parties for
service and distribution capabilities. The Company has entered into product
distribution agreements with Granger Telecom Ltd. for distribution in parts of
Africa, the Middle East and the United Kingdom, and with Unisys for
distribution in parts of Mexico and South America. This same technology is also
being introduced into the Ellipso "big LEO" program to provide the key
communications capability in the ground and user segments. In this program, the
Company will provide the CDMA processing equipment in the Ground Control
Segment and the Ellipso user terminals, both fixed and mobile.

o AIRPORT SECURITY EQUIPMENT

The FAA has awarded the Company a development contract for next generation
airport security equipment for explosive detection. L-3 has teamed with
Analogic Corporation and GE to design and produce an explosive detection system
("EDS") utilizing a dual energy computer tomography ("CT") X-ray system. L-3's
EDS system, the eXaminer 3DX (Trade Mark) 6000, will analyze the contents of
checked baggage at airports for a wide-range of explosive material as specified
by the FAA. On November 23, 1998, L-3 received FAA certification for its
eXaminer 3DX (Trade Mark) 6000 system which is the only second- generation
system to receive certification and the only system to generate full,
three-dimensional images of all objects in a piece of baggage. The eXaminer 3DX
(Trade Mark) 6000 has been certified at 500 bags per hour but eventually will
be capable of inspecting baggage at an average of 675 bags per hour, which will
allow screening of passenger-checked baggage for a large body aircraft, such as
a Boeing 747, in approximately 40 minutes. It can be installed as a stand-alone
unit in a conveyor system or in a mobile van.

64
<PAGE>

o INFORMATION NETWORK SECURITY

The Company is applying its information security capabilites developed at
Communication Systems--East to the commercial markets through the formation of
a new subsidiary, L-3 Communications Secure Information Technology, Inc. ("L-3
Secure Information Technology"). Through a majority-owned joint venture ("L-3
Network Security"), L-3 Secure Information Technology acquired a network
security software business from Trident Data Systems, which retained a minority
interest in L-3 Network Security.

In early November 1998, L-3 Network Security announced the release of its
third-generation network security software, Expert (Trade Mark) 3.0, which
automates the sophisticated network risk analysis process. This software was
first developed for the U.S. Air Force and is now used by leading corporations,
consulting firms and government agencies. Expert (Trade Mark) 3.0 allows
network administrators and business managers to measure and manage information
risk by first automatically mapping a user's network, compiling a database of
all systems, applications and services -- including unauthorized modems. Expert
(Trade Mark) 3.0's risk algorithms then quantify the amount of risk present in
all parts of the network and analyze the likelihood of various insider and
outsider threats, linking these threats to actual vulnerabilities present on
the network. Expert (Trade Mark) 3.0's databases contain virtually all
publicly known computer vulnerabilities, researched and verified by L-3's
full-time security team. A comprehensive vulnerability report is provided by
Expert (Trade Mark) 3.0, which permits users to quantify risk measures and to
formulate a basis for information security policy.

MAJOR CUSTOMERS

The Company's sales are predominantly derived from contracts with agencies
of, and prime contractors to, the Government. Various Government customers
exercise independent purchasing decisions. Sales to the Government generally
are not regarded as constituting sales to one customer. Instead, each
contracting entity is considered to be a separate customer. On a pro forma
basis, for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 the Company had
approximately 300 contracts with a value exceeding $1 million. Pro forma sales
to the Government for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998, including
sales through prime contractors, were $608.1 million. The Company's largest
program is a long-term, sole source cost plus support contract for the U-2
program which contributed pro forma sales for the nine-month period ended
September 30, 1998 of approximately 7%. No other program represented more than
5% of such pro forma sales for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998.
Sales to Lockheed Martin for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998
were $51.1 million or approximately 7% of total sales.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

The Company employs scientific, engineering and other personnel to improve
its existing product lines and to develop new products and technologies in the
same or related fields. As of September 30, 1998, the Company employed
approximately 2,500 engineers (of whom more than 18% hold advanced degrees).
The pro forma amounts of research and development performed under
customer-funded contracts and Company-sponsored research projects, including
bid and proposal costs, for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 were
$166.8 million.

COMPETITION

The Company's ability to compete for defense contracts depends to a large
extent on the effectiveness and innovativeness of its research and development
programs, its ability to offer better program performance than its competitors
at a lower cost to the Government customer, and its readiness in facilities,
equipment and personnel to undertake the programs for which it competes. In
some instances, programs are sole source or work directed by the Government to
a single supplier. In such cases, there may be other suppliers who have the
capability to compete for the programs involved, but they can only enter or
reenter the market if the Government should choose to reopen the particular
program to competition. Approximately 60% of the Company's $834.5 million pro
forma sales for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 were related to
sole source contracts.

65
<PAGE>

The Company experiences competition from industrial firms and U.S.
government agencies, some of which have substantially greater resources than
the Company. These competitors include: AlliedSignal, Cubic Corporation, Eaton
Corporation, Globecomm Systems Inc., Harris Corporation, Hughes, Motorola,
Scientific-Atlanta, Inc., Thomson Marconi Sonar Ltd., Titan Corporation and TRW
Inc. A majority of the sales of the Company is derived from contracts with the
Government and its prime contractors, and such contracts are awarded on the
basis of negotiations or competitive bids. Management does not believe any one
competitor or a small number of competitors is dominant in any of the business
areas of the Company. Management believes the Company will continue to be able
to compete successfully based upon the quality and cost competitiveness of its
products and services.

PATENTS AND LICENSES

Although the Company owns some patents and has filed applications for
additional patents, it does not believe that its operations depend upon its
patents. In addition, the Company's Government contracts generally license it
to use patents owned by others. Similar provisions in the Government contracts
awarded to other companies make it impossible for the Company to prevent the
use by other companies of its patents in most domestic work.

BACKLOG

As of September 30, 1998, the Company's pro forma funded backlog was
approximately $813.8 million. This backlog provides management with a useful
tool to project sales and plan its business on an on-going basis; however, no
assurance can be given that the Company's backlog will become revenues in any
particular period or at all. Funded backlog does not include the total contract
value of multi-year, cost-plus reimbursable contracts, which are funded as
costs are incurred by the Company. Funded backlog also does not include
unexercised contract options which represent the amount of revenue which would
be recognized from the performance of contract options that may be exercised by
customers under existing contracts and from purchase orders to be issued under
indefinite quantity contracts or basic ordering agreements. Overall,
approximately 72% of the Company's September 30, 1998 funded backlog is
expected to be shipped over the next twelve-month period. Our funded backlog as
of September 30, 1998 was made up of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions)
<S> <C>
Secure Communication Systems ................ $275.8
Specialized Communication Products .......... 538.0
------
Total ..................................... $813.8
======
</TABLE>

GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS

Approximately 68% of the Company's pro forma sales for the nine-month
period ended September 30, 1998 were made to agencies of the Government or to
prime contractors or subcontractors of the Government.

Approximately 71% of the Company's pro forma sales mix of contracts for
the nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 were firm fixed price contracts
under which the Company agrees to perform for a predetermined price. Although
the Company's fixed price contracts generally permit the Company to keep
profits if costs are less than projected, the Company does bear the risk that
increased or unexpected costs may reduce profit or cause the Company to sustain
losses on the contract. Generally, firm fixed price contracts offer higher
margin than cost plus type contracts. All domestic defense contracts and
subcontracts to which the Company is a party are subject to audit, various
profit and cost controls and standard provisions for termination at the
convenience of the Government. Upon termination, other than for a contractor's
default, the contractor will normally be entitled to reimbursement for
allowable costs and to an allowance for profit. Foreign defense contracts
generally contain comparable provisions relating to termination at the
convenience of the government. To date, no significant fixed price contract of
the Company has been terminated.

Companies supplying defense-related equipment to the Government are
subject to certain additional business risks peculiar to that industry. Among
these risks are the ability of the

66
<PAGE>

Government to unilaterally suspend the Company from new contracts pending
resolution of alleged violations of procurement laws or regulations. Other
risks include a dependence on appropriations by the Government, changes in the
Government's procurement policies (such as greater emphasis on competitive
procurements) and the need to bid on programs in advance of design completion.
A reduction in expenditures by the Government for products of the type
manufactured by the Company, lower margins resulting from increasingly
competitive procurement policies, a reduction in the volume of contracts or
subcontracts awarded to the Company or substantial cost overruns would have an
adverse effect on the Company's cash flow.

PROPERTIES

The table below sets forth certain information with respect to
manufacturing facilities and properties of the Company, excluding non-operating
properties held for sale.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION OWNED LEASED
- -------------------------------------------------- ------- -------
(thousands of
square
feet)
<S> <C> <C>
L-3 Headquarters, NY ............................. -- 29.7
L-3 Washington Operations, Arlington, VA ......... -- 4.6
SECURE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS:
Camden, NJ ...................................... -- 580.6
Salt Lake City, UT .............................. -- 487.7
SPECIALIZED COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS:
Anaheim, CA ..................................... -- 165.3
Folsom, CA ...................................... -- 57.5
Menlo Park, CA .................................. -- 93.1
San Diego, CA ................................... 196.0 68.9
Sylmar, CA ...................................... -- 273.0
Englewood, CO ................................... -- 7.6
Sarasota, FL .................................... -- 143.7
Alpharetta, GA .................................. 93.0 --
Concord, MA ..................................... -- 60.0
Lowell, MA ...................................... -- 47.0
Newburyport, MA ................................. -- 81.2
Hauppauge, NY ................................... 240.1 --
Philadelphia, PA ................................ -- 230.0
Warminster, PA .................................. 40.9 --
Kiel, Germany ................................... -- 302.7
Leer, Germany ................................... -- 60.9
</TABLE>

In total, the Company owns approximately 600,000 square feet and leases
approximately 3.0 million square feet of manufacturing facilities and
properties.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time the Company is involved in legal proceedings arising in
the ordinary course of its business. Management believes it is adequately
reserved for these liabilities and that there is no litigation pending that
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and
financial condition.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The Company's operations are subject to various federal, state and local
environmental laws and regulations relating to the discharge, storage,
treatment, handling, disposal and remediation of certain materials, substances
and wastes used in its operations. The Company continually assesses its

67
<PAGE>

obligations and compliance with respect to these requirements. Management
believes that the Company's current operations are in substantial compliance
with all existing applicable environmental laws and permits. The Company does
not currently project the need for any material unbudgeted expenditures to
remain in compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations.

Pursuant to the L-3 Acquisition agreement, the Company has agreed to
assume certain on-site and off-site environmental liabilities related to events
or activities occurring prior to the L-3 Acquisition. Lockheed Martin has
agreed to retain all environmental liabilities for all facilities no longer
used by the Businesses and to indemnify fully the Company for such prior site
environmental liabilities. Lockheed Martin has also agreed, for the first eight
years following April 1997, to pay 50% of all costs incurred by the Company
above those reserved for on the Company's balance sheet at April 1997 relating
to certain Company-assumed environmental liabilities and, for the seven years
thereafter, to pay 40% of certain reasonable operation and maintenance costs
relating to any environmental remediation projects undertaken in the first
eight years. The Company is aware of environmental contamination at two of the
facilities acquired from Lockheed Martin that will require ongoing remediation.
In November 1997, the Company sold one such facility located in Sarasota,
Florida, while retaining a leasehold interest in a portion of that facility, to
DMB in a transaction in which DMB contractually agreed to assume responsibility
for further remediation of the Sarasota site. Management believes that the
Company has established adequate reserves for the potential costs associated
with the assumed environmental liabilities. However, there can be no assurance
that any costs incurred will be reimbursable from the Government or covered by
Lockheed Martin under the terms of the L-3 Acquisition agreement or that the
Company's environmental reserves will be sufficient.

In connection with the acquisition of Ocean Systems, the Company has
acquired the stock of ELAC. In November 1998, the Company exercised its option
to purchase the ELAC property. The premises leased by ELAC at the time of the
acquisition have environmental contamination consisting of chlorinated solvents
in the groundwater beneath and adjoining the site. However, Honeywell Inc.
("Honeywell"), the previous owner of ELAC and the owner of the property at the
time of the acquisition, has retained the liability for remediating the ELAC
site and has contractually agreed to indemnify AlliedSignal and ELAC.
Management believes that any necessary remediation will be covered by the
Honeywell indemnification.

In connection with the acquisition of STS, the Company acquired certain
facilities located in Hauppauge, New York. As part of the acquisition,
California Microwave agreed to retain liability for environmental contamination
occurring prior to the closing date. Subsequent to the acquisition, the Company
performed an environmental assessment of the ground water beneath the site and
determined that the ground water contained chlorinated solvents used by STS
only prior to the closing of the STS acquisition. The Company has tendered the
defense of this matter to California Microwave, which is performing a further
investigation of the ground water contamination. Management believes that any
necessary remediation will be covered by an indemnification from California
Microwave.

PENSION PLANS

Pursuant to the L-3 Acquisition agreement, Holdings and L-3 Communications
assumed certain liabilities relating to defined benefit pension plans for
present and former employees and retirees of certain businesses which were
transferred from Lockheed Martin to Holdings and L-3 Communications. Prior to
the consummation of the L-3 Acquisition, Lockheed Martin received a letter from
the PBGC which requested information regarding the transfer of such pension
plans and indicated that the PBGC believed certain of such pension plans were
underfunded using the PBGC's actuarial assumptions (which assumptions result in
a larger liability for accrued benefits than the assumptions used for financial
reporting under FASB 87.) The PBGC underfunding is related to the Subject
Plans. As of September 30, 1998, the Company calculated the net funding
position of the Subject Plans and believes them to be overfunded by
approximately $4.8 million under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended ("ERISA") assumptions, underfunded by approximately $28.4
million under FASB 87 assumptions and, on a termination basis, underfunded by
as much as $70.4 million under PBGC assumptions.

68
<PAGE>

With respect to the Subject Plans, Lockheed Martin entered into an
agreement (the "Lockheed Martin Commitment Agreement") among Lockheed Martin,
L-3 and the PBGC dated as of April 30, 1997. The material terms and conditions
of the Lockheed Martin Commitment Agreement include a commitment by Lockheed
Martin to the PBGC to, under certain circumstances, assume sponsorship of the
Subject Plans or provide another form of financial support for the Subject
Plans. The Lockheed Martin Commitment Agreement will continue with respect to
any Subject Plan until such time as such Subject Plan is no longer underfunded
on a PBGC basis for two consecutive years or, at any time after May 31, 2002,
the Company achieves investment grade credit ratings. Pursuant to the Lockheed
Martin Commitment Agreement, the PBGC agreed that it would take no further
action in connection with the L-3 Acquisition.

In return for the Lockheed Martin Commitment, the Company entered into an
agreement with Lockheed Martin, dated as of April 30, 1997, pursuant to which
the Company provided certain assurances to Lockheed Martin including, but not
necessarily limited to, (i) continuing to fund the Subject Plans consistent
with prior practices and to the extent deductible for tax purposes and, where
appropriate, recoverable under Government contracts, (ii) agreeing to not
increase benefits under the Subject Plans without the consent of Lockheed
Martin, (iii) restricting the Company from a sale of any businesses employing
individuals covered by the Subject Plans if such sale would not result in
reduction or elimination of the Lockheed Martin Commitment with regard to the
specific plan and (iv) if the Subject Plans were returned to Lockheed Martin,
granting Lockheed Martin the right to seek recovery from the Company of those
amounts actually paid, if any, by Lockheed Martin with regard to the Subject
Plans after their return. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events,
Lockheed Martin, at its option, has the right to decide whether to cause the
Company to transfer sponsorship of any or all of the Subject Plans to Lockheed
Martin, even if the PBGC has not sought to terminate the Subject Plans.
Lockheed Martin may exercise this right by giving 45 days prior written notice
to the Company after the occurrence of such triggering events if it has
concluded that the liabilities of the Subject Plans would increase
unreasonably. As a result of a decrease in the PBGC-mandated discount rate and
the resulting decrease in the underlying liability, one of such triggering
events has occurred. The Company has notified Lockheed Martin of this fact. We
have not yet received a response as to whether Lockheed Martin will exercise
its right to cause the Company to transfer sponsorship of the Subject Plans. If
Lockheed Martin did assume sponsorship of these plans, it would be primarily
liable for the costs associated with funding the Subject plans or any costs
associated with the termination of the Subject plans but the Company would be
required to reimburse Lockheed Martin for these costs. The Company expects,
based in part upon discussions with its consulting actuaries, that any increase
in pension expenses or future funding requirements from those previously
anticipated for the pension plans would not be material. However
notwithstanding this expectation, the impact of any increased pension expenses
or funding requirements under this arrangement could be material to the
Company. The Company has performed its obligations under the letter agreement
with Lockheed Martin and the Lockheed Martin Commitment and has not received
any communications from the PBGC concerning actions which the PBGC contemplates
taking in respect of the Subject Plans.

EMPLOYEES

As of September 30, 1998, the Company employed approximately 7,800
full-time and part-time employees. The Company believes that its relations with
its employees are good.

Approximately 540 of the Company's employees at its Communication
Systems--East operation in Camden, New Jersey are represented by four unions,
the Association of Scientists and Professional Engineering Personnel, the
International Federation of Professional and Technical Engineers, the
International Union of Electronic, Electrical, Salaried, Machine and Furniture
Workers and an affiliate of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters. The
collective bargaining agreements for these four unions were successfully
renegotiated in mid-1998 without any disruptions to operations. Three of the
collective bargaining agreements will expire in 2002, and the other agreement
will expire in 2001.

69
<PAGE>

Approximately 200 employees of Ocean Systems are represented by the United
Auto Workers. The collective bargaining agreement expires in mid-1999.
Approximately 140 of the employees at Ocean Systems' ELAC subsidiary in Kiel,
Germany are represented by the Metal Trade Industrial Workers of the Hamburg
Region and ELAC is represented by the Association of Metal Industry Employers
for Schleswig-Holstein. While the Company has not yet initiated discussions
with representatives of the United Auto Workers, management believes it will be
able to negotiate, without material disruption to its business, a satisfactory
new labor contract with these employees. However, there can be no assurance
that a satisfactory agreement will be reached with the covered employees or
that a material disruption to operations of Ocean Systems will not occur.

Approximately 350 of SPD's employees located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
are represented by the United Automobile Aerospace and Agricultural Implement
Workers of America, Local 1612 Amalgamated. The four collective bargaining
agreements covering these employees expire in early April 1999, following a six
year labor agreement. While the Company has not yet initiated discussions with
representatives of the union, management believes that it will be able to
negotiate, without material disruption to its business, satisfactory new
collective bargaining agreements. However, there can be no assurance that a
satisfactory agreement will be reached with the covered employees or that a
material disruption to the Company's Philadelphia operations will not occur.
Approximately 20 of SPD's employees located in Anaheim and National City,
California are represented by the International Brotherhood of Electrical
Workers, Local 569, whose collective bargaining agreement expires in late May
2000 and approximately 20 employees are represented by the International
Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, Local 389 whose collective
bargaining agreement expires in early February 2000.

70
<PAGE>

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Under the L-3 Acquisition agreement, Lockheed Martin has agreed to
indemnify L-3, subject to certain limitations, for Lockheed Martin's breach of
representations and warranties and L-3 has assumed certain obligations relating
to environmental matters and benefits plans. These obligations include certain
on-site and off-site environmental liabilities related to events or activities
of the Businesses occurring prior to the L-3 Acquisition. Lockheed Martin has
agreed to indemnify Holdings, subject to certain limitations, for its breach of
(i) non-environmental representations and warranties up to $50 million (subject
to a $5 million threshold) and (ii) for the first eight years following April
1997, to pay 50% of all costs incurred by the Company above those reserved for
on the Company's balance sheet at April 1997 relating to certain
Company-assumed environmental liabilities and, for the seven years thereafter,
40% of certain reasonable operation and maintenance costs relating to any
environmental remediation projects undertaken in the first eight years (subject
to a $6 million threshold).

Lockheed Martin provides to certain divisions of the Company certain
management information systems services at Lockheed Martin's fully-burdened
cost but without profit. Holdings, L-3 Communications and Lockheed Martin have
entered into certain subleases of real property and cross-licenses of
intellectual property.

In addition, Holdings and Lockheed Martin have entered into a Limited
Noncompetition Agreement (the "Noncompetition Agreement") which, for up to
three years from April 1997, in certain circumstances, precludes Lockheed
Martin from engaging in the sale of any products that compete with the products
of the Company that are set forth in the Noncompetition Agreement for
specifically identified application of the products. Under the Noncompetition
Agreement, Lockheed Martin is prohibited, with certain exceptions, from
acquiring any business engaged in the sale of the specified products referred
to in the preceding sentence, although Lockheed Martin may acquire such a
business under circumstances where the exceptions do not apply provided that it
offers to sell such business to L-3 within 90 days of its acquisition. The
Noncompetition Agreement does not, among other exceptions, (i) apply to
businesses operated and managed by Lockheed Martin on behalf of the Government,
(ii) prohibit Lockheed Martin from engaging in any existing businesses and
planned businesses as of the closing of the L-3 Acquisition or businesses that
are reasonably related to existing or planned businesses or (iii) apply to
selling competing products where such products are part of a larger system sold
by Lockheed Martin.

In the ordinary course of business L-3 sells products to Lockheed Martin
and its affiliates. Sales to Lockheed Martin were $51.1 million, $81.6 million,
$70.7 million and $25.9 million for the nine-month period ended September 30,
1998 and the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. See
Note 19 to the Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements.

Sales of products to Lockheed Martin, excluding those under existing
intercompany work transfer agreements, are made on terms no less favorable than
those which would be available from non-affiliated third party customers. A
significant portion of L-3's sales to Lockheed Martin are either based on
competitive bidding or catalog prices.

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

Holdings, Lockheed Martin, the Lehman Partnership and Messrs. Lanza and
LaPenta entered into a stockholders agreement (the "Stockholders Agreement")
which, except for the terms relating to (i) the registration rights, (ii)
provision of services by Lehman Brothers and (iii) the standstill agreement by
Lockheed Martin, terminated upon the completion of the IPO.

Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, certain of the existing
stockholders have the right, from time to time and subject to certain
conditions, to require Holdings to register under the Securities Act shares of
common stock held by them. Lockheed Martin, the Lehman Partnership and each of
the Senior Management has three, four and one demand registration rights,
respectively. In addition, the Stockholders Agreement also provides certain
existing stockholders with certain piggyback registration rights. The
Stockholders Agreement provides, among other things, that the Company will pay

71
<PAGE>

expenses in connection with (i) up to two demand registrations requested by
Lockheed Martin, up to three demand registrations requested by the Lehman
Partnership and the two demand registrations requested by the Senior Management
and (ii) any registration in which the existing stockholders participate
through piggyback registration rights granted under such agreement.

The Stockholders Agreement also provides that Lehman Brothers Inc. has the
exclusive right to provide investment banking services to Holdings for the
five-year period after the closing of the L-3 Acquisition (except that the
exclusivity period is three years as to cash acquisitions undertaken by L-3) so
long as the Lehman Partnership owns at least 10% of Holdings' outstanding
common stock. In the event that Lehman Brothers Inc. agrees to provide any
investment banking services to L-3, it will be paid fees that are mutually
agreed upon based on similar transactions and practices in the investment
banking industry.

Under the Stockholders Agreement Lockheed Martin is subject to a
standstill arrangement which generally prohibits any increase in its share
ownership percentage over 34.9%.

72
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following table provides information concerning the directors and
executive officers of Holdings and L-3 Communications.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- ----------------------------------- ----- -------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Frank C. Lanza .................... 67 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Robert V. LaPenta ................. 53 President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
Michael T. Strianese .............. 42 Vice President--Finance and Controller
Christopher C. Cambria ............ 40 Vice President--General Counsel and Secretary
Robert F. Mehmel .................. 36 Vice President--Planning and Assistant Secretary
Lawrence W. O'Brien ............... 49 Vice President--Treasurer
Joseph S. Paresi .................. 43 Vice President--Product Development
Lawrence H. Schwartz .............. 61 Vice President--Business Development
Jimmie V. Adams ................... 62 Vice President--Washington D.C. Operations
Robert RisCassi ................... 62 Vice President--Washington D.C. Operations
David J. Brand(1) ................. 37 Director
Thomas A. Corcoran ................ 53 Director
Alberto M. Finali ................. 44 Director
Eliot M. Fried(1) ................. 65 Director
Frank H. Menaker, Jr.(1) .......... 57 Director
Robert B. Millard(2) .............. 48 Director
John E. Montague(2) ............... 44 Director
John M. Shalikashvili ............. 62 Director
Alan H. Washkowitz(2) ............. 58 Director
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.

(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.

Frank C. Lanza, Chairman and CEO. Mr. Lanza joined the Company in April
1997. From April 1996, when Loral was acquired by Lockheed Martin, until April
1997, Mr. Lanza was Executive Vice President of Lockheed Martin, a member of
Lockheed Martin's Executive Council and Board of Directors and President and
COO of Lockheed Martin's command, control, communications and intelligence
("C3I") and Systems Integration Sector, which comprised many of the businesses
acquired by Lockheed Martin from Loral. Prior to the April 1996 acquisition of
Loral, Mr. Lanza was President and COO of Loral, a position he held since 1981.
He joined Loral in 1972 as President of its largest division, Electronic
Systems. His earlier experience was with Dalmo Victor and Philco Western
Development Laboratory.

Robert V. LaPenta, President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. LaPenta
joined the Company in April 1997. From April 1996, when Loral was acquired by
Lockheed Martin, until April 1997, Mr. LaPenta was a Vice President of Lockheed
Martin and was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Lockheed Martin's
C3I and Systems Integration Sector. Prior to the April 1996 acquisition of
Loral, he was Loral's Senior Vice President and Controller, a position he held
since 1981. He joined Loral in 1972 and was named Vice President and Controller
of its largest division in 1974. He became Corporate Controller in 1978 and was
named Vice President in 1979.

Michael T. Strianese, Vice President-Finance and Controller. Mr. Strianese
joined the Company in April 1997. From April 1996, when Loral was acquired by
Lockheed Martin, until April 1997, Mr. Strianese was Vice President and
Controller of Lockheed Martin's C3I and Systems Integration Sector. From 1991
to the April 1996 acquisition of Loral, he was Director of Special Projects at
Loral. Prior to joining Loral, he spent 11 years with Ernst & Young. Mr.
Strianese is a Certified Public Accountant.

73
<PAGE>

Christopher C. Cambria, Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Mr.
Cambria joined the Company in June 1997. From 1994 until joining the Company,
Mr. Cambria was an associate with Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson.
From 1986 until 1993, he was an associate with Cravath, Swaine & Moore.

Robert F. Mehmel, Vice President-Planning and Assistant Secretary. Mr.
Mehmel joined the Company in April 1997. From April 1996, when Loral was
acquired by Lockheed Martin, until April 1997, Mr. Mehmel was the Director of
Financial Planning and Capital Review for Lockheed Martin's C3I and Systems
Integration Sector. From 1984 to 1996, Mr. Mehmel held several accounting and
financial analysis positions at Loral Electronic Systems and Loral. At the time
of Lockheed Martin's acquisition of Loral, he was Corporate Manager of Business
Analysis.

Lawrence W. O'Brien, Vice President--Treasurer. Mr. O'Brien joined the
Company in June 1997. Prior to joining the Company, he was the Vice President
and Treasurer of Pechiney Corporation, the North American arm of the Pechiney
Group of France, where he held a number of financial positions since 1981.

Joseph S. Paresi, Vice President--Product Development. Mr. Paresi joined
the Company in April 1997. From April 1996 until April 1997, Mr. Paresi was
Corporate Director of Technology for Lockheed Martin's C3I and System
Integration Sector. Prior to the April 1996 acquisition of Loral, Mr. Paresi
was Corporate Director of Technology for Loral, a position he held since 1993.
From 1978 to 1993, Mr. Paresi was a Systems Engineer, Director of Marketing and
Director of International Programs at Loral Electronic Systems.

Lawrence H. Schwartz, Vice President--Business Development. Mr. Schwartz
joined the Company in May 1997. From April 1996 until May 1997, Mr. Schwartz
was Vice President of Technology for the C3I and System Integration Sector of
Lockheed Martin. Prior to the April 1996 acquisition of Loral, he was Corporate
Vice President of Technology for Loral, a position he held since 1987. Between
1976 and 1987, Mr. Schwartz was Vice President of Engineering, Senior Vice
President of Business Development, Senior Vice President of the Rapport Program
and Senior Vice President of Development Programs at Loral Electronic Systems.

Jimmie V. Adams, Vice President-Washington, D.C. Operations. General
Jimmie V. Adams (U.S.A.F.-ret.) joined the Company in April 1997. From April
1996 until April 1997, he was Vice President of Lockheed Martin's Washington
Operations for the C3I and Systems Integration Sector. Prior to the April 1996
acquisition of Loral, he had held the same position at Loral since 1993. Before
joining Loral in 1993, he was Commander in Chief, Pacific Air Forces, Hickam
Air Force Base, Hawaii, capping a 35-year career with the U.S. Air Force. He
was also Deputy Chief of Staff for plans and operation for U.S. Air Force
headquarters and Vice Commander of Headquarters Tactical Air Command and Vice
Commander in Chief of the U.S. Air Forces Atlantic at Langley Air Force Base.
He is a command pilot with more than 141 combat missions.

Robert RisCassi, Vice President-Washington, D.C. Operations. General
Robert W. RisCassi (U.S. Army-ret.) joined the Company in April 1997. From
April 1996 until April 1997, he was Vice President of Land Systems for Lockheed
Martin's C3I and Systems Integration Sector. Prior to the April 1996
acquisition of Loral, he had held the same position for Loral since 1993. He
joined Loral in 1993 after retiring as U.S. Army Commander in Chief, United
Nations Command/Korea. His 35-year military career included posts as Army Vice
Chief of Staff; Director, Joint Staff, Joint Chiefs of Staff; Deputy Chief of
Staff for Operations and Plans; and Commander of the Combined Arms Center.

David J. Brand, Director. Mr. Brand has served as a director since April
1997 and is a Managing Director of Lehman Brothers and a principal in the
Global Mergers & Acquisitions Group, leading Lehman Brothers' Technology
Mergers and Acquisitions business. Mr. Brand joined Lehman Brothers in 1987 and
has been responsible for merger and corporate finance advisory services for
many of Lehman Brothers' technology and defense industry clients. Mr. Brand is
currently a director of K&F Industries, Inc. Mr. Brand holds an M.B.A. from
Stanford University's Graduate School of Business and a B.S. in Mechanical
Engineering from Boston University.

74
<PAGE>

Thomas A. Corcoran, Director. Mr. Corcoran has served as a director since
July 1997 and has been the President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Electronic Systems Sector of Lockheed Martin Corporation since March 1995. From
1993 to 1995, Mr. Corcoran was President of the Electronics Group of Martin
Marietta Corporation. Prior to that he worked for General Electric for 26 years
and from 1983 to 1993 he held various management positions with GE Aerospace;
he was a company officer from 1990 to 1993. Mr. Corcoran is a member of the
Board of Trustees of Worcester Polytechnic Institute, the Board of Trustees of
Stevens Institute of Technology, the Board of Governors of the Electronic
Industries Association, a Director of the U.S. Navy Submarine League and a
Director of REMEC Corporation.

Alberto M. Finali, Director. Mr. Finali has served as a director since
April 1997 and is a Managing Director of Lehman Brothers and principal of the
Merchant Banking Group, based in New York. Prior to joining the Merchant
Banking Group, Mr. Finali spent four years in Lehman Brothers' London office as
a senior member of the M&A Group. Mr. Finali joined Lehman Brothers in 1987 as
a member of the M&A Group in New York and became a Managing Director in 1997.
Prior to joining Lehman Brothers, Mr. Finali worked in the Pipelines and
Production Technology Group of Bechtel, Inc. in San Francisco. Mr. Finali holds
an M. Eng. and an M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley, and a
Laurea Degree in Civil Engineering from the Polytechnic School in Milan, Italy.

Eliot M. Fried, Director. Mr. Fried has served as a director since April
1997 and is a Managing Director of Lehman Brothers. Mr. Fried joined Shearson,
Hayden Stone, a predecessor firm, in 1976 and became a Managing Director in
1982. Mr. Fried is currently a director of Bridgeport Machines, Inc. and Axsys
Technologies, Inc. Mr. Fried holds an M.B.A. from Columbia University and a
B.A. from Hobart College.

Frank H. Menaker, Jr., Director. Mr. Menaker has served as a director
since April 1997 and has served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of
Lockheed Martin since July 1996. He served as Vice President and General
Counsel of Lockheed Martin from March 1995 to July 1996, as Vice President of
Martin Marietta Corporation from 1982 until 1995 and as General Counsel of
Martin Marietta Corporation from 1981 until 1995. He is a director of Martin
Marietta Materials, Inc., a member of the American Bar Association and has been
admitted to practice before the United States Supreme Court. Mr. Menaker is a
graduate of Wilkes University and the Washington College of Law at American
University.

Robert B. Millard, Director. Mr. Millard has served as a director since
April 1997 and is a Managing Director of Lehman Brothers, Head of Lehman
Brothers' Principal Trading & Investments Group and principal of the Merchant
Banking Group. Mr. Millard joined Kuhn Loeb & Co. in 1976 and became a Managing
Director of Lehman Brothers in 1983. Mr. Millard is currently a director of
GulfMark Offshore, Inc. and Weatherford International, Inc. Mr. Millard holds
an M.B.A. from Harvard University and a B.S. from the Massachusetts Institute
of Technology.

John E. Montague, Director. Mr. Montague has served as a director since
April 1997 and has been Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Lockheed
Martin Global Telecommunications, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Lockheed
Martin, since August 1998. He served as Vice President, Financial Strategies at
Lockheed Martin responsible for mergers, acquisitions and divestiture
activities and shareholder value strategies from March 1995 until August 1998.
Previously, he was Vice President, Corporate Development and Investor Relations
at Martin Marietta Corporation from 1991 to 1995. From 1988 to 1991, he was
Director of Corporate Development at Martin Marietta Corporation, which he
joined in 1977 as a member of the engineering staff. Mr. Montague is a director
of Rational Software Corporation. Mr. Montague received his B.S. from the
Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.S. in engineering from the University
of Colorado.

John M. Shalikashvili, Director. General Shalikashvili (U.S. Army-ret.)
has served as a director since August 1998. Prior to his appointment, he was
the senior officer of the United States military and principal military advisor
to the President of the United States, the Secretary of Defense and National
Security Council by serving as the thirteenth Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of
Staff, Department of Defense, for two terms from 1993 to 1997. Prior to his
tenure as Chairman of the Joint

75
<PAGE>

Chiefs of Staff, he served as the Commander in Chief of all United States
forces in Europe and as NATO's tenth Supreme Allied Commander, Europe (SACEUR).
He has also served in a variety of command and staff positions in the
continental United States, Alaska, Belgium, Germany, Italy, Korea, Turkey and
Vietnam. General Shalikashvili is currently a director of United Defense
Industries Inc.

Alan H. Washkowitz, Director. Mr. Washkowitz has served as a director
since April 1997 and is a Managing Director of Lehman Brothers and head of the
Merchant Banking Group, and is responsible for the oversight of Lehman Brothers
Merchant Banking Portfolio Partnership L.P. Mr. Washkowitz joined Lehman
Brothers in 1978 when Kuhn Loeb & Co. was acquired by Lehman Brothers. Mr.
Washkowitz is currently a director of Illinois Central Corporation, K&F
Industries, Inc., McBride plc. and Peabody Coal Co. Mr. Washkowitz holds an
M.B.A. from Harvard University, a J.D. from Columbia University and an A.B.
from Brooklyn College.

The Board of Directors intends to appoint one additional director who is
not affiliated with the Company, Lehman Brothers Inc. or Lockheed Martin by May
18, 1999. The additional director has not yet been identified.

The Company's certificate of incorporation provides for a classified Board
of Directors divided into three classes. Class I will expire at the annual
meeting of the stockholders to be held in 1999; Class II will expire at the
annual meeting of the stockholders to be held in 2000; and Class III will
expire at the annual meeting of the stockholders to be held in 2001. At each
annual meeting of the stockholders, beginning with the 1999 annual meeting, the
successors to directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve
from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting
following election and until their successors have been duly elected and
qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal, if any. To the extent
there is an increase or reduction in the number of directors, increase or
decrease in directorships resulting therefrom will be distributed among the
three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of an
equal number of directors.

Each executive officer and key employee serves at the discretion of the
Board of Directors.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors has two standing committees: an Audit Committee and
a Compensation Committee. Currently, the Audit Committee consists of Messrs.
Brand, Fried and Menaker. The Company intends to appoint to the Audit Committee
only persons who qualify as an "independent" director for purposes of the rules
and regulations of the NYSE. The Audit Committee selects and engages, on behalf
of the Company, the independent public accountants to audit the Company's
annual financial statements, and reviews and approves the planned scope of the
annual audit. Currently, Messrs. Millard, Montague and Washkowitz serve as
members of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee establishes
remuneration levels for certain officers of the Company, performs such
functions as provided under the Company's employee benefit programs and
executive compensation programs and administers the 1997 Option Plan for Key
Employees of Holdings.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

The affiliated directors of the Company do not receive compensation for
their services as directors. The non-affiliated directors will receive annual
compensation of $25,000 in cash, $5,000 of Holdings' common stock, and a grant
of stock options to 1,500 shares of Holdings common stock. The non-affiliated
directors are entitled to reimbursement for their reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses in connection with their travel to and attendance at meetings of the
Board of Directors or committees thereof. In addition, the non-affiliated
directors will be compensated $1,000 per meeting attended, including committee
meetings, up to a maximum of $2,000 per day.

76
<PAGE>

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS

The Company's certificate of incorporation provides that to the fullest
extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), a
director of the Company shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders
for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Under the
DGCL, liability of a director may not be limited (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) in respect of certain unlawful dividend payments or
stock redemptions or repurchases and (iv) for any transaction from which the
director derives an improper personal benefit. The effect of the provisions of
the Company's certificate of incorporation is to eliminate the rights of the
Company and its stockholders (through stockholders' derivative suits on behalf
of the Company) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of
the fiduciary duty of care as a director (including breaches resulting from
negligent or grossly negligent behavior), except in the situations described in
clauses (i) through (iv) above. This provision does not limit or eliminate the
rights of the Company or any stockholder to seek nonmonetary relief such as an
injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director's duty of care.
In addition, the Company's bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify its
directors, officers, employees and agents against losses incurred by any such
person by reason of the fact that such person was acting in such capacity.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed that, in
the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table. The following table provides certain summary
information concerning compensation paid or accrued by the Company to or on
behalf of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of the four other most
highly compensated executive officers of the Company (the "Named Executive
Officers") during the nine months ended December 31, 1997:

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG TERM COMPENSATION AWARDS
-----------------------------
ANNUAL SECURITIES
COMPENSATION UNDERLYING
---------------------- RESTRICTED HOLDINGS ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION SALARY BONUS STOCK AWARDS STOCK OPTIONS COMPENSATION(1)
- ----------------------------------------------- ----------- ---------- -------------- -------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Frank C. Lanza (Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer)(2) ........................ $542,654 -- -- 1,142,857 --
Robert V. LaPenta (President and Chief
Financial Officer)(2) ........................ 356,538 -- -- 1,142,857 --
Lawrence H. Schwartz (Vice President) ......... 145,327 $80,000 -- 17,000 --
Jimmie V. Adams (Vice President) .............. 157,854 70,000 -- 15,000 $ 61
Robert RisCassi (Vice President) .............. 125,704 60,000 -- 15,000 611
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Represents amounts matched by the Company under its savings plan.

(2) On March 2, 1998, each of Mr. Lanza and Mr. LaPenta exercised 228,571
options to purchase Holdings common stock.

77
<PAGE>

Stock Options Granted in 1997. The following table sets forth information
concerning individual grants of stock options to purchase Holdings' common
stock made in 1997 to each of the Named Executive Officers.

OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
NUMBER OF PERCENT OF
SECURITIES TOTAL OPTIONS
UNDERLYING GRANTED TO EXERCISE
OPTIONS EMPLOYEES IN PRICE EXPIRATION GRANT-DATE
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION GRANTED (#) FISCAL YEAR ($/SH) DATE VALUE(1)
- -------------------------------------- ------------------ -------------- --------- ---------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Frank C. Lanza (Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer) .................. 1,142,857(2) 38.2% $6.47 April 30, 2007 $2,326,731
Robert V. LaPenta (President and Chief
Financial Officer) .................. 1,142,857(2) 38.2% $6.47 April 30, 2007 $2,326,731
Lawrence H. Schwartz (Vice President) 17,000 0.6% $6.47 July 1, 2007 $ 17,571
Jimmie V. Adams (Vice President) ..... 15,000 0.5% $6.47 July 1, 2007 $ 15,504
Robert RisCassi (Vice President) ..... 15,000 0.5% $6.47 July 1, 2007 $ 15,504
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) The grant-date valuation of the options was calculated using the minimum
value method described in SFAS No. 123. The minimum value is computed as
the current price of stock at grant date reduced to exclude the present
value of any expected dividends during the option's expected life minus
the present value of the exercise price, and does not consider the
expected volatility of the price of the stock underlying the option. The
material assumptions underlying the computations are: an average discount
rate of 6.3%; a dividend yield of 0% and a weighted average expected
option life of 5.49 years, with the option lives ranging from 2 years to
10 years.

(2) Half of the options granted consists of Time Options and half consists of
Performance Options. See "-- Employment Agreements" for description of
the terms of these options.

AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL YEAR 1997 AND
FY-END OPTION VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VALUE OF
NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED
SECURITIES UNDERLYING IN-THE-MONEY
UNEXERCISED OPTIONS OPTIONS AT
SHARES VALUE AT FY-END(1) FY-END(1)
ACQUIRED ON REALIZED ----------------------------- ----------------------------
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION EXERCISES (#) ($) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- ------------------------------------- -------------- ----------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Frank C. Lanza (Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer)(3) ........ 228,571 $578,285 -- 914,286 -- $36,656,011
Robert V. LaPenta (President
and Chief Financial Officer)(3)..... 228,571 578,285 -- 914,286 -- 36,656,011
Lawrence H. Schwartz
(Vice President) ................... -- -- 5,950 11,050 $238,550 443,022
Jimmie V. Adams
(Vice President) ................... -- -- 5,250 9,750 210,486 390,902
Robert RisCassi (Vice President)..... -- -- 5,250 9,750 210,486 390,902
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) The value of unexercised in-the-money options at fiscal year end was
calculated based on the December 31, 1998 closing stock price of
Holdings' common stock of $46.5625 less the exercise prices of the
options.

PENSION PLAN

The following table shows the estimated annual pension benefits payable
under the L-3 Communications Corporation Pension Plan and Supplemental Employee
Retirement Plan to a covered participant upon retirement at normal retirement
age, based on the career average compensation (salary and bonus) and years of
credited service with the Company.

78
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CAREER AVERAGE COMPENSATION YEARS OF CREDITED SERVICE
- ----------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
15 20 25 30 35
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$125,000..................... $ 18,981 $ 24,937 $ 29,833 $ 33,856 $ 37,164
150,000..................... 23,172 30,408 36,355 41,243 45,260
175,000..................... 27,364 35,879 42,877 48,629 53,357
200,000..................... 31,556 41,349 49,399 56,015 61,454
225,000..................... 35,747 46,820 55,921 63,402 69,550
250,000..................... 39,939 52,291 62,444 70,788 77,647
300,000..................... 48,322 63,233 75,488 85,561 93,840
400,000..................... 65,089 85,116 101,577 115,106 126,226
450,000..................... 73,472 96,057 114,621 129,879 142,420
500,000..................... 81,855 106,999 127,665 144,651 158,613
750,000..................... 123,772 161,707 192,887 218,515 239,579
</TABLE>

As of December 31, 1997, the current annual compensation and current years
of credited service (including for Messrs. LaPenta, Adams and RisCassi, years
of credited service as an employee of Loral and Lockheed Martin) for each of
the following persons were: Mr. Lanza, $750,000 and one year; Mr. LaPenta,
$500,000 and 26 years; Mr. Adams, $216,011 and 5 years; Mr. RisCassi, $172,016
and 4 years; and Mr. Schwartz, $229,000 and one year. Compensation covered
under the pension plans includes amounts reported as salary and bonus in the
Summary Compensation Table.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

The Board of Directors of Holdings established a Compensation Committee in
June 1997. During the 1997 fiscal year, Messrs. Robert Millard, Steven Berger
and John Montague served as members of the Compensation Committee. None of
these individuals has served at any time as an officer or employee of Holdings
or L-3 Communications. Mr. Berger resigned from Holdings' Board of Directors
and the Compensation Committee in January 1998 and Mr. Washkowitz was appointed
to the Compensation Committee in March 1998. Prior to the establishment of the
Compensation Committee, all decisions relating to executive compensation were
made by Holdings' Board of Directors. Messrs. Millard and Washkowitz are
affiliated with the Lehman Partnership which holds 36.6% of the Holdings common
stock (prior to the Proposed Equity Offering) and is a party to the
Stockholders Agreement. Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the Lehman
Partnership has the right, from time to time subject to certain conditions, to
require Holdings to register under the Securities Act shares of its common
stock held by them. The Lehman Partnership has the right to request up to four
demand registrations and also has piggyback registration rights. Holdings has
agreed in the Stockholders Agreement to pay expenses in connection with, among
other things, (i) up to three demand registrations requested by the Lehman
Partnership and (ii) any registration in which the existing stockholders
participate through piggyback registration rights granted under such agreement.
The Stockholders Agreement also provides that Lehman Brothers Inc. has the
exclusive right to provide investment banking services to Holdings for the
five-year period after the closing of the L-3 Acquisition (except that the
exclusivity period is three years as to cash acquisitions undertaken by L-3) so
long as the Lehman Partnership owns at least 10% of the outstanding Holdings
common stock. In the event that Lehman Brothers Inc. agrees to provide any
investment banking services to L-3, it will be paid fees that are mutually
agreed upon based on similar transactions and practices in the investment
banking industry.

No executive officer of Holdings or L-3 Communications serves as a member
of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity which has one
or more executive officers serving as a member of Holdings' Board of Directors
or Compensation Committee.

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

In April 1997, Holdings adopted the 1997 Option Plan for Key Employees of
Holdings (the "1997 Stock Option Plan") which authorizes the Compensation
Committee to grant options to key employees of Holdings and its subsidiaries.
On March 10, 1998, the 1997 Stock Option Plan was amended to increase the
shares available for option grants to 4,255,815 shares of common stock, of

79
<PAGE>

which 3,402,784 had been granted as of December 31, 1998. The Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors of Holdings, in its sole discretion,
determines the terms of option agreements, including without limitation the
treatment of option grants in the event of a change of control. The 1997 Stock
Option Plan remains in effect for 10 years following the date of approval.

On April 30, 1997, Holdings granted each of Messrs. Lanza and LaPenta
options to purchase 1,142,857 shares of common stock. See "-- Employment
Agreements" for a description of the terms of these grants. On July 1, 1997 and
November 11, 1997, the Compensation Committee authorized grants of options to
employees of Holdings and its subsidiaries, other than Messrs. Lanza and
LaPenta, to acquire an aggregate of 689,500 shares of common stock at an
exercise price of $6.47 per share (the "Employee Options"). Each Employee
Option was granted pursuant to an individual agreement that provides (i) 20% of
shares underlying the option will become exercisable on the first anniversary
of the grant date, 50% will become exercisable on the second anniversary of the
grant date and 30% will become exercisable on the third anniversary of the
grant date; provided that, after the IPO 15% of the shares underlying the
option (which would otherwise become exercisable on the second anniversary of
the grant date) became exercisable; (ii) all shares underlying the option will
become exercisable upon certain events constituting a change of control; and
(iii) the option will expire upon the earliest to occur of (A) the tenth
anniversary of the grant date, (B) one year after termination of employment due
to the optionee's death or permanent disability, (C) immediately upon
termination of the optionee's employment for cause and (D) three months after
termination of optionee's employment for any other reason. On March 2, 1998,
each of Mr. Lanza and Mr. LaPenta exercised options to acquire 228,571 shares
of common stock. On May 1, 1998, Holdings granted options to employees of
Holdings and its subsidiaries, other than Messrs. Lanza and LaPenta, to
purchase 285,370 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $22.00 per
share and on terms substantially similar to the Employee Options. On August 13,
1998, Holdings granted options to purchase 142,200 shares of common stock at an
exercise price of $32.75 per share primarily to employees of recently acquired
companies. The terms of such stock options were substantially similar to the
Employee Options except that such options vest in equal installments over a
period of three years.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

Holdings entered into an employment agreement (the "Employment
Agreements") effective on April 30, 1997 with each of Mr. Lanza, Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of Holdings and L-3 Communications, who will receive a
base salary of $750,000 per annum and appropriate executive level benefits, and
Mr. LaPenta, President and Chief Financial Officer of Holdings and L-3
Communications, who will receive a base salary of $500,000 per annum and
appropriate executive level benefits. The Employment Agreements provide for an
initial term of five years, which will automatically renew for one-year periods
thereafter, unless a party thereto gives notice of its intent to terminate at
least 90 days prior to the expiration of the term.

Upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason, Holdings
will be obligated, through the end of the term, to (i) continue to pay the base
salary and (ii) continue to provide life insurance and medical and
hospitalization benefits comparable to those provided to other senior
executives; provided, however, that any such coverage shall terminate to the
extent that Mr. Lanza or Mr. LaPenta, as the case may be, is offered or obtains
comparable benefits coverage from any other employer. The Employment Agreements
provide for confidentiality during employment and at all times thereafter.
There is also a noncompetition and non-solicitation covenant which is effective
during the employment term and for one year thereafter; provided, however, that
if the employment terminates following the expiration of the initial term, the
noncompetition covenant will only be effective during the period, if any, that
Holdings pays the severance described above.

Holdings has granted each of Messrs. Lanza and LaPenta (together, the
"Equity Executives") nonqualified options to purchase, at $6.47 per share of
Holdings' common stock, 1,142,857 shares of Holdings' initial fully-diluted
common stock. In each case, half of the options will be "Time Options" and half
will be "Performance Options" (collectively, the "Options"). The Time Options
became

80
<PAGE>

exercisable with respect to 20% of the shares subject to the Time Options on
March 2, 1998 and will become exercisable each of the second through fifth
anniversaries of the closing of the L-3 Acquisition (the "Closing") if
employment continues through and including such date. The Performance Options
will become exercisable nine years after the Closing, but became exercisable
with respect to up to 20% of the shares subject to the Performance Options on
March 2, 1998 and will become exercisable each of the second through fifth
anniversaries of the Closing, to the extent certain EBITDA targets are
achieved. The Options will become fully exercisable under certain
circumstances, including a change in control. The Option term is ten years from
the Closing; except that if (i) the Equity Executive is fired for cause or
resigns without good reason, the Options will expire upon termination of
employment or (ii) the Equity Executive is fired without cause, resigns for
good reason, dies, becomes disabled or retires, the Options will expire one
year after termination of employment. Unexercisable Options will terminate upon
termination of employment, unless acceleration is expressly provided for. Upon
a change of control, Holdings may terminate the Options, so long as the Equity
Executives are cashed out or permitted to exercise their Options prior to such
change of control.

81
<PAGE>

OWNERSHIP OF CAPITAL STOCK

All outstanding capital stock of L-3 Communications is owned by Holdings.
As of December 31, 1998, there were 27,402,429 shares of Holdings common stock
outstanding. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
beneficial ownership of the shares of the common stock of Holdings, as of
December 31, 1998, by each person who beneficially owns more than five percent
of the outstanding shares of common stock of Holdings and by the directors and
certain executive officers of Holdings, individually and as a group. The
following table does not give effect to the Proposed Equity Offering.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER COMMON STOCK PERCENTAGE OWNERSHIP
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ ---------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Lehman Brothers Capital Partners III, L.P. and affiliates(1)
c/o Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.
Three World Financial Center
New York, New York 10285 ............................................. 10,020,000 36.6%
Lockheed Martin Corporation
6801 Rockledge Drive
Bethesda, Maryland 20817-1877 ........................................ 6,800,000 24.8
Frank C. Lanza(2)
c/o L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc.
600 Third Avenue, 34th Floor
New York, New York 10016 ............................................. 1,700,571(3) 6.2
Robert V. LaPenta(2)
c/o L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc.
600 Third Avenue, 34th Floor
New York, New York 10016 ............................................. 1,700,571 6.2
All directors and executive officers as group (19 persons)(1) ......... 3,534,142 12.9
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) David J. Brand, Alberto M. Finali, Eliot M. Fried, Robert B. Millard and
Alan H. Washkowitz, each of whom is director of the Company, are each
Managing Directors of Lehman Brothers Inc. As limited partners of Lehman
Brothers Capital Partners III, L.P. or other affiliated partnerships
sponsored by Lehman Brothers, all such individuals may be deemed to have
shared beneficial ownership of shares of common stock held by Lehman
Brothers Capital Partners III, L.P. and such affiliated partnerships.
Such individuals disclaim any such beneficial ownership.

(2) As of December 31, 1998, Messrs. Lanza and LaPenta each hold options to
purchase an additional 914,286 shares of Holdings common stock.

(3) Includes 75,000 shares held by Mr. Lanza on behalf of his sons, Anthony
Lanza, James Lanza and Louis Lanza. Mr. Lanza disclaims beneficial
ownership of such shares.

82
<PAGE>

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

SENIOR CREDIT FACILITIES

The Senior Credit Facilities have been provided by a syndicate of banks
led by Bank of America National Trust & Savings Association, as administrative
agent. The Senior Credit Facilities provide for (A) $200 million in revolving
credit loans which must be repaid by March 31, 2003 (the "Revolving Credit
Facility") and (B) $185 million in revolving credit loans which must be repaid
by August 12, 1999 (the "Revolving 364 Day Facility" and together with the
Revolving Credit Facility, the "Senior Credit Facilities"); provided that all
or a portion of the Revolving 364 Day Facility may be extended for a period of
364 days following August 12, 1999 with the consent of lenders holding not less
than 50% of the commitments to make 364-day loans (August 12, 1999 or the date
364 days thereafter, the "364 Day Termination Date"); and provided further that
L-3 Communications may convert the outstanding principal amount of any or all
of the loans outstanding under the Revolving 364 Day Facility to term loans on
the 364 Day Termination Date. The Revolving Credit Facility includes borrowing
capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice
(the "Swingline Loans").

All borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities bear interest, at L-3
Communications' option, at either: (A) a "base rate" equal to, for any day, the
higher of: (a) 0.50% per annum above the latest Federal Funds Rate; and (b) the
rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time
by Bank of America National Trust & Savings Association in San Francisco,
California, at its "reference rate" plus a spread ranging from 0.875% to 0.0%
per annum depending on the Company's ratio of debt to EBITDA (as defined in the
Senior Credit Facilities ("Bank EBITDA")) at the time of determination or (B) a
"LIBOR rate" equal to, for any Interest Period (as defined in the Senior Credit
Facilities), the London interbank offered rate of interest per annum for such
Interest Period as determined by the administrative agent, plus a spread
ranging from 1.875% to 0.625% per annum, depending on the Company's ratio of
debt to Bank EBITDA at the time of determination, provided that Swingline Loans
can only bear interest at a "base rate" plus the applicable spread.

L-3 Communications will pay commitment fees calculated at a rate (A)
ranging from 0.50% to 0.25% per annum on the daily amount of the available
unused commitment under the Revolving Credit Facility and (B) ranging from
0.30% to 0.125% per annum on the daily amount of the available unused
commitment under the Revolving 364 Day Facility, in each case depending on the
Company's ratio of debt to Bank EBITDA in effect on each day. Such commitment
fees will be payable quarterly in arrears and upon termination of the Senior
Credit Facilities.

L-3 Communications will pay a letter of credit fee calculated at a rate
ranging from (A) 0.9375% to 0.3125% per annum in the case of performance
letters of credit and (B) 1.875% to 0.625% in the case of all other letters of
credit, in each case depending on the Company's ratio of debt to Bank EBITDA at
the time of determination. L-3 Communications will also pay a fronting fee
equal to 0.1250% per annum on the aggregate face amount of all outstanding
letters of credit. Such fees will be payable quarterly in arrears and upon the
termination of the Senior Credit Facilities. In addition, L-3 Communications
will pay customary transaction charges in connection with any letters of
credit. The Senior Credit Facilities provide for the issuance of letters of
credit in currencies other than United States dollars.

The foregoing debt to Bank EBITDA-dependent rates range from the highest
rate specified if the ratio of debt to Bank EBITDA is greater than 4.75 to 1.0
and the lowest rate specified if such ratio is less than 2.75 to 1.0.

In the event that the 364 Day loans are converted into term loans, such
term loans shall be repaid by the Borrower in nine (9) consecutive quarterly
installment commencing on March 31, 2001, by funding on each amortization
payment date set forth below an amount necessary to cause the aggregate
principal amount of term loans outstanding on such date to not exceed an amount
equal to the product of (x) the "Applicable Percentage" set forth opposite such
amortization payment date

83
<PAGE>

multiplied by (y) the aggregate amount of commitments of lenders to make loans
under the Revolving 364 Day Facility on the 364 Day Termination Date (the
"Applicable Converted Commitment"):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE OF THE
AMORTIZATION PAYMENT DATE APPLICABLE CONVERTED COMMITMENT
- --------------------------- --------------------------------
<S> <C>
3/31/01 90.0%
6/30/01 80.0%
9/30/01 70.0%
12/31/01 60.0%
3/31/02 50.0%
6/30/02 40.0%
9/30/02 30.0%
12/31/02 20.0%
3/31/03 0.0%
</TABLE>

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities are subject to mandatory
prepayment (i) with the net proceeds of any incurrence of indebtedness and (ii)
with the proceeds of asset sales, in both cases subject to certain exceptions.

L-3 Communications' obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities are
secured by (i) a pledge by Holdings of the stock of L-3 Communications and (ii)
a pledge by L-3 Communications and its material direct and indirect
subsidiaries of all of the stock of their respective material domestic
subsidiaries and 65% of the stock of L-3 Communications' material first-tier
foreign subsidiaries. In addition, indebtedness under the Senior Credit
Facilities is guaranteed by Holdings and by all of L-3 Communications' direct
and indirect material domestic subsidiaries.

The Senior Credit Facilities contain customary covenants and restrictions
on L-3 Communications' ability to engage in certain activities. In addition,
the Senior Credit Facilities provide that L-3 Communications must meet or
exceed an interest coverage ratio and must not exceed a leverage ratio. The
Senior Credit Facilities also include customary events of default.

10 3/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007

L-3 Communications has outstanding $225.0 million in aggregate principal
amount of its 1997 Notes. The 1997 Notes are subject to the terms and
conditions of an Indenture (the "1997 Indenture") dated as of April 30, 1997
between L-3 Communications and The Bank of New York, as trustee. The 1997 Notes
are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the 1997 Indenture. The
following summary of the material provisions of the 1997 Indenture does not
purport to be complete, and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by
reference to, all of the provisions of the 1997 Indenture and those terms made
a part of the 1997 Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
All terms defined in the 1997 Indenture and not otherwise defined herein are
used below with the meanings set forth in the 1997 Indenture.

General. The 1997 Notes will mature on May 1, 2007 and bear interest at
10 3/8% per annum, payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year.
The 1997 Notes are general unsecured obligations of L-3 Communications and are
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of L-3
Communications and rank pari passu with the May 1998 Notes and the Notes. The
1997 Notes are unconditionally guaranteed, on an unsecured senior subordinated
basis, jointly and severally, by all of L-3 Communications' Restricted
Subsidiaries other than Foreign Subsidiaries.

Optional Redemption. The 1997 Notes are subject to redemption at any time,
at the option of L-3 Communications, in whole or in part, on or after May 1,
2002 at redemption prices (plus accrued and unpaid interest) starting at
105.188% of principal (plus accrued and unpaid interest) during the 12-month
period beginning May 1, 2002 and declining annually to 100% of principal (plus
accrued and unpaid interest) on May 1, 2005 and thereafter.

In addition, prior to May 1, 2000, L-3 Communications may redeem up to 35%
of the aggregate principal amount of the 1997 Notes with the net proceeds of
one or more Equity Offerings to the

84
<PAGE>

extent such proceeds are contributed (within 120 days of any such offering) to
L-3 Communications as common equity, at a price equal to 109.375% of the
principal (plus accrued and unpaid interest) provided that at least 65% of the
original aggregate principal amount of the 1997 Notes remains outstanding
thereafter.

Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder
of the 1997 Notes may require L-3 Communications to repurchase all or a portion
of such holder's 1997 Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal
amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest). Generally, a Change of
Control means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the disposition of
all or substantially all of L-3 Communications' assets to any person, (ii) the
adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of L-3
Communications, (iii) the consummation of any transaction in which a person
other than the Principals and their Related Parties becomes the beneficial
owner of more than 50% of the voting stock of L-3 Communications, or (iv) the
first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of L-3
Communications are not Continuing Directors.

Subordination. The 1997 Notes are general unsecured obligations of L-3
Communications and are subordinate to all existing and future senior debt of
L-3 Communications. The 1997 Notes will rank senior in right of payment to all
subordinated Indebtedness of L-3 Communications. The Subsidiary Guarantees are
general unsecured obligations of the Guarantors and are subordinated to the
senior debt and to the guarantees of senior debt of such Guarantors. The
Subsidiary Guarantees rank senior in right of payment to all subordinated
Indebtedness of the Guarantors.

Certain Covenants. The 1997 Indenture contains a number of covenants
restricting the operations of L-3 Communications, which, among other things,
limit the ability of L-3 Communications to incur additional Indebtedness, pay
dividends or make distributions, sell assets, issue subsidiary stock, restrict
distributions from Subsidiaries, create certain liens, enter into certain
consolidations or mergers and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

Events of Default. Events of Default under the 1997 Indenture include the
following: (i) a default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the
1997 Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if
any, on the 1997 Notes; (iii) failure by L-3 Communications to comply with
certain provisions of the 1997 Indenture (subject, in some but not all cases,
to notice and cure periods); (iv) default under Indebtedness for money borrowed
by L-3 Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $10.0
million; (v) failure by L-3 Communications or any Restricted Subsidiary that
would be a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess
of $10.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a
period of 60 days; (vi) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary
Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or
invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any
Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or
disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; or (vii) certain
events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to L-3 Communications or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, with certain exceptions, the
Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding 1997 Notes may accelerate the maturity of all the 1997 Notes as
provided in the 1997 Indenture.

8 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008

L-3 Communications has outstanding $180.0 million in aggregate principal
amount of 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008. The May 1998 Notes are
subject to the terms and conditions of an Indenture (the "May 1998 Indenture")
dated as of May 22, 1998, between L-3 Communications and The Bank of New York
as trustee. The May 1998 Notes are subject to all of the terms and conditions
of the May 1998 Indenture. The following summary of the material provisions of
the May 1998 Indenture does not purport to be complete, and is subject to, and
qualified in its entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the May
1998 Indenture and those terms made a part of the May 1998 Indenture by the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. All terms defined in the May 1998
Indenture and not otherwise defined herein are used below with the meanings set
forth in the May 1998 Indenture.

85
<PAGE>

General. The May 1998 Notes will mature on May 15, 2008 and bear interest
at 8 1/2% per annum, payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each
year. The May 1998 Notes are general unsecured obligations of L-3
Communications and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and
future senior debt of L-3 Communications and rank pari passu with the 1997
Notes and the Notes. The May 1998 Notes are unconditionally guaranteed, on an
unsecured senior subordinated basis, jointly and severally by all of L-3
Communications' Restricted Subsidiaries other than Foreign Subsidiaries.

Optional Redemption. The May 1998 Notes are subject to redemption at any
time, at the option of L-3 Communications, in whole or in part, on or after May
15, 2003 at redemption prices (plus accrued and unpaid interest) starting at
104.250% of principal (plus accrued and unpaid interest) during the 12-month
period beginning May 15, 2003 and declining annually to 100% of principal (plus
accrued and unpaid interest) on May 15, 2006 and thereafter.

In addition, prior to May 15, 2001, L-3 Communications may redeem up to
35% of the aggregate principal amount of May 1998 Notes with the net proceeds
of one or more Equity Offerings, to the extent such proceeds are contributed
(within 120 days of any such offering) to L-3 Communications as common equity,
at a price equal to 108.5000% of the principal (plus accrued and unpaid
interest) provided that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount
of the May 1998 Notes remains outstanding thereafter.

Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder
of the May 1998 Notes may require L-3 Communications to repurchase all or a
portion of such holder's May 1998 Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of
the principal amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest). Generally, a
Change of Control, means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the
disposition of all or substantially all of L-3 Communications' assets to any
person; (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution
of L-3 Communications; (iii) the consummation of any transaction in which a
person other than the Principals and their Related Parties becomes the
beneficial owner of more than 50% of the voting stock of L-3 Communications; or
(iv) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
of L-3 Communications are not Continuing Directors.

Subordination. The May 1998 Notes are general unsecured obligations of L-3
Communications and are subordinate to all existing and future senior debt of
L-3 Communications. The May 1998 Notes will rank senior in right of payment to
all subordinated Indebtedness of L-3 Communications. The Subsidiary Guarantees
are general unsecured obligations of the Guarantors and are subordinated to the
senior debt and to the guarantees of senior debt of such Guarantors. The
Subsidiary Guarantees rank senior in right of payment to all subordinated
Indebtedness of the Guarantors.

Certain Covenants. The May 1998 Indenture contains a number of covenants
restricting the operations of L-3 Communications, which, among other things,
limit the ability of L-3 Communications to incur additional Indebtedness, pay
dividends or make distributions, sell assets, issue subsidiary stock, restrict
distributions from Subsidiaries, create certain liens, enter into certain
consolidations or mergers and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

Events of Default. Events of Default under the May 1998 Indenture include
the following: (i) a default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on
the May 1998 Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or
premium, if any, on the May 1998 Notes; (iii) failure by L-3 Communications to
comply with certain provision of the May 1998 Indenture (subject, in some but
not all cases, to notice and cure periods); (iv) default under Indebtedness for
money borrowed by L-3 Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
excess of $10.0 million; (v) failure by L-3 Communications or any Restricted
Subsidiary that would be a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $10.0 million, which judgments are not paid,
discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vi) except as permitted by the
May 1998 Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial
proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be
in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of
any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee; or (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to
L-3 Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, with certain exceptions, the
Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding May 1998 Notes may accelerate the maturity of all the May 1998
Notes as provided in the May 1998 Indenture.

86
<PAGE>

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

GENERAL

The Company hereby offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal
(which together constitute the Exchange Offer), to exchange up to $200 million
aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes for a like aggregate principal
amount of Old Notes properly tendered on or prior to the Expiration Date and
not withdrawn as permitted pursuant to the procedures described below. The
Exchange Offer is being made with respect to all of the Old Notes.

As of the date of this prospectus, $200 million aggregate principal amount
of the Old Notes is outstanding. This prospectus, together with the Letter of
Transmittal, is first being sent on or about , 1999, to all holders of
Old Notes known to the Company. The Company's obligation to accept Old Notes
for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions
set forth under "Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below. The Company
currently expects that each of the conditions will be satisfied and that no
waivers will be necessary.

PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The Old Notes were issued on December 11, 1998 (the "Issuance Date") in a
transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
Accordingly, the Old Notes may not be reoffered, resold, or otherwise
transferred unless so registered or unless an applicable exemption from the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act is
available.

In connection with the issuance and sale of the Old Notes, the Company
entered into the Registration Rights Agreement, which requires the Company to
file with the Commission a registration statement relating to the Exchange
Offer not later than 90 days after the date of issuance of the Old Notes, and
to use its best efforts to cause the registration statement relating to the
Exchange Offer to become effective under the Securities Act not later than 150
days after the date of issuance of the Old Notes and the Exchange Offer to be
consummated not later than 30 days after the date of the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement (or, if obligated to file a shelf registration
statement, to use its best efforts to file the shelf registration statement
with the Commission within 30 days after such filing obligation arises and to
cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective within 90 days
after such obligation arises). A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement has
been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

The Exchange Offer is being made by the Company to satisfy its obligations
with respect to the Registration Rights Agreement. The term "holder," with
respect to the Exchange Offer, means any person in whose name Old Notes are
registered on the books of the Company or any other person who has obtained a
properly completed bond power from the registered holder, or any person whose
Old Notes are held of record by The Depository Trust Company. Other than
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is not required to
file any registration statement to register any outstanding Old Notes. Holders
of Old Notes who do not tender their Old Notes or whose Old Notes are tendered
but not accepted would have to rely on exemptions to registration requirements
under the securities laws, including the Securities Act, if they wish to sell
their Old Notes.

The Company is making the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of
the staff of the Commission as set forth in certain interpretive letters
addressed to third parties in other transactions. However, the Company has not
sought its own interpretive letter and there can be no assurance that the staff
would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as it has
in such interpretive letters to third parties. Based on these interpretations
by the Staff, the Company believes that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to
the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold
and otherwise transferred by a Holder (other than any Holder who is a
broker-dealer or an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405
of the Securities Act) without further compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the

87
<PAGE>

Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such Holder's business and that such Holder is not participating, and
has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in a
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such Exchange Notes.
See "-- Resale of Exchange Notes". Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange
Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution".

TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE

The Company hereby offers to exchange, subject to the conditions set forth
herein and in the Letter of Transmittal accompanying this prospectus, $1,000 in
principal amount of Exchange Notes for each $1,000 in principal amount of the
Old Notes. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material
respects to the terms of the Old Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant
to this Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes will generally be freely
transferable by holders thereof and will not be subject to any covenant
regarding registration. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same indebtedness
as the Old Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. See
"Description of the Exchange Notes".

The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal
amount of Old Notes being tendered for exchange.

The Company has not requested, and does not intend to request, an
interpretation by the staff of the Commission with respect to whether the
Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old
Notes may be offered for sale, resold or otherwise transferred by any holder
without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of
the Securities Act. Instead, based on an interpretation by the staff of the
Commission set forth in a series of no-action letters issued to third parties,
the Company believes that Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer
in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for sale, resold and otherwise
transferred by any holder of such Exchange Notes (other than any such holder
that is a broker-dealer or is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning
of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration
and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such
Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder's business
and such holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes and neither such holder
nor any other such person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution
of such Exchange Notes. Since the Commission has not considered the Exchange
Offer in the context of a no-action letter, there can be no assurance that the
staff of the Commission would make a similar determination with respect to the
Exchange Offer. Any holder who is an affiliate of the Company or who tenders in
the Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the
Exchange Notes cannot rely on such interpretation by the staff of the
Commission and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
Each holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not
engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes.
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange
for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution".

Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the last Interest Payment
Date on which interest was paid on the Old Notes so surrendered or, if no
interest has been paid on such Notes, from December 11, 1998.

Tendering holders of the Old Notes shall not be required to pay brokerage
commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the Letter of
Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of the Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

88
<PAGE>

EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSION; TERMINATION; AMENDMENT

The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
, 1999, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, has extended the period
of time for which the Exchange Offer is open (such date, as it may be extended,
is referred to herein as the "Expiration Date"). The Expiration Date will be at
least 20 business days after the commencement of the Exchange Offer in
accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act. The Company expressly
reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the period of
time during which the Exchange Offer is open, and thereby delay acceptance for
exchange of any Old Notes, by giving oral or written notice to the Exchange
Agent and by timely public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m. New York City
time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.
During any such extension, all Old Notes previously tendered will remain
subject to the Exchange Offer unless properly withdrawn.

The Company expressly reserves the right to (i) terminate or amend the
Exchange Offer and not to accept for exchange any Old Notes not theretofore
accepted for exchange upon the occurrence of any of the events specified below
under "Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" which have not been waived by
the Company and (ii) amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner which,
in its good faith judgment, is advantageous to the holders of the Old Notes,
whether before or after any tender of the Notes. If any such termination or
amendment occurs, the Company will notify the Exchange Agent and will either
issue a press release or give oral or written notice to the holders of the Old
Notes as promptly as practicable.

For purposes of the Exchange Offer, a "business day" means any day other
than Saturday, Sunday or a date on which banking institutions are required or
authorized by New York State law to be closed, and consists of the time period
from 12:01 a.m. through 12:00 midnight, New York City time. Unless the Company
terminates the Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date, the Company will exchange the Exchange Notes for the Old Notes
on the Exchange Date.

PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES

The tender to the Company of Old Notes by a holder thereof as set forth
below and the acceptance thereof by the Company will constitute a binding
agreement between the tendering holder and the Company upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal.

A holder of Old Notes may tender the same by (i) properly completing and
signing the Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile thereof (all references in
this prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to include a
facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the certificate or
certificates representing the Old Notes being tendered and any required
signature guarantees and any other documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth below on or prior
to the Expiration Date (or complying with the procedure for book-entry transfer
described below) or (ii) complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures
described below.

The method of delivery of Old Notes, Letters of Transmittal and all other
required documents is at the election and risk of the holders. If such delivery
is by mail, it is recommended that registered mail properly insured, with
return receipt requested, be used. In all cases, sufficient time should be
allowed to insure timely delivery. No Old Notes or Letters of Transmittal
should be sent to the Company.

89
<PAGE>

transfer must be guaranteed by a bank, broker, dealer, credit union, savings
association, clearing agency or other institution (each an "Eligible
Institution") that is a member of a recognized signature guarantee medallion
program within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act. If the
Exchange Notes and/or Old Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to an address
other than that of the registered holder appearing on the note register for the
Old Notes, the signature in the Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution.

The Exchange Agent will make a request within two business days after the
date of receipt of this prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the
Old Notes at the book-entry transfer facility for the purpose of facilitating
the Exchange Offer, and subject to the establishment thereof, any financial
institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility's system
may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing such book-entry transfer
facility to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account with
respect to the Old Notes in accordance with the book-entry transfer facility's
procedures for such transfer. Although delivery of Old Notes may be effected
through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the book-entry
transfer facility, an appropriate Letter of Transmittal with any required
signature guarantee and all other required documents must in each case be
transmitted to and received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent at its address
set forth below on or prior to the Expiration Date, or, if the guaranteed
delivery procedures described below are complied with, within the time period
provided under such procedures.

If a holder desires to accept the Exchange Offer and time will not permit
a Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes to reach the Exchange Agent before the
Expiration Date or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on
a timely basis, a tender may be effected if the Exchange Agent has received at
its address set forth below on or prior to the Expiration Date, a letter,
telegram or facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed by telephone and an
original delivered by guaranteed overnight courier) from an Eligible
Institution setting forth the name and address of the tendering holder, the
names in which the Old Notes are registered and, if possible, the certificate
numbers of the Old Notes to be tendered, and stating that the tender is being
made thereby and guaranteeing that within three business days after the
Expiration Date, the Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation
of book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at
the book-entry transfer facility), will be delivered by such Eligible
Institution together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal (and any other required documents). Unless Old Notes being tendered
by the above-described method are deposited with the Exchange Agent within the
time period set forth above (accompanied or preceded by a properly completed
Letter of Transmittal and any other required documents), the Company may, at
its option, reject the tender. Copies of the notice of guaranteed delivery
("Notice of Guaranteed Delivery") which may be used by Eligible Institutions
for the purposes described in this paragraph are available from the Exchange
Agent.

A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date when (i) the
tendering holder's properly completed and duly signed Letter of Transmittal
accompanied by the Old Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such
Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the book-entry transfer
facility) is received by the Exchange Agent, or (ii) a Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery or letter, telegram or facsimile transmission to similar effect (as
provided above) from an Eligible Institution is received by the Exchange Agent.
Issuances of Exchange Notes in exchange for Old Notes tendered pursuant to a
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or letter, telegram or facsimile transmission to
similar effect (as provided above) by an Eligible Institution will be made only
against deposit of the Letter of Transmittal (and any other required documents)
and the tendered Old Notes.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptance of Old Notes tendered for exchange will be determined
by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and
binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders
of any particular Old Notes not properly tendered or not to accept any
particular Old Notes which acceptance might, in the judgment of the Company or
its counsel, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive
any defects or irregularities or conditions of the

90
<PAGE>

Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after the
Expiration Date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder
who seeks to tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer). The interpretation of the
terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the Letter of Transmittal
and the instructions thereto) by the Company shall be final and binding on all
parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with
tenders of Old Notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period
of time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent
nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect
or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old Notes for exchange, nor shall
any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person or persons other than
the registered holder or holders of Old Notes, such Old Notes must be endorsed
or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case signed exactly
as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear on the Old
Notes.

If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or powers of attorney are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by
the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to
so act must be submitted.

By tendering, each holder will represent to the Company that, among other
things, the Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such
Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the holder, that neither the
holder nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes and that
neither the holder nor any such other person is an "affiliate," as defined
under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company, or if it is an affiliate
it will comply with the registration and prospectus requirements of the
Securities Act to the extent applicable.

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in
exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution".

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

The Letter of Transmittal contains, among other things, the following
terms and conditions, which are part of the Exchange Offer.

The party tendering Notes for exchange (the "Transferor") exchanges,
assigns and transfers the Old Notes to the Company and irrevocably constitutes
and appoints the Exchange Agent as the Transferor's agent and attorney-in-fact
to cause the Old Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. The
Transferor represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to
tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes and to acquire Exchange
Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Notes, and that, when the
same are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good and unencumbered
title to the tendered Old Notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions,
charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim. The Transferor
also warrants that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional
documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or
desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of tendered Old
Notes or transfer ownership of such Old Notes on the account books maintained
by a book-entry transfer facility. The Transferor further agrees that
acceptance of any tendered Old Notes by the Company and the issuance of
Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the
Company of certain of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
All authority conferred by the Transferor will survive the death or incapacity
of the Transferor and every obligation of the Transferor shall be binding upon
the heirs, legal representatives, successors, assigns, executors and
administrators of such Transferor.

91
<PAGE>

The Transferor certifies that it is not an "affiliate" of the Company
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act and that it is
acquiring the Exchange Notes offered hereby in the ordinary course of such
Transferor's business and that such Transferor has no arrangement with any
person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes.

Each holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not
engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes.
Each Transferor which is a broker-dealer receiving Exchange Notes for its own
account must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with
any resale of such Exchange Notes. By so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. In connection with the
offering of the Old Notes, the Company agreed to file and maintain, subject to
certain limitations, a registration statement that would allow Lehman Brothers
Inc. to engage in market-making transactions with respect to the Notes. The
Company has agreed to bear registration expenses incurred under such agreement.

WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS

Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration
Date.

For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal sent by
telegram, facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed by telephone) or letter
must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein prior to
the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of
the person having tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"),
(ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number
or numbers and principal amount of such Old Notes), (iii) specify the principal
amount of Notes to be withdrawn, (iv) include a statement that such holder is
withdrawing his election to have such Old Notes exchanged, (v) be signed by the
holder in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of
Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered or as otherwise described
above (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by
documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee under the Indenture
register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the person withdrawing
the tender and (vi) specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be
registered, if different from that of the Depositor. The Exchange Agent will
return the properly withdrawn Old Notes promptly following receipt of notice of
withdrawal. If Old Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for
book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number
of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the
withdrawn Old Notes or otherwise comply with the book-entry transfer facility
procedure. All questions as to the validity of notices of withdrawals,
including time of receipt, will be determined by the Company and such
determination will be final and binding on all parties.

Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly
tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Old Notes which
have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will
be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case
of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account
at the book-entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer
procedures described above, such Old Notes will be credited to an account with
such book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder) as soon as
practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the
Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one
of the procedures described under "Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" above at
any time on or prior to the Expiration Date.

ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF EXCHANGE NOTES

Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Exchange
Offer, the Company will accept, promptly on the Exchange Date, all Old Notes
properly tendered and will issue the Exchange Notes promptly after such
acceptance. See "Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below. For purposes
of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted properly
tendered Old Notes for exchange when, as and if the Company has given oral or
written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.

92
<PAGE>

For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Old Note will
receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the
surrendered Old Note.

In all cases, issuance of Exchange Notes for Old Notes that are accepted
for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely
receipt by the Exchange Agent of certificates for such Old Notes or a timely
book-entry confirmation of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at
the book-entry transfer facility, a properly completed and duly executed Letter
of Transmittal and all other required documents. If any tendered Old Notes are
not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the
Exchange Offer or if Old Notes are submitted for a greater principal amount
than the holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged Old Notes
will be returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof (or, in the
case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's
account at the book-entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer
procedures described above, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to an
account maintained with such book-entry transfer facility) as promptly as
practicable after the expiration of the Exchange Offer.

CERTAIN CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Exchange Offer, or any
extension of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall not be required to accept
for exchange, or to issue Exchange Notes in exchange for, any Old Notes and may
terminate or amend the Exchange Offer (by oral or written notice to the
Exchange Agent or by a timely press release) if at any time before the
acceptance of such Old Notes for exchange or the exchange of the Exchange Notes
for such Old Notes, any of the following conditions exist:

(a) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or
by or before any governmental agency or regulatory authority or any
injunction, order or decree is issued with respect to the Exchange Offer
which, in the sole judgment of the Company, might materially impair the
ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer or have a
material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits of the Exchange Offer
to the Company; or

(b) any change (or any development involving a prospective change) shall
have occurred or be threatened in the business, properties, assets,
liabilities, financial condition, operations, results of operations or
prospects of the Company that is or may be adverse to the Company, or the
Company shall have become aware of facts that have or may have adverse
significance with respect to the value of the Old Notes or the Exchange
Notes or that may materially impair the contemplated benefits of the
Exchange Offer to the Company; or

(c) any law, rule or regulation or applicable interpretations of the
staff of the Commission is issued or promulgated which, in the good faith
determination of the Company, do not permit the Company to effect the
Exchange Offer; or

(d) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval the
Company, in its sole discretion, deems necessary for the consummation of
the Exchange Offer; or

(e) there shall have been proposed, adopted or enacted any law, statute,
rule or regulation (or an amendment to any existing law statute, rule or
regulation) which, in the sole judgment of the Company, might materially
impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer or
have a material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits of the Exchange
Offer to the Company; or

(f) there shall occur a change in the current interpretation by the staff
of the Commission which permits the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes to be offered for resale, resold
and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder
that is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under
the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus
delivery provisions of the Securities Act provided that such Exchange Notes
are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such
holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the
distribution of such Exchange Notes; or

93
<PAGE>

(g) there shall have occurred (i) any general suspension of, shortening
of hours for, or limitation on prices for, trading in securities on any
national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market (whether or
not mandatory), (ii) any limitation by any governmental agency or authority
which may adversely affect the ability of the Company to complete the
transactions contemplated by the Exchange Offer, (iii) a declaration of a
banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks by
Federal or state authorities in the United States (whether or not
mandatory), (iv) a commencement of a war, armed hostilities or other
international or national crisis directly or indirectly involving the
United States, (v) any limitation (whether or not mandatory) by any
governmental authority on, or other event having a reasonable likelihood of
affecting, the extension of credit by banks or other leading institutions
in the United States, or (vi) in the case of any of the foregoing existing
at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer, a material
acceleration or worsening thereof.

The Company expressly reserves the right to terminate the Exchange Offer
and not accept for exchange any Old Notes upon the occurrence of any of the
foregoing conditions (which represent all of the material conditions to the
acceptance by the Company of properly tendered Old Notes). In addition, the
Company may amend the Exchange Offer at any time prior to the Expiration Date
if any of the conditions set forth above occur. Moreover, regardless of whether
any of such conditions has occurred, the Company may amend the Exchange Offer
in any manner which, in its good faith judgment, is advantageous to holders of
the Old Notes.

The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and may
be asserted by the Company regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any
such condition or may be waived by the Company in whole or in part at any time
and from time to time in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company at any
time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of
any such right and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may
be asserted at any time and from time to time.

If the Company waives or amends the foregoing conditions, it will, if
required by law, extend the Exchange Offer for a minimum of five business days
from the date that the Company first gives notice, by public announcement or
otherwise, of such waiver or amendment, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise
expire within such five business-day period. Any determination by the Company
concerning the events described above will be final and binding upon all
parties.

In addition, the Company will not accept for exchange any Old Notes
tendered, and no Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Old
Notes, if at such time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect with
respect to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus constitutes a
part or the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended. In any such event the Company is required to use every
reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order at the earliest
possible time.

The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of
Old Notes being tendered for exchange.

94
<PAGE>

EXCHANGE AGENT

The Bank of New York has been appointed as the Exchange Agent for the
Exchange Offer. All executed Letters of Transmittal should be directed to the
Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth below:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
By Hand/Overnight Courier: By Mail:
The Bank of New York The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street 101 Barclay Street
Corporate Trust Services Window Corporate Trust Services Window
New York, New York 10286 New York, New York 10286
Attn: Reorganization Section Attn: Reorganization Section

By Facsimile: (212) 815-6339
Attn.: Reorganization Section
Telephone:(212) 815-4444
</TABLE>

Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this
Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and requests for Notices of
Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and
telephone number set forth in the Letter of Transmittal.

DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ON THE LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL, OR TRANSMISSIONS OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE OR TELEX NUMBER
OTHER THAN THE ONES SET FORTH ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE
A VALID DELIVERY.

SOLICITATION OF TENDERS; FEES AND EXPENSES

The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will pay
the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will
reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.
The Company will also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and
fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in
forwarding copies of this and other related documents to the beneficial owners
of the Old Notes and in handling or forwarding tenders for their customers.

The estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange
Offer will be paid by the Company and are estimated in the aggregate to be
approximately $ , which includes fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent,
Trustee, registration fees, accounting, legal, printing and related fees and
expenses.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations in connection with the Exchange Offer other than those
contained in this prospectus. If given or made, such information or
representations should not be relied upon as having been authorized by the
Company. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any exchange made
hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has
been no change in the affairs of the Company since the respective dates as of
which information is given herein. The Exchange Offer is not being made to (nor
will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of) holders of Old Notes in any
jurisdiction in which the making of the Exchange Offer or the acceptance
thereof would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction. However,
the Company may, at its discretion, take such action as it may deem necessary
to make the Exchange Offer in any such jurisdiction and extend the Exchange
Offer to holders of Old Notes in such jurisdiction. In any jurisdiction in
which the securities laws or blue sky laws of which require the Exchange Offer
to be made by a licensed broker or dealer, the Exchange Offer is being made on
behalf of the Company by one or more registered brokers or dealers which are
licensed under the laws of such jurisdiction.

TRANSFER TAXES

The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates
representing Exchange Notes or Old Notes for

95
<PAGE>

principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to,
or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder
of the Old Notes tendered, or if tendered Old Notes are registered in the name
of any person other than the person signing the Letter of Transmittal, or if a
transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes
(whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable
by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or
exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount
of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the carrying value of the Old Notes
as reflected in the Company's accounting records on the date of the exchange.
Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized by the
Company upon the exchange of Exchange Notes for Old Notes. Expenses incurred in
connection with the issuance of the Exchange Notes will be amortized over the
term of the Exchange Notes.

CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE

Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for Exchange
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon.
Old Notes not exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to remain
outstanding in accordance with their terms. In general, the Old Notes may not
be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant
to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws. The Company does not currently anticipate
that it will register the Old Notes under the Securities Act.

Participation in the Exchange Offer is voluntary, and holders of Old Notes
should carefully consider whether to participate. Holders of Old Notes are
urged to consult their financial and tax advisors in making their own decision
on what action to take.

As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all
validly tendered Old Notes pursuant to the terms of, this Exchange Offer, the
Company will have fulfilled a covenant contained in the Registration Rights
Agreement. Holders of Old Notes who do not tender their Old Notes in the
Exchange Offer will continue to hold such Old Notes and will be entitled to all
the rights and limitations applicable thereto under the Indenture, except for
any such rights under the Registration Rights Agreement that by their terms
terminate or cease to have further effectiveness as a result of the making of
this Exchange Offer. All untendered Old Notes will continue to be subject to
the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that Old
Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market for
untendered Old Notes could be adversely affected.

The Company may in the future seek to acquire, subject to the terms of the
Indenture, untendered Old Notes in open market or privately negotiated
transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. The Company has
no present plan to acquire any Old Notes which are not tendered in the Exchange
Offer.

RESALE OF EXCHANGE NOTES

The Company is making the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of
the staff of the Commission as set forth in certain interpretive letters
addressed to third parties in other transactions. However, the Company has not
sought its own interpretive letter and there can be no assurance that the Staff
would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as it has
in such interpretive letters to third parties. Based on these interpretations
by the staff, the Company believes that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to
the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold
and otherwise transferred by a Holder (other than any Holder who is a
broker-dealer or an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405
of the Securities Act)

96
<PAGE>

without further compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are
acquired in the ordinary course of such Holder's business and that such Holder
is not participating, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person
to participate, in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of
such Exchange Notes. However, any holder who is an "affiliate" of the Company
or who has an arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of
the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, or any
broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes from the Company to resell pursuant to
Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act (i) could
not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff and (ii) must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act. A broker-dealer who holds Old Notes that were acquired for its own account
as a result of market-making or other trading activities may be deemed to be an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore,
deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of Exchange Notes. Each such broker-dealer that
receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where
such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge in the Letter of
Transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution".

In addition, to comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions,
if applicable, the Exchange Notes may not be offered or sold unless they have
been registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdiction or an exemption from
registration or qualification is available and is complied with. The Company
has agreed, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and subject to
certain specified limitations therein, to register or qualify the Exchange
Notes for offer or sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such
jurisdictions as any holder of the Exchange Notes reasonably requests. Such
registration or qualification may require the imposition of restrictions or
conditions (including suitability requirements for offerees or purchasers) in
connection with the offer or sale of any Exchange Notes.

97
<PAGE>

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

GENERAL

The Old Notes were issued and the Exchange Notes offered hereby will be
issued under an indenture dated as of December 11, 1998 (the "Indenture") among
the Company, as issuer, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York,
as trustee (the "Trustee"). The terms of the Exchange Notes include those
stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"). The
Exchange Notes are subject to all such terms, and holders of the Exchange Notes
are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement
thereof. The following summary of the material provisions of the Indenture
describes the material terms of the Indenture but does not purport to be
complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the
provisions of the Indenture, including the definitions of certain terms
contained therein and those terms made part of the Indenture by reference to
the Trust Indenture Act. For definitions of certain capitalized terms used in
the following summary, see "-- Certain Definitions". The Indenture is an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part.

For purposes of this summary, the term "Company" refers only to L-3
Communications Corporation and not to any of its Subsidiaries.

On December 11, 1998, the Company issued $200.0 million aggregate
principal amount of Old Notes under the Indenture. The terms of the Exchange
Notes are identical in all material respects to the Old Notes, except for
certain transfer restrictions and registration and other rights relating to the
exchange of the Old Notes for Exchange Notes. The Trustee will authenticate and
deliver Exchange Notes for original issue only in exchange for a like principal
amount of Old Notes. Any Old Notes that remain outstanding after the
consummation of the Exchange Offer, together with the Exchange Notes, will be
treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. Accordingly, all
references herein to specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Exchange Notes shall be deemed to mean, at any time after the
Exchange Offer is consummated, such percentage in aggregate principal amount of
the Old Notes and Exchange Notes then outstanding.

The Exchange Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Company
and will rank pari passu in right of payment with the 1997 Notes and the May
1998 Notes and are subordinated in right of payment to all current and future
Senior Debt. At September 30, 1998, on a pro forma basis giving effect to the
Old Notes Offering, the Company would not have had any Senior Debt outstanding
(excluding letters of credit). The Indenture permits the incurrence of
additional Senior Debt in the future. See "-- Certain Covenants -- Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock".

The Indenture provides that the Company's payment obligations under the
Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed (the "Subsidiary Guarantees") by all
of the Company's present and future Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Foreign
Subsidiaries (collectively, the "Guarantors"). The Subsidiary Guarantee of each
Guarantor will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt
of such Guarantor, which would include the guarantees of amounts borrowed under
the Senior Credit Facilities.

As of the date of the Indenture, not all of the Company's subsidiaries
were "Restricted Subsidiaries." Cardiovascular Computer Systems, Ltd., L-3
Secure Information Technology and L-3 Network Security are currently
Unrestricted Subsidiaries. In addition, under the circumstances described below
under the subheading "Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments", the Company is
permitted to designate certain of the Company's subsidiaries as "Unrestricted
Subsidiaries". Unrestricted Subsidiaries are not subject to many of the
restrictive covenants in the Indenture. Unrestricted Subsidiaries do not
guarantee these Notes.

PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST

The Exchange Notes will be limited in aggregate principal amount to $200.0
million and will mature on August 1, 2008. Interest on the Exchange Notes will
accrue at the rate of 8% per annum

98
<PAGE>

and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1,
commencing on February 1, 1999, to Holders of record on the immediately
preceding January 15 and July 15. The Company may issue Additional Notes (the
"Additional Notes") from time to time after the offering of the Exchange Notes.
Any offering of Additional Notes is subject to the covenant described below
under the caption "Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of Preferred Stock". The Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued
under the Indenture would be treated as a single class for all purposes under
the Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions
and offers to purchase. Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from the date of original issuance. Interest will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Principal, premium
and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Exchange Notes will be
payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose
within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Company, payment
of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the
Holders of the Exchange Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the
register of Holders of Exchange Notes; provided that all payments of principal,
premium, interest and Liquidated Damages with respect to Exchange Notes the
Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company will be
required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
accounts specified by the Holders thereof if such Holders shall be registered
Holders of at least $250,000 in principal amount of Exchange Notes. Until
otherwise designated by the Company, the Company's office or agency in New York
will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. The Exchange
Notes will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

The Exchange Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to
August 1, 2003. Thereafter, the Exchange Notes will be subject to redemption at
any time at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than
30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if
redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of the years
indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR PERCENTAGE
- --------------------------------------- -----------
<S> <C>
2003 ................................ 104.000%
2004 ................................ 102.667%
2005 ................................ 101.333%
2006 and thereafter ................. 100.000%
</TABLE>

Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the first 36 months after the Issue
Date, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to an aggregate of
35% of the Exchange Notes originally issued at a redemption price of 108.000%
of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds
of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or the net cash proceeds of one
or more Equity Offerings by Holdings that are contributed to the Company as
common equity capital; provided that at least 65% of the Exchange Notes
originally issued remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each
such redemption; and provided, further, that any such redemption must occur
within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

SUBORDINATION

The payment of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and
interest on the Exchange Notes will be subordinated in right of payment, as set
forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt,
whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or
dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, an
assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of the

99
<PAGE>

Company's assets and liabilities, the holders of Senior Debt will be entitled
to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of such
Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding
at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not an
allowable claim in any such proceeding) before the Holders of Exchange Notes
will be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Exchange Notes, and
until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt are paid in full, any
distribution to which the Holders of Exchange Notes would be entitled shall be
made to the holders of Senior Debt (except, in each case, that Holders of
Exchange Notes may receive Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from
the trust described under "-- Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance").

The Company also may not make any payment upon or in respect of the
Exchange Notes (except from the trust described under "-- Legal Defeasance and
Covenant Defeasance") if:

(i) a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing; or

(ii) any other default occurs and is continuing with respect to
Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of the Designated Senior Debt
as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity (or that would
permit such holders to accelerate with the giving of notice or the passage
of time or both) and the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a
"Payment Blockage Notice") from the Company or the holders of any
Designated Senior Debt.

Payments on the Exchange Notes may and shall be resumed:

(A) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such
default is cured or waived; and

(B) in case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on which
such nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on
which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the
maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.

No new period of payment blockage may be commenced unless and until:

(i) 360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately
prior Payment Blockage Notice; and

(ii) all scheduled payments of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages,
if any, and interest on the Exchange Notes that have come due have been
paid in full in cash.

No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of
delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made,
the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default shall
have been waived for a period of not less than 90 days.

The Indenture further requires that the Company promptly notify holders of
Senior Debt if payment of the Exchange Notes is accelerated because of an Event
of Default.

As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event
of a liquidation or insolvency, Holders of Exchange Notes may recover less
ratably than creditors of the Company who are holders of Senior Debt. On a pro
forma basis, after giving effect to the Old Notes Offering, there would not
have been any Senior Debt outstanding at September 30, 1998.

SELECTION AND NOTICE

If less than all of the Exchange Notes are to be redeemed at any time,
selection of Exchange Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in
compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange,
if any, on which the Exchange Notes are listed, or, if the Exchange Notes are
not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee
shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that no Exchange Notes of $1,000 or
less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first
class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to
each Holder of Exchange Notes to be redeemed at its registered

100
<PAGE>

address. Notices of redemption may not be conditional. If any Note is to be
redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall
state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in
principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the
name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Exchange
Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and
after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Exchange Notes or
portions of them called for redemption.

MANDATORY REDEMPTION

Except as set forth below under "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders",
the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Exchange Notes.

REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

CHANGE OF CONTROL

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Exchange Notes
will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal
to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Exchange Notes
pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an
offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of
purchase (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within ten days following any
Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the
transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering
to repurchase Exchange Notes on the date specified in such notice, which date
shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"), pursuant to the
procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The Company
will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and
regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Exchange
Notes as a result of a Change of Control.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent
lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Exchange Notes or portions thereof properly
tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Exchange Notes or portions thereof so
tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Exchange Notes
so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate
principal amount of Exchange Notes or portions thereof being purchased by
the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Exchange Notes so
tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Exchange Notes, and the Trustee
will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry)
to each Holder a new Exchange Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Exchange
Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

The Indenture provides that, prior to mailing a Change of Control Offer,
but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, the Company will
either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or offer to repay all Senior Debt and
terminate all commitments thereunder of each lender who has accepted such offer
or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing
outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Exchange Notes required by
this covenant. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of
Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment
Date.

The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable
whether or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as
described above with respect to a Change of

101
<PAGE>

Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of
the Exchange Notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the
Exchange Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar
transaction.

The Senior Credit Facilities will prohibit the Company from purchasing any
Exchange Notes, and also provides that certain change of control events with
respect to the Company would constitute a default thereunder. Any future credit
agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Company
becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In the event a
Change of Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from
purchasing Exchange Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to
the purchase of Exchange Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings
that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or
repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing
Exchange Notes. In such case, the Company's failure to purchase tendered
Exchange Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture, the
May 1998 Indenture and 1997 Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a
default under the Senior Credit Facilities. In such circumstances, the
subordination provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payments to the
Holders of Exchange Notes. See "Risk Factors -- We are Required to Take Certain
Actions Upon a Change of Control". Finally, the Company's ability to pay cash
to the holders of Exchange Notes upon a purchase may be limited by the
Company's then-existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that
sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required
purchases. Even if sufficient funds were otherwise available, the terms of the
Senior Credit Facilities will prohibit, subject to certain exceptions, the
Company's prepayment of Exchange Notes prior to their scheduled maturity.
Consequently, if the Company is not able to prepay indebtedness outstanding
under the Senior Credit Facilities and any other Senior Debt containing similar
restrictions or obtain requisite consents, the Company will be unable to
fulfill its repurchase obligations if holders of Exchange Notes exercise their
purchase rights following a Change of Control, thereby resulting in a default
under the Indenture, the May 1998 Indenture and 1997 Indenture. Furthermore,
the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture, the May 1998 Indenture and
1997 Indenture may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a
takeover of the Company.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a
Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set
forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the
Company and purchases all Exchange Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
under such Change of Control Offer.

"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other
than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related
transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" (as such term
is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Principals
or their Related Parties (as defined below);

(ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution
of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation,
any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any "person" (as
defined above), other than the Principals and their Related Parties,
becomes the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and
Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than
50% of the Voting Stock of the Company (measured by voting power rather
than number of shares); or

(iv) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors.

"Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member
of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

102
<PAGE>

(i) was a member of such Board of Directors on May 22, 1998; or

(ii) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors
with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were
members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

"Principals" means any Lehman Investor, Lockheed Martin Corporation, Frank
C. Lanza and Robert V. LaPenta.

"Related Party" with respect to any Principal means:

(i) any controlling stockholder, 50% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or
spouse or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of such
Principal; or

(ii) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the
beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially
holding a more than 50% controlling interest of which consist of such
Principal and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately
preceding clause (i).

"Voting Stock" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of
such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board
of Directors of such Person.

With respect to the disposition of assets, the phrase "all or
substantially all" as used in the Indenture varies according to the facts and
circumstances of the subject transaction and is subject to judicial
interpretation. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of
uncertainty in ascertaining whether a particular transaction would involve a
disposition of "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Company, and
therefore it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and
whether the holders have the right to require the Company to purchase the
Notes. In the event that the Company were to determine that a Change of Control
did not occur because not "all or substantially all" of the assets of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries had been sold and the holders of the
Notes disagreed with such determination, the holders and/or the Trustee would
need to seek a judicial determination of the issue.

ASSET SALES

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be)
receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the
fair market value (evidenced by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the
Trustee which will include a resolution of the Board of Directors with
respect to such fair market value in the event such Asset Sale involves
aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million) of the assets or Equity
Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(ii) at least 80% of the consideration therefor received by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, consists of cash, Cash
Equivalents and/or Marketable Securities;

provided, however, that:

(A) the amount of any Senior Debt of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary that is assumed by the transferee in any such transaction;
and

(B) any consideration received by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, that consists of (1) all or
substantially all of the assets of one or more Similar Businesses, (2)
other long-term assets that are used or useful in one or more Similar
Businesses and (3) Permitted Securities shall be deemed to be cash for
purposes of this provision.

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale,
the Company may apply such Net Proceeds, at its option:

103
<PAGE>

(i) to repay Indebtedness under a Credit Facility; or

(ii) to the acquisition of Permitted Securities, all or substantially all
of the assets of one or more Similar Businesses, or the making of a capital
expenditure or the acquisition of other long-term assets in a Similar
Business.

Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may
temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or otherwise invest
such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture. Any
Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in
the first sentence of this paragraph will be deemed to constitute "Excess
Proceeds". When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million,
the 1997 Indenture provides that the Company will be required to make an offer
to all holders of 1997 Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum
principal amount of 1997 Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess
Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the
1997 Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of 1997 Notes tendered
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the remaining Excess Proceeds
("Remaining Excess Proceeds") and the sum of:

(A) such amount of Remaining Excess Proceeds; and

(B) the Remaining Excess Proceeds from any subsequent Asset Sale
Offers exceeds $3.0 million,

the Company will be required to make an offer to all Holders of Exchange Notes
and any other Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Exchange Notes
(including the May 1998 Notes) that, by its terms, requires the Company to
offer to repurchase such Indebtedness with such Remaining Excess Proceeds (a
"Secondary Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes
and pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of such Remaining Excess
Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of
purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the
extent that the aggregate amount of Exchange Notes or pari passu Indebtedness
tendered pursuant to a Secondary Asset Sale Offer is less than the Remaining
Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any Remaining Excess Proceeds for general
corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes or pari
passu Indebtedness surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of
Remaining Excess Proceeds in a Secondary Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall
repurchase such Indebtedness on a pro rata basis and the Trustee shall select
the Exchange Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of such
offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Senior Credit Facilities will substantially limit the Company's
ability to purchase subordinated Indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes.
Any future credit agreements relating to Senior Debt may contain similar
restrictions. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness -- Senior Credit
Facilities".

CERTAIN COVENANTS

RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution
on account of the Company's or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity
Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with
any merger or consolidation involving the Company) or to the direct or
indirect holders of the Company's or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries'
Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than (A) dividends or
distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the Company or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted

104
<PAGE>

Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable
on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a
Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of
such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in
such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including
without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation
involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or
indirect parent of the Company;

(iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem,
defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is
subordinated to the Exchange Notes except a payment of interest or
principal at Stated Maturity; or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions
set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to
as "Restricted Payments"),

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

(b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and
after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had
been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have
been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first
paragraph of the covenant described below under caption "Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock"; and

(c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all
other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries since April 30, 1997 (excluding Restricted Payments
permitted by clauses (ii) through (vii) of the next succeeding paragraph
or of the kind contemplated by such clauses that were made prior to the
date of the Indenture), is less than the sum of:

(i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the
period (taken as one accounting period) from July 1, 1997 to the end
of the Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which
internal financial statements are available at the time of such
Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such
period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

(ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the
Company since April 30, 1997 from a contribution to its common equity
capital or the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock) or of Disqualified Stock or debt
securities of the Company that have been converted into such Equity
Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or
convertible debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company and
other than Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities that
have been converted into Disqualified Stock); plus

(iii) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made
after April 30, 1997 is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or
repaid for cash, the amount of cash received in connection therewith
(or from the sale of Marketable Securities received in connection
therewith); plus

(iv) to the extent not already included in such Consolidated Net
Income of the Company for such period and without duplication;

(A) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash received as a dividend
from an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

105
<PAGE>

(B) 100% of the cash received upon the sale of Marketable
Securities received as a dividend from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary; and

As of September 30, 1998, the amount that would have been available to
the Company for Restricted Payments pursuant to this paragraph (c) would
have been $158.7 million.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have
complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the
Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the
substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company)
of, other Equity Interests of the Company (other than any Disqualified
Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are
utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or
other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (c) (ii) of the preceding
paragraph;

(iii) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of
subordinated Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) in
exchange for, or with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of,
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

(iv) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for
value of common Equity Interests of the Company or Holdings held by any
future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company
or any Subsidiary or Holdings issued pursuant to any management equity plan
or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or
agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted
Payments made under this clause (iv) does not exceed $1.5 million in any
calendar year and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing
to the Company from members of management of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests
of the Company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for
purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

(v) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of
stock options upon surrender of Equity Interests to pay the exercise price
of such options;

(vi) payments to Holdings (A) in amounts equal to the amounts required
for Holdings to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain its
legal existence and provide for other operating costs of up to $500,000 per
fiscal year and (B) in amounts equal to amounts required for Holdings to
pay federal, state and local income taxes to the extent such income taxes
are actually due and owing; provided that the aggregate amount paid under
this clause (B) does not exceed the amount that the Company would be
required to pay in respect of the income of the Company and its
Subsidiaries if the Company were a stand alone entity that was not owned by
Holdings; and

(vii) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since May 22, 1998
not to exceed $20.0 million.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted
Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause
a Default. For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding
Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the
extent repaid in cash) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be
Restricted Payments at the time of such designation and will reduce the amount
available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of this covenant.
All such outstanding Investments will be deemed to constitute

106
<PAGE>

Investments in an amount equal to the fair market value of such Investments at
the time of such designation. Such designation will only be permitted if such
Restricted Payment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted
Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair
market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or
securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such
Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair
market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined by the
Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to
the Trustee. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the
Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such
Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the
calculations required by the covenant "Restricted Payments" were computed.

INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or
otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Debt) and that the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock;
provided, however, that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue shares of preferred stock if
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company's most recently ended four full
fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is
incurred or such preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0,
determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net
proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or
the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of
such four-quarter period.

The foregoing limitation will not apply to the incurrence of any of the
following items of Indebtedness (collectively, "Permitted Debt"):

(i) the incurrence by the Company of additional Indebtedness under Credit
Facilities (and the guarantee thereof by the Guarantors) in an aggregate
principal amount outstanding pursuant to this clause (i) at any one time
(with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to
the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries thereunder), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
then outstanding incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (i), not to exceed $375.0
million less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales
applied to repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described
above under the caption "--Asset Sales";

(ii) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Existing Indebtedness;

(iii) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of $200.0 million
in aggregate principal amount of each of the Old Notes and the Exchange
Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees thereof;

(iv) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings or purchase money obligations, in each case incurred for the
purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of
construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the
business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate
principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness then
outstanding incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed $30.0 million at any
time outstanding;

107
<PAGE>

(v) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Indebtedness in connection with the acquisition of assets or a new
Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Indebtedness was incurred by the
prior owner of such assets or such Restricted Subsidiary prior to such
acquisition by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and was
not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition
by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and provided further
that the principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of such
Indebtedness, together with any other outstanding Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to this clause (v), does not exceed $10.0 million;

(vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds
of which are used to refund, refinance or replace, Indebtedness that was
permitted by the Indenture to be incurred (other than intercompany
Indebtedness or Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (i) above);

(vii) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters
of credit issued in the ordinary course of business in respect of workers'
compensation claims or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect
to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers' compensation claims;
provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the
incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30
days following such drawing or incurrence;

(viii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase
price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in
connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary,
other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all
or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of
financing such acquisition; provided, however, that:

(A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to
in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the
balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet
for purposes of this clause (A)); and

(B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such
Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including
noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being
measured at the time received and without giving effect to any
subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(ix) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(A) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such
Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in
cash of all Obligations with respect to the Exchange Notes; and

(B)(1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that
results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the
Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) any sale or other
transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the
Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed, in each
case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;

(x) the incurrence by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Hedging
Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of:

(A) fixing, hedging or capping interest rate risk with respect to any
floating rate Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the
Indenture to be outstanding; or

108
<PAGE>

(B) protecting the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries against
changes in currency exchange rates;

(xi) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that
was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant;

(xii) the incurrence by the Company's Unrestricted Subsidiaries of
Non-Recourse Debt, provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness ceases
to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall be
deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that was not permitted by this clause (xii), and
the issuance of preferred stock by Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xiii) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and
completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and

(xiv) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted
value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness then outstanding incurred to refund, refinance or
replace any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xiv), not
to exceed $50.0 million.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event
that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xiv) above or is
entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the
Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify, or later reclassify, such item
of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant. Accrual of
interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the
form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

LIENS

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur,
assume or suffer to exist any Lien securing Indebtedness on any asset now owned
or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey
any right to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens.

ANTILAYERING PROVISION

The Indenture provides that (i) the Company will not incur, create, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt and senior in any
respect in right of payment to the Exchange Notes, and (ii) no Guarantor will
incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any
Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior
Debt of a Guarantor and senior in any respect in right of payment to any of the
Subsidiary Guarantees.

DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise
cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on
the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i)(A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with
respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its
profits, or (B) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; or

109
<PAGE>

(iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries,

except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(A) the provisions of security agreements that restrict the transfer
of assets that are subject to a Lien created by such security
agreements;

(B) the provisions of agreements governing Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to clause (v) of the second paragraph of the covenant described
above under the caption "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock";

(D) applicable law;

(E) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person
acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in
effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such
Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such
acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the
Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided
that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by
the terms of the Indenture to be incurred;

(F) by reason of customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered
into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past
practices;

(G) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary
course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described in
clause (iii) above on the property so acquired;

(H) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions
contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness are no more restrictive than those contained in the
agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(I) contracts for the sale of assets, including, without limitation,
customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an
agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all
or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(J) agreements relating to secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to
be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under "Limitations on
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" and "Liens"
that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing
such Indebtedness;

(K) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of
business; or

(L) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar
agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business.

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ASSETS

The Indenture provides that the Company may not consolidate or merge with
or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another
corporation, Person or entity unless:

(i) the Company is the surviving corporation or the entity or the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the
Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or
existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia;

110
<PAGE>

(ii) the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
or merger (if other than the Company) or the entity or Person to which such
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall
have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the
Exchange Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a
form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(iii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default
exists; and

(iv) except in the case of a merger of the Company with or into a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or the entity or
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other
than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition shall have been made, after giving pro
forma effect to such transaction as if such transaction had occurred at the
beginning of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such
transaction either:

(A) would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth
in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption
"-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock"; or

(B) would have a pro forma Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that is greater
than the actual Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the same four-quarter
period without giving pro forma effect to such transaction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (iv):

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer
all or part of its properties and assets to the Company; and

(ii) the Company may merge with an Affiliate that has no significant
assets or liabilities and was incorporated solely for the purpose of
reincorporating the Company in another State of the United States so long
as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease,
transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or
purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any
transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee
with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an
"Affiliate Transaction"), unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to
the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have
been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$5.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an
Officers' Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction
complies with clause (i) above and that such Affiliate Transaction has
been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of
Directors; and

(B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$15.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Holders of such
Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an
accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

111
<PAGE>

(i) any employment agreement entered into by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) any transaction with a Lehman Investor;

(iii) any transaction between or among the Company and/or its Restricted
Subsidiaries;

(iv) transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Lockheed Martin or any of its
Subsidiaries or a Permitted Joint Venture, on the other hand, on terms that
are not materially less favorable to the Company or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company than those that could have been
obtained from an unaffiliated third party; provided that (A) in the case of
any such transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to this
clause (iv) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million but
less than $25.0 million, such transaction or series of transactions (or the
agreement pursuant to which the transactions were executed) was approved by
the Company's Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer and (B) in
the case of any such transaction or series of related transactions pursuant
to this clause (iv) involving aggregate consideration equal to or in excess
of $25.0 million, such transaction or series of related transactions (or
the agreement pursuant to which the transactions were executed) was
approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of
Directors;

(v) any transaction pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of
the Transaction Documents as the same are in effect on the Issue Date; and

(vi) any Restricted Payment that is permitted by the provisions of the
Indenture described above under the caption "-- Restricted Payments".

PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT

The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of
any Exchange Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment
of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Exchange Notes unless
such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the
Exchange Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set
forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or
agreement.

REPORTS

Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on
an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly
reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission, the
Indenture requires the Company to file with the Commission (and provide the
Trustee and Holders with copies thereof, without cost to each Holder, within 15
days after it files them with the Commission):

(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on
Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information
required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or
comparable form);

(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal
quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or
comparable form);

(c) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required
to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or
comparable form); and

(d) any other information, documents and other reports which the Company
would be required to file with the Commission if it were subject to Section
13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

112
<PAGE>

provided, however, the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports
with the Commission if the Commission does not permit such filing, in which
event the Company will make available such information to prospective
purchasers of Exchange Notes, in addition to providing such information to the
Trustee and the Holders, in each case within 15 days after the time the Company
would be required to file such information with the Commission, if it were
subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

FUTURE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

The Company's payment obligations under the Exchange Notes is jointly and
severally guaranteed by all of the Company's existing and future Restricted
Subsidiaries, other than Foreign Subsidiaries. The Indenture provides that if
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall acquire or create a Subsidiary
(other than a Foreign Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary) after the Issue
Date, then such Subsidiary shall execute a Subsidiary Guarantee and deliver an
opinion of counsel, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. The
Subsidiary Guarantee of each Guarantor ranks pari passu with the guarantees of
the May 1998 Notes and the 1997 Notes and is subordinated to the prior payment
in full of all Senior Debt of such Guarantor, which would include the
guarantees of amounts borrowed under the Senior Credit Facilities. The
obligations of each Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee is limited so as
not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

The Indenture provides that no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge
with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another
Person (except the Company or another Guarantor) unless:

(i) subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such
Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance
or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of
such Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes and the Indenture;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or
Event of Default exists; and

(iii) the Company:

(A) would be permitted by virtue of the Company's pro forma Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio, immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant
to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the covenant
described above under the caption "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock"; or

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph:

(i) any Guarantor may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or
part of its properties and assets to the Company; and

(ii) any Guarantor may merge with an Affiliate that has no significant
assets or liabilities and was incorporated solely for the purpose of
reincorporating such Guarantor in another State of the United States so
long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

The Indenture provides that in the event of a sale or other disposition of
all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or
otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the capital stock of any
Guarantor, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by
way of such a merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock
of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a
sale or other disposition of all of the assets of

113
<PAGE>

such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other
disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the
Indenture. See "-- Repurchase at Option of Holders -- Asset Sales".

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

The Indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an Event of
Default:

(i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or Liquidated
Damages on the Exchange Notes (whether or not prohibited by the
subordination provisions of the Indenture);

(ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any,
on the Exchange Notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination
provisions of the Indenture);

(iii) failure by the Company to comply with the provisions described
under the captions "-- Change of Control", "-- Asset Sales" or "-- Merger,
Consolidation or Sale of Assets";

(iv) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with any
of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Exchange Notes;

(v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there
may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now
exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which default results in the
acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in
each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness the maturity of which has
been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more;

(vi) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay
final judgments aggregating in excess of $10.0 million, which judgments are
not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee
shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid.

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Exchange
Notes may declare all the Exchange Notes to be due and payable immediately;
provided, however, that so long as any Designated Senior Debt is outstanding,
such declaration shall not become effective until the earlier of:

(i) the day which is five Business Days after receipt by the
Representatives of Designated Senior Debt of such notice of acceleration;
or

(ii) the date of acceleration of any Designated Senior Debt.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Exchange Notes will become due and
payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Exchange Notes may not
enforce the Indenture or the Exchange Notes except as provided in the
Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Exchange Notes may direct the Trustee in its
exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the
Exchange Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a
Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest)
if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful
action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with
the intention of avoiding payment of the

114
<PAGE>

premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected
to redeem the Exchange Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of
the Indenture, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due
and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the
Exchange Notes. If an Event of Default occurs prior to August 1, 2003 by reason
of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the
Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the
Exchange Notes prior to August 1, 2003, then the premium specified in the
Indenture shall also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted
by law upon the acceleration of the Exchange Notes.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange
Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of
all of the Exchange Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and
its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of
Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Exchange Notes.

The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon
becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the
Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company
under the Exchange Notes and the Indenture or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of
Exchange Notes by accepting an Exchange Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the Exchange Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under
the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a
waiver is against public policy.

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its
obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Exchange Notes ("Legal
Defeasance") except for:

(i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Exchange Notes to receive
payments in respect of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if
any, and interest on such Exchange Notes when such payments are due from
the trust referred to below;

(ii) the Company's obligations with respect to the Exchange Notes
concerning issuing temporary Exchange Notes, registration of Exchange
Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Exchange Notes and the
maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security
payments held in trust;

(iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee,
and the Company's obligations in connection therewith; and

(iv) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have
the obligations of the Company released with respect to certain covenants that
are described in the Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any
omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or
Event of Default with respect to the Exchange Notes. In the event Covenant
Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy,
receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under "Events of
Default" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the
Exchange Notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(i) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for
the benefit of the Holders of the Exchange Notes, cash in U.S. dollars,
non-callable Government Securities, or a

115
<PAGE>

combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion
of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay
the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on
the outstanding Exchange Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable
redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether
the Exchange Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular
redemption date;

(ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to
the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the
Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable
federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based
thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the
outstanding Exchange Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and
will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal
Defeasance had not occurred;

(iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the
outstanding Exchange Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and
will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant
Defeasance had not occurred;

(iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default
resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or
insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are
concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date
of deposit;

(v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material
agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is bound;

(vi) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel
to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust
funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally;

(vii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of
preferring the Holders of Exchange Notes over the other creditors of the
Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
creditors of the Company or others; and

(viii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent
provided for relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance
have been complied with.

TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE

A Holder may transfer or exchange Exchange Notes in accordance with the
Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the
Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or
permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange
any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer
or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Exchange
Notes to be redeemed.

116
<PAGE>

The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture or
the Exchange Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the
Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Exchange Notes then
outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection
with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Exchange Notes), and
any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the
Exchange Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Exchange Notes (including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Exchange
Notes).

Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may
not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(i) reduce the principal amount of Exchange Notes whose Holders must
consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or
alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Exchange Notes
(other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the
caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders");

(iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on
any Note;

(iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of
or premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Exchange
Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Exchange Notes by the
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Exchange Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
acceleration);

(v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the
Exchange Notes;

(vi) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to
waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Exchange Notes to
receive payments of principal of or premium and Liquidated Damages, if any,
or interest on the Exchange Notes;

(vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a
payment required by one of the covenants described above under the caption
"-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders"); or

(viii) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.

In addition, any amendment to the provisions of Article 10 of the
Indenture (which relates to subordination) requires the consent of the Holders
of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes then
outstanding if such amendment would adversely affect the rights of Holders of
Exchange Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder of
Exchange Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the
Indenture or the Exchange Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency,
to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Exchange Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to
Holders of Exchange Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation, to make any
change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of
Exchange Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the
Indenture of any such Holder, or to comply with requirements of the Commission
in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act.

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee,
should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in
certain cases, or to realize on certain

117
<PAGE>

property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The
Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires
any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply
to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Exchange Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee,
subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of
Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required,
in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the
conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be
under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture
at the request of any Holder of Exchange Notes, unless such Holder shall have
offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any
loss, liability or expense.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture and
Registration Rights Agreement without charge by writing to L-3 Communications
Corporation, 600 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10016, Attention: Vice
President -- Finance.

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

The certificates representing the Exchange Notes will be issued in fully
registered form and will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for the
Depository Trust Company, New York, New York (the "Depository") and registered
in the name of a nominee of the Depository.

The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at
the offices of the Registrar.

DEPOSITORY PROCEDURES

The Depository has advised the Company that the Depository is a
limited-purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating
organizations (collectively, the "Participants") and to facilitate the
clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between
Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Participants.
The Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial
Purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations. Access to the Depository's system is also available to other
entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through
or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or
indirectly (collectively, "Indirect Participants"). Persons who are not
Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of the
Depository only through the Participants or Indirect Participants. The
ownership interest and transfer of ownership interest of each actual purchaser
of each security held by or on behalf of the Depository are recorded on the
records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.

The Depository has also advised the Company that pursuant to procedures
established by it, (i) upon deposit of the Global Exchange Notes, the
Depository will credit the accounts of Participants designated by the Initial
Purchasers with portions of the principal amount of Global Exchange Notes and
(ii) ownership of such interests in the Global Exchange Notes will be shown on,
and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records
maintained by the Depository (with respect to Participants) or by Participants
and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial
interests in the Global Exchange Notes).

Investors in the Global Note may hold their interests therein directly
through the Depository, if they are Participants in such system, or indirectly
through organizations (including Euroclear and CEDEL) that are Participants in
such system. Investors in the Regulation S Global Note must initially hold
their interests therein through Euroclear or CEDEL, if they are participants in
such systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such
systems. After the expiration of the Restricted Period (but not earlier),
investors may also hold interests in the Regulation S Global Note

118
<PAGE>

through organizations other than Euroclear and CEDEL that are Participants in
the Depository system. Euroclear and CEDEL will hold interests in the
Regulation S Global Note on behalf of their Participants through customers'
securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective
depositories, which are Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels
office, as operator of Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A. as operator of CEDEL. The
depositories, in turn, will hold such interests in the Regulation S Global Note
in customers' securities accounts in the depositories' names on the books of
the Depository. All interests in a Global Note, including those held through
Euroclear or CEDEL, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of the
Depository. Those interests held by Euroclear or CEDEL may be also be subject
to the procedures and requirements of such system.

The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical
delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the
ability to transfer beneficial interest in a Global Note to such persons may be
limited to that extent. Because the Depository can act only on behalf of
Participants, which in turn act on behalf of Indirect Participants and certain
banks, the ability of a person having a beneficial interest in a Global Note to
pledge such interest to persons or entities that do not participate in the
Depository system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may
be affected by the lack of physical certificate evidencing such interests. For
certain other restrictions on the transferability of the Notes see, "--
Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes".

EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED BELOW, OWNERS OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL EXCHANGE
NOTES WILL NOT HAVE EXCHANGE NOTES REGISTERED IN THEIR NAMES, WILL NOT RECEIVE
PHYSICAL DELIVERY OF EXCHANGE NOTES IN CERTIFICATED FORM AND WILL NOT BE
CONSIDERED THE REGISTERED OWNERS OR HOLDERS THEREOF UNDER THE INDENTURE FOR ANY
PURPOSE.

Payments in respect of the principal and premium and Liquidated Damages,
if any, and interest on a Global Note registered in the name of the Depository
or its nominee will be payable by the Trustee to the Depository or its nominee
in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture. Under the terms
of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee will treat the persons in whose
names the Exchange Notes, including the Global Exchange Notes, are registered
as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments and for any
and all other purposes whatsoever. Consequently, neither the Company, the
Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee has or will have any
responsibility or liability for (i) any aspect of the Depository's records or
any Participant's or Indirect Participant's records relating to or payments
made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Exchange Notes,
or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of the Depository's records or
any Participant's or Indirect Participant's records relating to the beneficial
ownership interests in the Global Exchange Notes or (ii) any other matter
relating to the actions and practices of the Depository or any of its
Participants or Indirect Participants.

The Depository has advised the Company that its current practices, upon
receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the Exchange Notes
(including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant
Participants with the payment on the payment date, in amounts proportionate to
their respective holdings in principal amount of beneficial interests in the
relevant security such as the Global Exchange Notes as shown on the records of
the Depository. Payments by Participants and the Indirect Participants to the
beneficial owners of Exchange Notes will be governed by standing instructions
and customary practices and will not be the responsibility of the Depository,
the Trustee or the Company. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable
for any delay by the Depository or its Participants in identifying the
beneficial owners of the Exchange Notes, and the Company and the Trustee may
conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from the
Depository or its nominee as the registered owner of the Exchange Notes for all
purposes.

Except for trades involving only Euroclear and CEDEL participants,
interests in the Global Exchange Notes will trade in the Depository's Same-Day
Funds Settlement System and secondary market trading activity in such interests
will, therefore, settle in immediately available funds, subject in all cases to
the rules and procedures of the Depository and its participants.

119
<PAGE>

Transfers between Participants in the Depository will be effected in
accordance with the Depository's procedures, and will be settled in same-day
funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear and CEDEL will be effected
in the ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules and operating
procedures.

Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Exchange Notes described herein, crossmarket transfers between Participants in
the Depository, on the one hand, and Euroclear or CEDEL participants, on the
other hand, will be effected through the Depository in accordance with the
Depository's rules on behalf of Euroclear or CEDEL, as the case may be, by its
respective depository; however, such cross-market transactions will require
delivery of instructions to Euroclear or CEDEL, as the case may be, by the
counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and
within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or
CEDEL, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement
requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depository to take action
to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests
in the relevant Global Exchange Note in the Depository, and making or receiving
payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day fund settlement
applicable to the Depository. Euroclear participants and CEDEL participants may
not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries for Euroclear or CEDEL.

Because of time zone differences, the securities accounts of a Euroclear
or CEDEL participant purchasing an interest in a Global Exchange Note from a
Participant in the Depository will be credited, and any such crediting will be
reported to the relevant Euroclear or CEDEL participant, during the securities
settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear or CEDEL)
immediately following the settlement date of the Depository. Cash received in
Euroclear or CEDEL as a result of sales of interests in a Global Exchange Note
by or through a Euroclear or CEDEL participant to a Participant in the
Depository will be received with value on the settlement date of the Depository
but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or CEDEL cash account only as
of the business day for Euroclear or CEDEL following the Depository's
settlement date.

The Depository has advised the Company that it will take any action
permitted to be taken by a Holder of Exchange Notes only at the direction of
one or more Participants to whose account the Depository interests in the
Global Exchange Notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the
aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes as to which such Participant
or Participants has or have given direction. However, if there is an Event of
Default under the Exchange Notes, the Depository reserves the right to exchange
Exchange Global Notes for legended Exchange Notes in certificated form, and to
distribute such Exchange Notes to its Participants.

The information in this section concerning the Depository, Euroclear and
CEDEL and their book-entry systems has been obtained from sources that the
Company believes to be reliable, but the Company takes no responsibility for
the accuracy thereof.

Although the Depository, Euroclear and CEDEL have agreed to the foregoing
procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Note among
participants in the Depository, Euroclear and CEDEL, they are under no
obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and such
procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of the Company, the Initial
Purchasers or the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by
the Depository, Euroclear or CEDEL or their respective participants or indirect
participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures
governing their operations.

EXCHANGE OF BOOK-ENTRY NOTES FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES

A Global Note is exchangeable for definitive Exchange Notes in registered
certificated form if (i) the Depository (A) notifies the Company that it is
unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the Global Note and the
Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor depository or (B) has ceased to
be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act or (ii) the Company, at
its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause issuance of
the Exchange Notes in certificated form. In addition, beneficial interests in a
Global Note may be exchanged for certificated Exchange Notes upon

120
<PAGE>

request but only upon at least 20 days prior written notice given to the
Trustee by or on behalf of the Depository in accordance with customary
procedures. In all cases, certificated Exchange Notes delivered in exchange for
any Global Note or beneficial interest therein will be registered in names, and
issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the
Depository (in accordance with its customary procedures).

CERTIFICATED EXCHANGE NOTES

Subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in
the Global Note may, upon request to the Trustee, exchange such beneficial
interest for Exchange Notes in the form of certificated Notes. Upon any such
issuance, the Trustee is required to register such certificated Exchange Notes
in the name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such person or persons
(or the nominee of any thereof). In addition, if (i) the Company notifies the
Trustee in writing that the Depository is no longer willing or able to act as a
depository and the Company is unable to locate a qualified successor within 90
days or (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that
it elects to cause the issuance of Exchange Notes in the form of certificated
Exchange Notes under the Indenture, then, upon surrender by the Global Note
Holder of its Global Note, Exchange Notes in such form will be issued to each
person that the Global Note Holder and the Depository identify as being the
beneficial owner of the related Exchange Notes.

Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the
Global Note Holder or the Depository in identifying the beneficial owners of
Exchange Notes and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and
will be protected in relying on, instructions from the Global Note Holder or
the Depository for all purposes.

SAME DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT

The Indenture requires that payments in respect of the Exchange Notes
represented by the Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, interest
and Liquidated Damages, if any) be made by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. With
respect to certificated Exchange Notes, the Company will make all payments of
principal, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the
Holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each
such Holder's registered address. The Company expects that secondary trading in
the certificated Exchange Notes will also be settled in immediately available
funds.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers entered into the
Registration Rights Agreement on or prior to the Issue Date. Pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors agreed to file
with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement on the
appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to the Exchange Notes.
Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the
Company will offer to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to
the Exchange Offer who are able to make certain representations the opportunity
to exchange their Transfer Restricted Securities for Exchange Notes. If:

(i) the Company and the Guarantors are not required to file the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement or permitted to consummate the Exchange Offer
because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission
policy; or

(ii) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies the Company
prior to the 20th day following consummation of the Exchange Offer that:

(A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in
the Exchange Offer; or

121
<PAGE>

(B) that it may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the
Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the
prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not
appropriate or available for such resales; or

the Company and the Guarantors will file with the Commission a Shelf
Registration Statement to cover resales of the Exchange Notes by the Holders
thereof who satisfy certain conditions relating to the provision of information
in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. The Company and the
Guarantors will use their best efforts to cause the applicable registration
statement to be declared effective as promptly as possible by the Commission.

For purposes of the foregoing, "Transfer Restricted Securities" means each
Old Note until:

(i) the date on which such Old Note has been exchanged by a person other
than a broker-dealer for an Exchange Note in the Exchange Offer;

(ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer of
an Old Note for an Exchange Note, the date on which such Exchange Note is
sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the
date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement;

(iii) the date on which such Old Note has been effectively registered
under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf
Registration Statement; or

(iv) the date on which such Old Note is distributed to the public
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act.

The Registration Rights Agreement provides that:

(i) the Company and the Guarantors will file an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to 90 days after the
Issue Date;

(ii) the Company and the Guarantors will use their best efforts to have
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement declared effective by the
Commission on or prior to 150 days after the Issue Date;

(iii) unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law
or Commission policy, the Company and the Guarantors will commence the
Exchange Offer and use their best efforts to issue on or prior to 30
business days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement was declared effective by the Commission, new Exchange Notes in
exchange for all new Exchange Notes tendered prior thereto in the Exchange
Offer; and

(iv) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company
and the Guarantors will use their best efforts to file the Shelf
Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to 30 days after
such filing obligation arises and to cause the Shelf Registration Statement
to be declared effective by the Commission on or prior to 90 days after
such obligation arises.

If:

(A) the Company and the Guarantors fail to file any of the
Registration Statements required by the Registration Rights Agreement on
or before the date specified above for such filing;

(B) any of such Registration Statements is not declared effective by
the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness
(the "Effectiveness Target Date");

(C) the Company and the Guarantors fail to consummate the Exchange
Offer within 30 business days of the Effectiveness Target Date with
respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; or

122
<PAGE>

(D) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be
effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted
Securities during the periods specified in the Registration Rights
Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (A) through (D) above
a "Registration Default"),

then the Company and the Guarantors will pay Liquidated Damages to each Holder
of Old Notes, with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the
occurrence of the first Registration Default in an amount equal to $.05 per
week per $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes held by such Holder. The amount
of the Liquidated Damages will increase by an additional $.05 per week per
$1,000 principal amount of Old Notes with respect to each subsequent 90-day
period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount
of Liquidated Damages of $.50 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Old
Notes. All accrued Liquidated Damages will be paid by the Company and the
Guarantors on each Damages Payment Date to the Global Note Holder by wire
transfer of immediately available funds or by federal funds check and to
Holders of certificated Old Notes by wire transfer to the accounts specified by
them or by mailing checks to their registered addresses if no such accounts
have been specified. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the
accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease.

Holders of Old Notes will be required to make certain representations to
the Company and the Guarantors (as described in the Registration Rights
Agreement) in order to participate in the Exchange Offer and will be required
to deliver information to be used in connection with the Shelf Registration
Statement and to provide comments on the Shelf Registration Statement within
the time periods set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement in order to
have their Old Notes included in the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit
from the provisions regarding Liquidated Damages set forth above.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference
is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as
any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

"1997 Indenture" means the indenture, dated as of April 30, 1997, among
The Bank of New York, as trustee, and the Company, with respect to the 1997
Notes.

"1997 Notes" means the $225,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the
Company's 10 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007, issued pursuant to the
1997 Indenture on April 30, 1997.

"Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person:

(i) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other
Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified
Person, including, without limitation, Indebtedness incurred in connection
with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or
becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

(ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by
such specified Person.

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling", "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall
mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause
the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that
beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a Person shall
be deemed to be control.

123
<PAGE>

"Asset Sale" means:

(i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or
rights (including, without limitation, by way of a sale and leaseback)
other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business (provided
that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of the
Indenture described above under the caption "-- Change of Control" and/or
the provisions described above under the caption "-- Merger, Consolidation
or Sale of Assets" and not by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant);
and

(ii) the issue or sale by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of
Equity Interests of any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries,

in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), whether in a single transaction or a
series of related transactions (A) that have a fair market value in excess of
$1.0 million or (B) for net proceeds in excess of $1.0 million.

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(i) a transfer of assets by the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary or by
a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(ii) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the
Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by the covenant described
above under the caption "-- Restricted Payments"; and

(iv) a disposition of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business
will not be deemed to be an Asset Sale.

"Attributable Debt" in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means,
at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of
interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of
the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term
of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any
period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the
lessor, be extended).

"Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that
would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in
accordance with GAAP.

"Capital Stock" means:

(i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all
shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock;

(iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the
right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of
assets of, the issuing Person.

"Cash Equivalents" means:

(i) United States dollars;

(ii) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the
United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof having
maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

(iii) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with
maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers'
acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and

124
<PAGE>

overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic financial
institution to the Senior Credit Facilities or with any domestic commercial
bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thompson
Bank Watch Rating of "B" or better;

(iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii)
above entered into with any financial institution meeting the
qualifications specified in clause (iii) above;

(v) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody's or
S&P and in each case maturing within six months after the date of
acquisition;

(vi) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the
types described in clauses (i)-(v) above; and

(vii) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any State of the
United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having
maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition and
having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either
Moody's or S&P.

"Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:

(i) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized
in connection with an Asset Sale (to the extent such losses were deducted
in computing such Consolidated Net Income); plus

(ii) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such
provision for taxes was included in computing such Consolidated Net Income;
plus

(iii) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not
capitalized (including, without limitation, original issue discount,
non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment
obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital
Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt,
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of
letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if
any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense
was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iv) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill, debt
issuance costs and other intangibles but excluding amortization of other
prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash
expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it
represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period
or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period)
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the
extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses
were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

(v) non-cash items (excluding any items that were accrued in the ordinary
course of business) increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such
period, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance
with GAAP.

"Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance
with GAAP; provided that:

(i) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or
that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included
only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash
to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof that is a
Guarantor;

125
<PAGE>

(ii) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the
extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar
distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at
the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval
(that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of
the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree,
order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that
Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders;

(iii) the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests
transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be
excluded;

(iv) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be
excluded;

(v) the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded,
whether or not distributed to the Company or one of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and

(vi) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be calculated
after deducting preferred stock dividends payable by such Restricted
Subsidiary to Persons other than the Company and its other Restricted
Subsidiaries.

"Consolidated Tangible Assets" means, with respect to the Company, the
total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less
the total intangible assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as
shown on the most recent internal consolidated balance sheet of the Company and
such Restricted Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP.

"Credit Facilities" means, with respect to the Company, one or more debt
facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Credit Facilities) or
commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing
for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including
through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities
formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of
credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded,
replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

"Default" means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

"Designated Senior Debt" means:

(i) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities; and

(ii) any other Senior Debt permitted under the Indenture the principal
amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by
the Company as "Designated Senior Debt".

"Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is
exchangeable, at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of
any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof, in
whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on
which the Notes mature; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would
constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right
to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of
a Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if
the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or
redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such
repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant described above under the
caption "-- Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments"; and provided further,
that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees
of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such
Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be
required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable
statutory or regulatory obligations.

126
<PAGE>

"Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

"Equity Offering" means any public or private sale of equity securities
(excluding Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Holdings, other than any
private sales to an Affiliate of the Company or Holdings.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Existing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company (other than
Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Notes) in existence on
the date of the Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

"Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum,
without duplication, of:

(i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without
limitation, original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the
interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest
component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations,
imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts
and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or
bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to
Hedging Obligations, but excluding amortization of debt issuance costs);

(ii) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;

(iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is
guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured
by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon); and

(iv) the product of:

(A) all dividend payments, whether or not in cash, on any series of
preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
other than dividend payments on Equity Interests payable solely in
Equity Interests of the Company, times

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of
which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local
statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal,

in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

"Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period
to the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
incurs, assumes, Guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness (other than revolving
credit borrowings) or issues preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of
the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but on
or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"), then the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence,
assumption, Guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or
redemption of preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of
the applicable four-quarter reference period. In addition, for purposes of
making the computation referred to above:

(i) acquisitions that have been made by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and
including any related financing transactions, during the four-quarter
reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to
the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of
the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such
reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to clause (iii)
of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income;

127
<PAGE>

(ii) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations,
as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses
disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded; and

(iii) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as
determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed
of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but only to the extent
that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be
obligations of the referent Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
following the Calculation Date.

"Foreign Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was
not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state
thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or has not
guaranteed or otherwise provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the
Company.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which were in effect April 30, 1997.

"Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.

"Guarantors" means each Subsidiary of the Company that executes a
Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, and
their respective successors and assigns.

"Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations
of such Person under:

(i) currency exchange or interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap
agreements and currency exchange or interest rate collar agreements; and

(ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person
against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or interest rates.

"Holdings" means L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc.

"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such
Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by
bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker's acceptances or
representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of
the purchase price of any property or representing any Hedging Obligations,
except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable,
if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of
credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance
sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as all
indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether
or not such indebtedness is assumed by such Person) and, to the extent not
otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of any
other Person. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall
be:

(i) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness that does
not require current payments of interest; and

(ii) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon
that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

"Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations),
advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel, moving and
similar

128
<PAGE>

loans or advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of
business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness,
Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would
be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with
GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise
disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the
Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such
Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to
have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to
the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or
disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the last paragraph of the
covenant described above under the caption "-- Restricted Payments".

"Issue Date" means December 11, 1998.

"Lehman Investor" means Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and any of its
Affiliates.

"Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease
in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement
under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction).

"Marketable Securities" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, any readily
marketable equity securities that are:

(i) traded on The New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or
the Nasdaq National Market; and

(ii) issued by a corporation having a total equity market capitalization
of not less than $250.0 million;

provided that the excess of:

(A) the aggregate amount of securities of any one such corporation
held by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary; over

(B) ten times the average daily trading volume of such securities
during the 20 immediately preceding trading days

shall be deemed not to be Marketable Securities; as determined on the date of
the contract relating to such Asset Sale.

"May 1998 Indenture" means the indenture, dated as of May 22, 1998,
between the Bank of New York, as trustee, and the Company, with respect to the
May 1998 Notes.

"May 1998 Notes" means the $180,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of
the Company's 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated notes due 2008, issued pursuant to the
May 1998 Indenture on May 22, 1998.

"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Services, Inc.

"Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of
such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in
respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

(i) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes
thereon, realized in connection with:

(A) any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, dispositions
pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions); or

(B) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of
such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

129
<PAGE>

(ii) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision
for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss; and

(iii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

"Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without
limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any
non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs
relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting
and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any relocation expenses
incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after
taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing
arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness
secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset
Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset
or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

"Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness:

(i) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries:

(A) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking,
agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness);

(B) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise); or

(ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the
holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted
Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of
any other Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under Credit
Facilities) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare
a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be
accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and

(iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they
will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries.

"Obligations" means any principal, premium (if any), interest (including
interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for
reorganization, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in
such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications,
reimbursement obligations, damages, guarantees and other liabilities or amounts
payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect
thereto.

"Permitted Investments" means:

(i) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that is a Guarantor;

(ii) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

(iii) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and a
Guarantor; or

(B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into,
or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
that is a Guarantor;

(iv) any Restricted Investment made as a result of the receipt of
non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in
compliance with the covenant described above under the caption "--
Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Asset Sales" or any disposition of
assets not constituting an Asset sale;

130
<PAGE>

(v) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(vi) advances to employees not to exceed $2.5 million at any one time
outstanding;

(vii) any Investment acquired in connection with or as a result of a
workout or bankruptcy of a customer or supplier;

(viii) Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under the covenant
described above under the caption "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock";

(ix) any Investment in a Similar Business that is not a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate fair market value of all
Investments outstanding pursuant to this clause (ix) (valued on the date
each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value) may not at any one time exceed 10% of the Consolidated
Tangible Assets of the Company; and

(x) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value
(measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other
Investments made pursuant to this clause (x) that are at the time
outstanding, not to exceed $15.0 million.

"Permitted Joint Venture" means any joint venture, partnership or other
Person designated by the Board of Directors (until designation by the Board of
Directors to the contrary); provided that:

(i) at least 25% of the Capital Stock thereof with voting power under
ordinary circumstances to elect directors (or Persons having similar or
corresponding powers and responsibilities) is at the time owned
(beneficially or directly) by the Company and/or by one or more Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company; and

(ii) such joint venture, partnership or other Person is engaged in a
Similar Business. Any such designation or designation to the contrary shall
be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of
the resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers'
Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing
provisions.

"Permitted Junior Securities" means Equity Interests in the Company or
debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Debt (and any debt
securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt) to substantially the same extent
as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees are
subordinated to Senior Debt pursuant to Article 10 of the Indenture.

"Permitted Liens" means:

(i) Liens securing Senior Debt of the Company or any Guarantor that was
permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred;

(ii) Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor;

(iii) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is
merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the
contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any
assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the
Company;

(iv) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in
existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend
to any other assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(v) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or
appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature
incurred in the ordinary course of business;

131
<PAGE>

(vi) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations)
permitted by clause (iv) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled
"-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" covering
only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;

(vii) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(viii) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims
that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded,
provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be
required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(ix) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that
do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(x) Liens on assets of Guarantors to secure Senior Debt of such
Guarantors that was permitted by the Indenture to be incurred;

(xi) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that any
such Lien does not extend to or cover any property, shares or debt other
than the property, shares or debt securing the Indebtedness so refunded,
refinanced or extended;

(xii) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of
tenders, bids, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds,
government contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other
obligations of a like nature, in each case incurred in the ordinary course
of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

(xiii) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds
of any Person securing such Person's obligations in respect of bankers'
acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate
the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the
ordinary course of business;

(xiv) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits,
and other Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business that are within
the general parameters customary in the industry, in each case securing
Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations; and

(xv) Liens encumbering deposits made in the ordinary course of business
to secure nondelinquent obligations arising from statutory or regulatory,
contractual or warranty requirements of the Company or its Subsidiaries for
which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be
required by GAAP shall have been made.

"Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which
are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided
that:

(i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of
(or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest on, the
Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses and prepayment premiums
incurred in connection therewith);

(ii) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date no
earlier than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to
Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of,
the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded;

(iii) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Exchange
Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of
payment to the Exchange Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders
of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

132
<PAGE>

(iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the
Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

"Permitted Securities" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, Voting Stock
of a Person primarily engaged in one or more Similar Businesses; provided that
after giving effect to the Asset Sale such Person shall become a Restricted
Subsidiary and a Guarantor.

"Representative" means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or
representative for any Senior Debt.

"Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.

"Restricted Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, each Subsidiary
of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"Senior Credit Facilities" means the credit agreement, as in effect on the
Issue Date among the Company and a syndicate of banks and other financial
institutions led by Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as syndication agent, and any
related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees,
including any appendices, exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing (as the
same may be in effect from time to time), in each case, as such agreements may
be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, or refunded,
refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to
time (whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents and lenders
or otherwise, and whether provided under the original credit agreement or other
credit agreements or otherwise).

"Senior Debt" means:

(i) all Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
outstanding under Credit Facilities and all Hedging Obligations with
respect thereto;

(ii) any other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of the Indenture, unless
the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides
that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the
Exchange Notes; and

(iii) all Obligations with respect to the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Debt
will not include:

(i) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing
by the Company;

(ii) any Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries or other
Affiliates;

(iii) any trade payables; or

(iv) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the Indenture. The
1997 Notes and the May 1998 Notes will be pari passu with the Exchange
Notes and will not constitute Senior Debt.

"Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant
subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated
pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

"Similar Business" means a business, a majority of whose revenues in the
most recently ended calendar year were derived from:

(i) the sale of defense products, electronics, communications systems,
aerospace products, avionics products and/or communications products;

(ii) any services related thereto;

(iii) any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a
reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary
thereto; and

133
<PAGE>

(iv) any combination of any of the foregoing.

"Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of interest or
principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of
interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations
to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person:

(i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more
than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled
(without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the
election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the
other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(ii) any partnership (A) the sole general partner or the managing general
partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the
only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

"S&P" means Standard and Poor's Corporation.

"Transaction Documents" means the Indenture, the Exchange Notes, the
Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that is designated by the
Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board
Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(i) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(ii) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who
are not Affiliates of the Company;

(iii) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

(A) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests; or

(B) to maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to
cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;

(iv) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided
credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and

(v) has at least one director on its board of directors that is not a
director or executive officer of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries and has at least one executive officer that is not a director
or executive officer of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution
giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that
such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by
the covenant described above under the caption "Certain Covenants -- Restricted
Payments". If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the
foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease
to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not
permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the
caption "Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock", the Company shall be in default of such covenant).

134
<PAGE>

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such
designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if:

(i) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under the
caption "Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock", calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation
had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and

(ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such
designation.

"Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (A) the amount of
each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other
required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in
respect thereof, by (B) the number of years (calculated to the nearest
one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such
payment; by

(ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

"Wholly Owned" means, when used with respect to any Subsidiary or
Restricted Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary (or Restricted Subsidiary, as
appropriate) of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at
the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries
(or Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, as appropriate) of such Person and
one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (or Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries,
as appropriate) of such Person.

135
<PAGE>

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE

The exchange of Old Notes for Exchange Notes will not constitute a
recognition event for federal income tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or
loss will be recognized by holders upon receipt of the Exchange Notes. For
purposes of determining gain or loss upon the subsequent sale or exchange of
Exchange Notes, a Holder's basis in Exchange Notes will be the same as such
Holder's basis in the Old Notes exchanged therefor. Holders will be considered
to have held the Exchange Notes from the time of their original acquisition of
the Old Notes.

IN ANY EVENT, PERSONS CONSIDERING THE EXCHANGE OF OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE
NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE UNITED STATES
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL
AS ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER TAXING JURISDICTIONS.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This
prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in
exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. To the extent any such
broker-dealer participates in the Exchange Offer and so notifies the Company,
or causes the Company to be so notified in writing, the Company has agreed that
a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, it will make this
prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to such broker-dealer for use
in connection with any such resale, and will promptly send additional copies of
this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any
broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal.

The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes
by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or
more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions,
through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such
methods of resale, at prevailing market prices at the time of resale, at prices
related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such
resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers
who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any
such broker-dealer or the purchasers or any such Exchange Notes. Any
broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that
participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on any
such resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by
any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it
will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer
(other than commissions and concessions of any broker-dealers), subject to
certain prescribed limitations, and will indemnify the holders of the Old Notes
against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities that may arise under
the Securities Act.

By its acceptance of the Exchange Offer, any broker-dealer that receives
Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer hereby agrees to notify the
Company prior to using the prospectus in connection with the sale or transfer
of Exchange Notes, and acknowledges and agrees that, upon receipt of notice
from the Company of the happening of any event which makes any statement in
this prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of
any changes in this prospectus in order to make the statements therein not
misleading or which may impose upon the Company disclosure obligations that may
have a material adverse effect on the Company (which notice the Company agrees
to deliver promptly to such broker-dealer), such broker-dealer will

136
<PAGE>

suspend use of this prospectus until the Company has notified such
broker-dealer that delivery of this prospectus may resume and has furnished
copies of any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to such broker-dealer.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Company by Simpson
Thacher & Bartlett, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The (i) consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 1997
and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders'
equity and cash flows for the nine months then ended, (ii) combined statements
of operations, changes in invested equity and cash flows of the Predecessor
Company for the three months ended March 31, 1997, (iii) combined balance sheet
of the Predecessor Company as of December 31, 1996 and the related combined
statements of operations, changes in invested equity and cash flows for the
year then ended, (iv) combined statement of operations and cash flows of the
Loral Acquired Businesses for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and for the
year ended December 31, 1995 and (v) the combined balance sheet of AlliedSignal
Ocean Systems (a wholly-owned operation of AlliedSignal, Inc.) and the related
combined statements of operations, cash flows and equity for the year then
ended have been included in this prospectus and the Registration Statement in
reliance of the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent auditors,
given in the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The
report on the combined financial statements of the Predecessor Company for the
year ended December 31, 1996 indicates that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP's
opinion, insofar as it relates to the financial statements of the Lockheed
Martin Communications Systems Division included in such combined financial
statements, is based solely on the report of other auditors.

The consolidated financial statements of SPD Technologies Inc. and
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 and for the years then
ended have been included in this prospectus and the Registration Statement in
reliance of the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, independent certified public
accountants, upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and
auditing.

The combined financial statements of Lockheed Martin Communications
Systems Division as of and for the year ended December 31, 1996 (not presented
separately herein) and for the year ended December 31, 1995, and the financial
statements of the Satellite Transmission Systems Division of California
Microwave, Inc. as of June 30, 1997 and 1996 and for each of the three years in
the period ended June 30, 1997, have been included in this prospectus and the
Registration Statement in reliance on the reports of Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors, set forth in their reports therein appearing elsewhere
herein, and are included in such reports given upon the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of ILEX Systems, Inc. as of December
31, 1997, and for the year then ended have been included in this prospectus and
the Registration Statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG Peat Marwick
LLP, independent certified public accountants appearing elsewhere herein, and
upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

137
<PAGE>

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
(AND THE PREDECESSOR COMPANY)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Condensed Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements as of September 30, 1998
(Unaudited) and December 31, 1997 and for the three and nine months ended
September 30, 1998 (Unaudited), and the three and six months ended September 30,
1997 (Unaudited) and the three months ended March 31, 1997 ......................... F-3
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1998 (Unaudited) and
December 31, 1997 ............................................................... F-4
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended
September 30, 1998 and 1997 (Unaudited) . ........................................ F-5
Condensed Consolidated (Combined) Statements of Operations for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998 (Unaudited), the six months ended September 30, 1997
(Unaudited) and the three months ended March 31, 1997 ............................ F-6
Condensed Consolidated (Combined) Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998 (Unaudited), the six months ended September 30, 1997
(Unaudited) and the three months ended March 31, 1997 ............................ F-7
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements ........ F-8
Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and for
the nine months ended December 31, 1997, the three months ended March 31, 1997, and
the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 ......................................... F-14
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ............................................. F-15
Report of Ernst & Young LLP on the financial statements of Lockheed Martin
Communications Systems Division as of December 31, 1996 and for the two years
ended December 31, 1996 ......................................................... F-16
Consolidated (Combined) Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and
December 31, 1996 ............................................................... F-17
Consolidated (Combined) Statements of Operations for the nine months ended
December 31, 1997, for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 ................................................ F-18
Consolidated (Combined) Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity and Invested
Equity for the nine months ended December 31, 1997, for three months ended
March 31, 1997 and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 ............... F-19
Consolidated (Combined) Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended
December 31, 1997, for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 ............................................... F-20
Notes to Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements ............................ F-21

LORAL ACQUIRED BUSINESSES
Combined Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and the year
ended December 31, 1995 ............................................................ F-39
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ............................................. F-40
Combined Statements of Operations for three months ended March 31, 1996 and the
year ended December 31, 1995 .................................................... F-41
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for three months ended March 31, 1996 and the
year ended December 31, 1995 .................................................... F-42
Notes to Combined Financial Statements ........................................... F-43

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 30, 1998 and for
the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 ........................................ F-49
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited) as of June 30, 1998 ............. F-50
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings (Unaudited) for the six months ended
June 30, 1998 and 1997 .......................................................... F-51
</TABLE>

F-1
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the six months
ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 ......................................................... F-52
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements .................................. F-53
Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 1997 and for the year ended
December 31, 1997 ....................................................................... F-54
Report of Grant Thornton LLP .......................................................... F-55
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1997 .................................... F-56
Consolidated Statement of Earnings for the year ended December 31, 1997 ............... F-57
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1997 ............. F-58
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................ F-59
Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 ........................................................ F-68
Report of Grant Thornton LLP .......................................................... F-69
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 .......................... F-70
Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Accumulated Deficit for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995 ........................................................... F-71
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1996
and 1995 ............................................................................. F-72
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................ F-73

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.
Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements as of December 31, 1997 and for the
six months ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 ............................................. F-79
Balance Sheet (Unaudited) as of December 31, 1997 ..................................... F-80
Statements of Operations (Unaudited) for the six months ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996 ........................................................... F-81
Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the six months ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996 ........................................................... F-82
Notes to Financial Statements (Unaudited) ............................................. F-83
Financial Statements as of June 30, 1997 and 1996 and for the years ended June 30, 1997,
1996 and 1995 ........................................................................... F-86
Report of Ernst & Young LLP ........................................................... F-87
Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1997 and 1996 ........................................... F-88
Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995 ............. F-89
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995 ............. F-90
Notes to Financial Statements ......................................................... F-91

ILEX SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 1997 and for the year ended
December 31, 1997 ....................................................................... F-97
Report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP ....................................................... F-98
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1997 .................................... F-99
Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 1997 ................. F-100
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity for the year ended December 31, 1997 F-101
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1997 ............. F-102
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements ........................................ F-103

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS (A WHOLLY-OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
Combined Financial Statements as of December 31, 1997 and for the year ended
December 31, 1997 ....................................................................... F-107
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP .................................................. F-108
Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1997 ........................................ F-109
Combined Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1997 ................ F-110
Combined Statement of Equity for the year ended December 31, 1997 ..................... F-111
Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1997 ................. F-112
Notes to Combined Financial Statements ................................................ F-113
</TABLE>

F-2
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
(AND THE PREDECESSOR COMPANY)

Condensed Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements as of September 30, 1998
(Unaudited) and December 31, 1997 and for the three and nine months ended
September 30, 1998 (Unaudited), and the three and six months ended September
30, 1997 (Unaudited) and the three months ended
March 31, 1997

F-3
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 DECEMBER 31, 1997
-------------------- ------------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents ...................................... $ 5,687 $ 77,474
Contracts in process ........................................... 345,812 167,202
Net assets held for sale ....................................... -- 6,653
Deferred income taxes .......................................... 8,461 13,298
Other current assets ........................................... 16,444 2,750
---------- --------
Total current assets .......................................... 376,404 267,377
---------- --------
Property, plant and equipment ................................... 143,125 95,034
Less, accumulated depreciation and amortization ................ 25,941 12,025
---------- --------
117,184 83,009
---------- --------
Intangibles, primarily cost in excess of net assets acquired, net
of amortization ................................................ 608,380 297,503
Deferred income taxes ........................................... 53,939 24,217
Other assets .................................................... 40,359 31,298
---------- --------
$1,196,266 $703,404
========== ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt .............................. $ -- $ 5,000
Accounts payable, trade ........................................ 55,326 33,052
Accrued employment costs ....................................... 56,178 31,162
Customer advances .............................................. 40,097 15,989
Amounts in excess of costs incurred ............................ 18,531 18,469
Accrued interest ............................................... 16,664 4,419
Other current liabilities ...................................... 48,593 27,476
---------- --------
Total current liabilities ..................................... 235,389 135,567
---------- --------
Pension and postretirement benefits ............................. 94,438 38,113
Other liabilities ............................................... 11,662 5,009
Long-term debt .................................................. 560,000 392,000
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity
Common stock, $.01 par value; 100 shares authorized and
outstanding .................................................. -- --
Additional paid-in capital ..................................... 272,434 129,410
Retained earnings .............................................. 30,995 12,305
Equity adjustments ............................................. (8,652) (9,000)
---------- --------
Total Shareholders' equity ...................................... 294,777 132,715
---------- --------
$1,196,266 $703,404
========== ========
</TABLE>

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-4
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
(UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER
30,
-------------------------
1998 1997
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Sales .............................. $291,312 $174,822
Costs and expenses ................. 261,244 156,968
-------- --------
Operating income ................... 30,068 17,854
Interest income .................... 711 428
Interest expense ................... 13,584 9,717
-------- --------
Income before income taxes ......... 17,195 8,565
Income taxes ....................... 6,728 3,289
-------- --------
Net income ......................... $ 10,467 $ 5,276
======== ========
</TABLE>

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-5
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

See notes to condensed consolidated (combined) financial statements.

F-6
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR
COMPANY COMPANY COMPANY
-------------------- -------------------- ---------------
NINE MONTHS SIX MONTHS THREE MONTHS
ENDED ENDED ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 MARCH 31, 1997
-------------------- -------------------- ---------------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss) ................................... $ 18,690 $ 3,957 $ (258)
Depreciation and amortization ....................... 26,651 13,063 7,790
Noncash compensation charge ......................... -- 4,410 --
Amortization of deferred debt issue costs ........... 1,805 1,012 --
Deferred income taxes ............................... 11,611 5,349 --
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
of amounts acquired ................................
Contracts in process ............................. (13,887) 11,658 (17,475)
Other current assets ............................. 1,521 (1,113) (481)
Other assets ..................................... (681) 3,912 (765)
Accounts payable ................................. (536) (4,879) (207)
Accrued employment costs ......................... 8,684 12,651 (625)
Customer advances ................................ (18,376) 2,518 1,146
Amounts in excess of costs incurred .............. (1,578) (1,643) (3,037)
Accrued interest ................................. 11,351 11,752 --
Other current liabilities ........................ 200 (6,741) (1,867)
Pension and postretirement benefits .............. 135 (567) --
Other liabilities ................................ 2,255 1,039 (500)
All other operating activities ................... 348 -- --
---------- ---------- ---------
Net cash from (used in) operating activities ........ 48,193 56,378 (16,279)
---------- ---------- ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired ..... (412,526) (470,700) --
Net change in assets held for sale .................. -- 1,503 --
Proceeds from assets held for sale .................. 6,653 -- --
Purchases of investments ............................ (300) (4,020) --
Capital expenditures ................................ (12,691) (6,436) (4,300)
Disposition of property, plant and equipment ........ 1,029 649 --
---------- ---------- ---------
Net cash used in investing activities ............... (417,835) (479,004) (4,300)
---------- ---------- ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Borrowings under term loan facilities ............... -- 175,000 --
Borrowings under revolving credit facilities ........ 271,800 -- --
Repayment of borrowings under revolving
credit facilities .................................. (116,800) -- --
Proceeds from sale of 8 1/2% senior
subordinated notes ................................. 180,000 -- --
Proceeds from sale of 10 3/8% senior
subordinated notes ................................. -- 225,000 --
Contribution from Holdings of net proceeds
from issuance of common stock ...................... 139,500 80,000 --
Debt issuance costs ................................. (7,718) (15,607) --
Repayment of term loan facilities ................... (172,000) (2,000) --
Proceeds from exercise of stock options ............. 3,073 -- --
Advances from Lockheed Martin ....................... -- -- 20,579
---------- ---------- ---------
Net cash from financing activities .................. 297,855 462,393 20,579
---------- ---------- ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash ..................... (71,787) 39,767 --
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the
period ............................................. 77,474 -- --
---------- ---------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period ........ $ 5,687 $ 39,767 $ --
========== ========== =========
</TABLE>

See notes to condensed consolidated (combined) financial statements.

F-7
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
(COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated (combined) financial
statements include the assets, liabilities and results of operations of L-3
Communications Corporation ("L-3 Communications," "L-3" or the "Company"), the
successor company, following the change in ownership effective as of April 1,
1997. Prior to April 1, 1997, the statements comprise the operations of (i)
nine business units previously purchased by Lockheed Martin Corporation
("Lockheed Martin") as part of its acquisition of Loral Corporation ("Loral")
in April 1996 and (ii) one business unit, Communication Systems-East, purchased
by Lockheed Martin as part of its acquisition of the aerospace business of GE
in April 1993 (collectively, the "Business" or the "Predecessor Company"). The
combined financial statements of the Predecessor Company reflect the
Businesses' results of operations and cash flows included in Lockheed Martin's
historical financial statements. Significant intercompany and inter-business
transactions and balances have been eliminated.

The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of L-3 Comunications Holdings,
Inc. ("Holdings"). Holdings owns all of the authorized, issued and outstanding
common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of L-3 Communications. Holdings has no
other assets or liabilities and conducts no operations other than through its
subsidiary, L-3. Certain obligations of the Company have been fully, jointly
and severally guaranteed by substantially all of its subsidiaries.
Non-guarantor subsidiaries are not significant to the consolidated financial
position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated (combined) financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form
10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC"); accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes
required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial
statements. The combined statement of operations for the three months ended
March 31, 1997 has been derived from the audited financial statements of the
Predecessor Company for such period. In the opinion of management, all
adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for
a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented have been
included. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily
indicative of results for the full year. For further information, the interim
financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's
Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements as of December 31, 1997 and notes
thereto included in L-3 Communications' Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal
year ended December 31, 1997, as amended by Form 10-K/A.

The Company is a supplier of sophisticated secure communications systems
and specialized communication products including secure, high data rate
communication systems, microwave components, avionics and ocean systems,
telemetry, instrumentation and space products. The Company's customers include
the Department of Defense (the "DoD"), selected U.S. Government intelligence
agencies, major aerospace/defense prime contractors and commercial customers.

Substantially all the Company's products are sold to agencies of the U.S.
Government, primarily the DoD, to foreign government agencies or to prime
contractors or subcontractors thereof. All domestic government contracts and
subcontracts of the Businesses are subject to audit and various cost controls,
and include standard provisions for termination for the convenience of the U.S.
Government. Multi-year U.S. Government contracts and related orders are subject
to cancellation if funds for contract performance for any subsequent year
become unavailable. Foreign government contracts generally include comparable
provisions relating to termination for the convenience of the government.

F-8
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
(COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

2. COMMON STOCK INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

On May 19, 1998, Holdings sold 6.9 million shares of its Common Stock in
an Initial Public Offering ("IPO") representing 25.2% of Holdings' Common
Stock. The net proceeds of the IPO amounted to $139,500 and were contributed by
Holdings to L-3 Communications. After the completion of the IPO, the Lehman
Partnership and Lockheed Martin owned 36.6% and 24.9%, respectively, of the
outstanding shares of Holdings' Common Stock.

3. ACQUISITIONS

On August 13, 1998, the Company purchased all of the outstanding stock of
SPD Technologies, Inc. ("SPD") for $230,000 of cash, subject to adjustment
based on final closing adjusted net assets. On March 30, 1998 the Company
purchased the assets of the Ocean Systems business ("Ocean Systems") of
AlliedSignal, Inc. for $67,500 of cash. On March 4, 1998, the Company purchased
the assets of ILEX Systems ("ILEX") for $51,900 of cash, subject to adjustment
based on closing net assets, and additional consideration based on
post-acquisition performance of ILEX. On February 5, 1998, the Company
purchased the assets of Satellite Transmission Systems division ("STS") of
California Microwave, Inc. for $27,000 of cash, subject to adjustment based
upon closing net assets.

Additionally, during the nine months ended September 30, 1998, the Company
purchased five other companies for an aggregate purchase price of $24,750 paid
in cash, before adjustments, as appropriate, based on closing date net assets
and additional consideration based on post-acquisition performance. These
acquisitions, both individually and in the aggregate are not expected to have a
material effect on the results of operations or financial position of the
Company.

The Company financed the above-mentioned acquisitions using cash from
operations, the contribution by Holdings to the Company of the net proceeds
from Holdings IPO and borrowings. All of the acquisitions have been accounted
for as purchase business combinations and are included in the Company's results
of operation from their effective dates.

The assets and liabilities recorded in connection with the acquisitions of
SPD, Ocean Systems, ILEX and STS are based upon preliminary estimates. Actual
adjustments will be based on the final purchase prices and the final appraisals
and other analyses of fair values which are in process. Management does not
expect that differences between the preliminary and final purchase price
allocations will have a material impact on the Company's financial position or
results of operations. The assets and liabilities recorded in connection with
the acquisitions of SPD, Ocean Systems, ILEX and STS were $318,825 and $77,557,
$136,670 and $68,000, $58,370 and $3,939, and $34,471 and $6,949, respectively.

Had the L-3 Acquisition and the SPD, Ocean Systems, ILEX and STS
acquisitions and the related financing transactions occurred on January 1,
1997, the unaudited pro forma sales and net income for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998 and 1997 would have been $834,500, $17,400, and $758,700 and
$2,800, respectively. The pro forma results are based on various assumptions
and are not necessarily indicative of what would have occurred had the
acquisitions and the related financing transactions been consummated on January
1, 1997.

F-9
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
(COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

4. CONTRACTS IN PROGRESS

Billings and accumulated costs and profits on long-term contracts,
principally with the U.S. Government, and other billed receivables comprise the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 DECEMBER 31, 1997
-------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Billed contract receivables ........................ $ 83,947 $ 37,980
Unbilled contract receivables ...................... 72,390 32,653
Other billed receivables, principally commercial and
affiliates ....................................... 77,977 32,785
Inventoried costs .................................. 145,395 82,954
--------- ---------
379,709 186,372
Less, unliquidated progress payments ............... (33,897) (19,170)
--------- ---------
Net contracts in process ........................... $ 345,812 $ 167,202
========= =========
</TABLE>

5. DEBT

The Company's long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 DECEMBER 31, 1997
-------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Senior Credit Facilities:
Term Loan Facilities ............................. $ -- $172,000
Revolving Credit Facilities ...................... 155,000 --
10 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 ......... 225,000 225,000
8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 .......... 180,000 --
-------- --------
Total debt ...................................... 560,000 397,000
Less current portion ............................... -- 5,000
-------- --------
Total long-term debt ............................ $560,000 $392,000
======== ========
</TABLE>

In February 1998, an amendment to the Senior Credit Facilities increased
the Revolving Credit Facility thereunder to $200,000. During the third quarter
of 1998, the Senior Credit Facilities were further amended to add a Revolving
364 Day Credit Facility for $185,000. The Revolving 364 Day Credit Facility
expires 364 days after the closing of the amendment, at which time the Company
may (i) request that the creditors extend it for one additional 364 day period
or (ii) exercise an option to convert any or all of the borrowings outstanding
thereunder into term loans which amortize over a two year period beginning
March 31, 2001, and must be paid in full no later than March 31, 2003.
Accordingly, borrowings under the Revolving 364 Day Credit Facility are
classified as a long term obligation. Approximately $28,330 of the Revolving
Credit Facility and $175,000 of the Revolving 364 Day Credit Facility are
available at September 30, 1998, net of outstanding letters of credit of
$26,670 drawn against the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit
Facility and the Revolving 364 Day Credit Facility comprise the Revolving
Credit Facilities.

In May 1998, L-3 Communications sold $180,000 of 8 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes (the "May 1998 Notes") due May 15, 2008 with interest
payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing
November 15, 1998. The May 1998 Notes are redeemable at the option of L-3
Communications, in whole or in part, at any time on or after May 15, 2003, at
various redemption prices plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable
redemption date. In addition, prior to

F-10
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
(COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

May 15, 2001, L-3 Communications may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of May 1998 Notes at a redemption price of 108.500% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption
date with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings by Holdings
that are contributed to L-3 Communications as common equity capital.

The Senior Credit Facilities, the $225,000 of 10 3/8% Senior Subordinated
Notes due May 1, 2007 (the "1997 Notes") and the May 1998 Notes agreements
contain financial and restrictive covenants that limit, among other things, the
ability of the Company to borrow additional funds, dispose of assets, or pay
cash dividends. The Senior Credit Facilities contain financial covenants which
require that (i) the Company's debt ratio, as defined, be less than or equal to
5.00 for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, and that the maximum allowable
debt ratio, as defined therein, thereafter declines over time to less than or
equal to 3.25 for the quarters ending September 30, 2002 and thereafter, and
(ii) the Company's interest coverage ratio, as defined, be greater than or
equal to 2.00 for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, and that the minimum
allowable interest coverage ratio, as defined therein, thereafter increases
over time to greater than or equal to 3.00 for the quarters ending September
30, 2002 and thereafter. Through and at September 30, 1998 the Company was in
compliance with these covenants at all times.

The indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities is guaranteed by
Holdings and by certain of L-3 Communications' direct domestic subsidiaries.
The payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the 1997 Notes and
May 1998 Notes is unconditionally guaranteed, on an unsecured senior
subordinated basis, jointly and severally, by substantially all of L-3
Communications' domestic subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned
subsidiaries.

6. STOCK OPTIONS

On May 1, 1998, Holdings granted options to certain employees of the
Company to purchase 285,370 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$22.00 per share and on terms substantially similar to the 1997 Options granted
in 1997.

On August 14, 1998, Holdings granted options to certain employees of the
Company to purchase 142,200 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$32.75 per share and on terms substantially similar to the 1997 Options granted
in 1997.

7. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Supplemental disclosures to the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash
Flows follow:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
-------------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash paid for interest ............. $19,828 $4,332
Cash paid for income taxes ......... $ 203 $ --
</TABLE>

During the nine months ended September 30, 1998, the Company recorded an
income tax benefit of $524 directly to shareholders' equity related to the
exercise of Holdings' stock options.

F-11
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
(COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

8. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

On January 1, 1998 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income". SFAS No. 130
established standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components (revenue, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general
purpose financial statements. For the nine months ended September 30, 1998,
comprehensive income was $19,038 and was comprised of net income of $18,690 and
other comprehensive income of $348 relating to foreign currency translations.
For the nine months ended September 30, 1997, there were no differences between
net income and comprehensive income.

In September 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information". SFAS No. 131 establishes accounting standards for the way that
public enterprises report information about operating segments and requires
that those enterprises report selected information about operating segments in
interim financial reports issued to shareholders. In February 1998, the FASB
issued SFAS No. 132, "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other
Postretirement Benefits". SFAS No. 132 revises employers' disclosures about
pension and other postretirement benefits plans. It does not change the
measurement or recognition of those plans. It standardizes the disclosure
requirements for pensions and other postretirements benefits to the extent
practicable, requires additional information on changes in the benefit
obligations and fair values of plan assets that will facilitate financial
analysis, and eliminates certain disclosures that are no longer as useful as
they were when SFAS No. 87 "Employers' Accounting for Pensions", SFAS No. 88
"Employers' Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit
Plans and for Termination Benefits" and SFAS No. 106 "Employers Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions" were issued. SFAS 132 suggests
combined formats for presentation of pension and other postretirement benefits
disclosures. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, of SFAS
No. 131 and SFAS No. 132.

In September 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". SFAS No. 133 establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including
certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging
activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either
assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those
instruments at fair value. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if
any, of SFAS No. 133 which is effective for all quarters of fiscal years
beginning after June 15, 1999.

9. CONTINGENCIES

F-12
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
(COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

recoveries, if any, there are no environmental loss contingencies that,
individually or in the aggregate, would be material to the Company's result of
operations. The Company accrues for these contingencies when it is probable
that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated.

The Company is engaged in providing products and services under contracts
with the U.S. Government and to a lesser degree, under contracts with foreign
governments, some of which are funded by the U.S. Government. All such
contracts are subject to extensive legal and regulatory requirements, and,
periodically, agencies of the U.S. Government investigate whether such
contracts were and are being conducted in accordance with these requirements.
Under government procurement regulations, an indictment of the Company by a
Federal grand jury could result in the Company being suspended for a period of
time from eligibility for awards of new government contracts. A conviction
could result in debarment from contracting with the federal government for a
specified term.

The Company is periodically subject to litigation, claims or assessments
and various contingent liabilities (including environmental matters) incidental
to its business. With respect to those investigative actions, items of
litigation, claims or assessments of which they are aware, management of the
Company believes that, after taking into account certain provisions that have
been made with respect to these matters, the ultimate resolution of any such
investigative actions, items of litigation, claims or assessments would not
have a material adverse effect on the financial position or result of
operations of the Company.

10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On November 12, 1998, L-3 Communications acquired all the outstanding
stock of DBS Microwave Inc. ("DBS") for $13,000 of cash subject to adjustment
based on closing net assets, as defined, and additional consideration based on
the post-acquisition performance of DBS. The acquisition was financed with
borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facilities.

On December 11, 1998, L-3 Communications completed the sale of $200,000 of
its 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due August 1, 2008 in a private placement
offering.

On December 17, 1998, L-3 Communications acquired all of the outstanding
stock of Electrodynamics Inc. from Carpenter Technology Corporation for $21,500
in cash, subject to adjustment based on closing net assets, as defined. The
acquisition was financed with cash on hand and borrowings under the Senior
Credit Facilities.

F-13
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
(AND THE PREDECESSOR COMPANY)

Consolidated (Combined) Financial Statements as of December 31, 1997 and
1996 and for the nine months ended December 31, 1997, the three months ended
March 31, 1997 and the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995.

F-14
<PAGE>

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors of
L-3 Communications Corporation

We have audited the accompanying (i) consolidated balance sheet of L-3
Communications Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31,
1997, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in
shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the nine months then ended, (ii) the
combined statements of operations and cash flows of the Predecessor Company, as
defined in Note 1 to the Company's financial statements, for the three months
ended March 31, 1997 and (iii) combined balance sheet of the Predecessor
Company as of December 31, 1996 and the related combined statements of
operations, changes in invested equity and cash flows for the year then ended.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits. We did not audit the 1996 financial statements of the Lockheed
Martin Communications Systems Division, which statements reflect total assets
and sales constituting 35 percent and 30 percent of the related combined
totals. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been
furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included
for the Lockheed Martin Communications Systems Division for 1996, is based
solely on the report of the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of the other
auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above (i) present
fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the
Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and their consolidated results
of operations and cash flows for the nine months then ended, and (ii) based on
our audit and the report of other auditors for 1996, present fairly in all
material respects the combined financial position of the Predecessor Company as
of December 31, 1996 and their combined results of operations and cash flows
for the year then ended and the three months ended March 31, 1997, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1301 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
February 2, 1998

F-15
<PAGE>

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors
Lockheed Martin Corporation:

We have audited the combined balance sheet of Lockheed Martin
Communications Systems Division, as defined in Note 1 to the financial
statements, as of December 31, 1996, and the related combined statements of
operations, changes in shareholders' equity and invested equity, and cash flows
for the two years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Division's and Lockheed Martin
Corporation's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of
Lockheed Martin Communications Systems Division at December 31, 1996 (not
presented separately herein), and the combined results of its operations and
its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1996 (not presented separately
herein), and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year
ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Washington, D.C.
March 7, 1997

F-16
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) BALANCE SHEETS

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPANY PREDECESSOR COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED COMBINED
------------------- --------------------
DECEMBER 31, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1996
------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents .......................................... $ 77,474 $ --
Contracts in process ............................................... 167,202 198,073
Net assets held for sale ........................................... 6,653 --
Deferred income taxes .............................................. 13,298 --
Other current assets ............................................... 2,750 3,661
-------- --------
Total current assets ............................................ 267,377 201,734
-------- --------
Property, plant and equipment ....................................... 95,034 116,566
Less, accumulated depreciation and amortization .................... 12,025 24,983
-------- --------
83,009 91,583
-------- --------
Intangibles, primarily cost in excess of net assets acquired, net
of amortization .................................................... 297,503 282,674
Deferred income taxes ............................................... 24,217 --
Other assets ........................................................ 31,298 17,307
-------- --------
Total assets ..................................................... $703,404 $593,298
======== ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' (INVESTED) EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt .................................. $ 5,000 $ --
Accounts payable, trade ............................................ 33,052 35,069
Accrued employment costs ........................................... 31,162 27,313
Customer advances .................................................. 15,989 3,381
Amounts in excess of costs incurred ................................ 18,469 10,918
Accrued interest ................................................... 4,419 --
Other current liabilities .......................................... 27,476 26,207
-------- --------
Total current liabilities ....................................... 135,567 102,888
-------- --------
Pension and postretirement benefits ................................. 38,113 --
Other liabilities ................................................... 5,009 16,801
Long-term debt ...................................................... 392,000 --
Commitments and contingencies --
Shareholders' equity
Common Stock, $.01 par value; 100 shares authorized and
outstanding ...................................................... -- --
Additional paid-in capital ......................................... 129,410 --
Retained earnings .................................................. 12,305 --
Deemed distribution ................................................ (9,000) --
-------- --------
Total shareholders' and invested equity ............................. 132,715 473,609
-------- --------
Total liabilities and shareholders' and invested equity .......... $703,404 $593,298
======== ========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated (combined) financial statements.

F-17
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPANY PREDECESSOR COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED COMBINED
------------------- -------------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
NINE MONTHS THREE MONTHS -------------------------
ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1997 MARCH 31, 1997 1996 1995
------------------- --------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ..................................... $546,525 $158,873 $543,081 $166,781
Costs and expenses ........................ 490,669 150,937 499,390 162,132
Noncash compensation charge ............... 4,410 -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- --------
Operating income .......................... 51,446 7,936 43,691 4,649
Interest income ........................... 1,430 -- -- --
Interest expense .......................... 29,884 8,441 24,197 4,475
-------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) before income taxes ......... 22,992 (505) 19,494 174
Income tax expense (benefit) .............. 10,687 (247) 7,798 1,186
-------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss) ......................... $ 12,305 $ (258) $ 11,696 $ (1,012)
======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated (combined) financial statements.

F-18
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND INVESTED EQUITY
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 1997 AND YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR
COMPANY COMPANY
COMBINED CONSOLIDATED
------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON STOCK
-------------------- ADDITIONAL
INVESTED SHARES PAID-IN RETAINED EQUITY
EQUITY ISSUED PAR VALUE CAPITAL EARNINGS ADJUSTMENT TOTAL
------------ -------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance January 1, 1995 ......... $199,506
Repayments to Lockheed
Martin ....................... (3,831)
Net loss ....................... (1,012)
--------
Balance December 31, 1995 ....... 194,663
Advances from Lockheed
Martin ....................... 267,250
Net income ..................... 11,696
--------
Balance December 31, 1996 ....... 473,609
Advances from Lockheed
Martin ....................... 20,579
Net loss ....................... (258)
--------
Balance March 31, 1997 .......... $493,930
========
Shares issued .................. 100 $ -- $125,000 $125,000
Noncash stock compensation ..... 4,410 4,410
Deemed distribution ............ $ (9,000) (9,000)
Net income ..................... $12,305 12,305
------- --------
Balance December 31, 1997 ....... 100 $ -- $129,410 $12,305 $ (9,000) $132,715
=== ====== ======== ======= ======== ========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated (combined) financial statements.

F-19
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPANY PREDECESSOR COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED COMBINED
------------------- ---------------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
NINE MONTHS THREE MONTHS ---------------------------
ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1997 MARCH 31, 1997 1996 1995
------------------- --------------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss) ............................... $ 12,305 $ (258) $ 11,696 $ (1,012)
Depreciation and amortization ................... 22,190 7,790 28,139 11,578
Noncash compensation charge ..................... 4,410 -- -- --
Amortization of deferred debt issuance
costs .......................................... 1,517 -- -- --
Deferred income taxes ........................... 9,991 -- -- --
Changes in operating assets and liabilities,
net of amounts acquired
Contracts in process ........................... 18,161 (17,475) 23,543 (3,267)
Other current assets ........................... (275) (481) 3,049 788
Other assets ................................... 2,141 (765) (8,346) 1,245
Accounts payable ............................... (6,146) (207) 4,104 (648)
Accrued employment costs ....................... 6,363 (625) 2,282 (611)
Customer advances .............................. (611) 1,146 (5,541) --
Amounts in excess of costs incurred ............ 1,156 (3,037) (6,045) (2,041)
Accrued interest ............................... 4,419 -- -- --
Other current liabilities ...................... (7,132) (1,867) 3,180 4,004
Pension and postretirement benefits ............ 4,284 -- -- --
Other liabilities .............................. 1,087 (500) (25,327) (699)
---------- --------- ---------- --------
Net cash from (used in) operating
activities ..................................... 73,860 (16,279) 30,734 9,337
---------- --------- ---------- --------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisition of business ......................... (466,317) -- (287,803) --
Proceeds from assumption of contract
obligation ..................................... 12,176 -- -- --
Net cash from assets held for sale .............. 3,179 -- -- --
Proceeds from sale of property .................. 9,458 -- -- --
Purchases of investments ........................ (5,113) -- -- --
Capital expenditures ............................ (11,934) (4,300) (13,528) (5,532)
Disposition of property, plant and
equipment ...................................... 771 -- 3,347 26
---------- --------- ---------- --------
Net cash (used in) investing activities ......... (457,780) (4,300) (297,984) (5,506)
---------- --------- ---------- --------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Borrowings under term loan facilities ........... 175,000 -- -- --
Proceeds from sale of 10 3/8% senior
subordinated notes ............................. 225,000 -- -- --
Contributions from Holdings of net
proceeds from issuance of common
stock .......................................... 80,000 -- -- --
Debt issuance costs ............................. (15,606) -- -- --
Payment of debt ................................. (3,000) -- -- --
Advances from (repayments to) Lockheed
Martin ......................................... -- 20,579 267,250 (3,831)
---------- --------- ---------- --------
Net cash from (used in) financing activities 461,394 20,579 267,250 (3,831)
---------- --------- ---------- --------
Net change in cash .............................. 77,474 -- -- --
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
the period ..................................... -- -- -- --
---------- --------- ---------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the
period ......................................... $ 77,474 $ -- $ -- $ --
========== ========= ========== ========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated (combined) financial statements.

F-20
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the assets,
liabilities and results of operations of L-3 Communications Corporation,
successor company, ("L-3", "L-3 Communications" or the "Company"), a wholly
owned subsidiary of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings") following
the change in ownership (see Note 2) effective as of April 1, 1997 and for the
period from April 1, 1997 to December 31, 1997. Prior to April 1, 1997, the
statements comprise substantially all of the assets and liabilities and results
of operations of (i) nine business units previously purchased by Lockheed
Martin Corporation ("Lockheed Martin") as part of its acquisition of Loral
Corporation ("Loral") in April 1996 (the "Loral Acquired Businesses"), and (ii)
one business unit, Communications Systems -- East purchased by Lockheed Martin
as part of its acquisition of the aerospace business of GE in April 1993
(collectively, the "Businesses" or the "Predecessor Company"). The combined
financial statements of the Predecessor Company reflect the Businesses' assets,
liabilities and results of operations included in Lockheed Martin's historical
financial statements. Intercompany accounts between Lockheed Martin and the
Businesses have been included in Invested Equity. The assets and operations of
the semiconductor product line and certain other facilities which are not
material have been excluded from the combined financial statements. Significant
intercompany and inter-business transactions and balances have been eliminated.

The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings which owns all the
authorized, issued and outstanding common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of
the Company. Holdings has no other assets or liabilities and conducts no other
business other than through the Company. Certain obligations of the Company
have been fully, jointly and severally guaranteed by substantially all of its
subsidiaries. Non-guarantor subsidiaries are not significant to the
consolidated financial position and results of operations of the Company.

The Company is a supplier of sophisticated secure communication systems
and specialized communication products including secure, high data rate
communication systems, microwave components, avionics, recorders, telemetry and
space products. The Company's customers include the Department of Defense (the
"DoD"), selected U.S. government intelligence agencies, major aerospace/defense
prime contractors and commercial customers. The Company operates primarily in
one industry segment, electronic components and systems.

2. CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP TRANSACTION

Holdings was formed by Mr. Frank C. Lanza, the former President and Chief
Operating Officer of Loral, Mr. Robert V. LaPenta, the former Senior Vice
President and Controller of Loral (collectively, the "Equity Executives"),
Lehman Brothers Capital Partners III, L.P. and its affiliates (the "Lehman
Partnership") and Lockheed Martin to acquire the Businesses. On December 31,
1997, the Equity Executives, the Lehman Partnership and Lockheed Martin owned
approximately 14.9%, 50.1% and 34.0% of Holdings, respectively.

On March 28, 1997, Lanza, LaPenta, the Lehman Partnership, L-3, and
Lockheed Martin entered into a Transaction Agreement (the "L-3 Acquisition
Agreement") whereby Holdings would acquire

F-21
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

the Businesses from Lockheed Martin (the "L-3 Acquisition"). Also included in
the acquisition is a semiconductor product line of another business and certain
leasehold improvements in New York City which were not material. Pursuant to
the L-3 Acquisition Agreement, L-3 acquired the Businesses from Lockheed Martin
for $525,000, comprising $458,779 of cash, after a $21,221 reduction related to
a purchase price adjustment, and $45,000 of common equity, representing a 34.9%
interest in Holdings retained by Lockheed Martin, plus acquisition costs of
$8,000.

The Company and Lockheed Martin finalized the purchase price adjustment
pursuant to an amendment to the L-3 Acquisition Agreement dated November 5,
1997, which also included the assumption by the Company of Lockheed Martin's
rights and obligations under a contract for the U.S. Army's Command and Control
Vehicle ("C2V") Mission Module Systems ("MMS"), for the production of mission
communication systems for track vehicles, for which the Company received a cash
payment of $12,176.

In connection with the L-3 Acquisition Agreement, the Company anticipated
entering into a transition services agreement with Lockheed Martin pursuant to
which Lockheed Martin would provide to L-3 and its subsidiaries (and L-3 would
provide to Lockheed Martin) certain corporate services of a type previously
provided at costs consistent with past practices until December 31, 1997 (or,
in the case of Communications Systems -- East (formerly known as Communications
Systems -- Camden), for a period of up to 18 months after the Closing).
Lockheed Martin is providing L-3 the services contemplated by the proposed
transaction services agreement in the absence of any executed agreement. The
parties also entered into supply agreements which reflect previously existing
inter-company work transfer agreements or similar support arrangements upon
prices and other terms consistent with previously existing arrangements.
Holdings, the Company and Lockheed Martin have entered into certain subleases
of real property and cross-licenses of intellectual property.

Pursuant to the L-3 Acquisition Agreement the Company also assumed certain
obligations relating to environmental liabilities and benefit plans.

In accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16, the
acquisition of the Businesses by Holdings and L-3 has been accounted for as a
purchase business combination effective as of April 1, 1997. The purchase cost
(including the fees and expenses related thereto) was allocated to the tangible
and intangible assets and liabilities of the Company based upon their
respective fair values. The assets and liabilities recorded in connection with
the purchase price allocation were $664,800 and $164,400, respectively. The
excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired of
$303,200 was recorded as goodwill, and is being amortized on a straight-line
basis over a period of 40 years. As a result of the 34.9% ownership interest
retained by Lockheed Martin, the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue
Number 88-16 were applied in connection with the purchase price allocation,
which resulted in the recognition of a deemed distribution of $9,000.

In connection with the determination of the fair value of assets acquired
and pursuant to the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16,
the Company has valued acquired contracts in process at contract price, less
the estimated cost to complete and an allowance for the Company's normal profit
on its effort to complete such contracts.

Had the L-3 Acquisition occurred on January 1, 1996, the unaudited pro
forma sales and net income for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 would
have been $703,600 and $11,890 and $663,200 and $5,290, respectively. The pro
forma results, which are based on various assumptions, are not necessarily
indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated on
January 1, 1996. The 1997 and 1996 pro forma sales and net income data have
been adjusted to (i) include the operations of the Loral Acquired Businesses
from January 1, 1996 (Note 4) and (ii) exclude the operations of the Hycor
business net assets held for sale from January 1, 1996 (Note 6).

F-22
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid
investments with a maturity of three months or less at time of purchase.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS: Changes in operating assets and liabilities are
net of the impact of acquisitions and final purchase price allocations. The
Predecessor Company participated in Lockheed Martin's cash management system,
under which all cash was received and payments were made by Lockheed Martin.
All transactions between the Predecessor Company and Lockheed Martin have been
accounted for as settled in cash at the time the transactions were recorded by
the Predecessor Company.

REVENUE RECOGNITION: Sales on production-type contracts are recorded as
units are shipped; profits applicable to such shipments are recorded pro rata,
based upon estimated total profit at completion of the contract. Sales and
profits on cost reimbursable contracts are recognized as costs are incurred.
Sales and estimated profits under other long-term contracts are recognized
under the percentage of completion method of accounting using the cost-to-cost
method. Amounts representing contract change orders or claims are included in
sales only when they can be reliably estimated and their realization is
probable.

Losses on contracts are recognized when determined. Revisions in profit
estimates are reflected in the period, on a cumulative catch-up basis, in which
the facts, requiring the revision, become known.

CONTRACTS IN PROCESS: Costs accumulated on contracts in process include
direct costs, as well as manufacturing overhead, and for government contracts,
general and administrative costs, independent research and development costs
and bid and proposal costs. In accordance with industry practice, contracts in
process contain amounts relating to contracts and programs with long
performance cycles, a portion of which may not be realized within one year.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT: Property, plant and equipment are stated
at cost. Depreciation is provided primarily on the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are
amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of
the improvements.

COST IN EXCESS OF NET ASSETS ACQUIRED: The excess of the cost of the L-3
Acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired is being amortized
using a straight-line method over a 40 year period. Accumulated amortization of
the Company amounted to $5,741 at December 31, 1997.

The carrying amount of cost in excess of net assets acquired is evaluated
on a recurring basis. Current and future profitability as well as current and
future undiscounted cash flows, excluding financing costs, of the acquired
businesses are primary indicators of recoverability. For the nine months ended
December 31, 1997, there was no reduction to the carrying amount of the cost in
excess of net assets acquired resulting from these evaluations.

PREDECESSOR COMPANY INTANGIBLES: Intangibles, primarily the excess of the
cost of Businesses over the fair value of the net assets acquired, was
amortized using a straight-line method primarily over a 40-year period. Other
intangibles were amortized over their estimated useful lives which range from
11 to 15 years. Amortization expense of the Businesses was $2,655 for the three
months ended March 31, 1997; $10,115 and $6,086 for the years ended December
31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Accumulated amortization was $26,524 at
December 31, 1996.

Intangibles of the Predecessor Company include costs allocated to the
Businesses relating to the Request for Funding Authorization ("RFA"),
consisting of over 20 restructuring projects to reduce operating costs,
initiated by General Electric ("GE") Aerospace in 1990 and to the REC Advance

F-23
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

Agreement ("RAA"), a restructuring plan initiated after Lockheed Martin's
acquisition of GE Aerospace. The RAA was initiated to close two regional
electronic manufacturing centers. Restructure costs are reimbursable from the
U.S. Government if savings can be demonstrated to exceed costs. The total cost
of restructuring under the RFA and the RAA represented approximately 15% of the
estimated savings to the U.S. Government and, therefore, a deferred asset has
been recorded by Lockheed Martin. The deferred asset is being allocated to all
the former GE Aerospace sites, including the Communications Systems Division,
on a basis that includes manufacturing labor, overhead, and direct material
less non-hardware subcontracts. At December 31, 1997 and 1996, approximately
$2,313 and $4,400, respectively, of unamortized RFA and RAA costs are deferred
on the Company's and the Predecessor Company's consolidated (combined) balance
sheets in other current assets and other assets.

The carrying values of the Predecessor Company intangibles were reviewed
if the facts and circumstances indicated potential impairment of their carrying
value. If this review indicated that intangible assets were not recoverable, as
determined based on the undiscounted cash flows of the entity acquired over the
remaining amortization period, the Businesses carrying values related to the
intangible assets were reduced by the estimated shortfall of cash flows.

INCOME TAXES: The Company provides for income taxes using the liability
method prescribed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
Statement No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under the liability method,
deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect tax carryforwards and the
net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets
and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes, as determined
under enacted tax laws and rates. The financial effect of changes in tax laws
or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment.

PREDECESSOR COMPANY INCOME TAXES: The Predecessor Company was included in
the consolidated Federal income tax return and certain combined and separate
state and local income tax returns of Lockheed Martin. However, for purposes of
these financial statements, the provision for income taxes has been allocated
to the Predecessor Company based upon reported combined income before income
taxes. Income taxes, current and deferred, are considered to have been paid or
charged to Lockheed Martin and are recorded through the invested equity account
with Lockheed Martin. The principal components of the deferred taxes are
contract accounting methods, property, plant and equipment, goodwill
amortization and timing of accruals.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT: Research and development costs sponsored by the
Company and the Predecessor Company include research and development, bid and
proposal costs related to government products and services. These costs
generally are allocated among all contracts and programs in progress under U.S.
Government contractual arrangements. Customer-sponsored research and
development costs incurred pursuant to contracts are accounted for as direct
contract costs.

STOCK OPTIONS: In accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") and related
interpretations, compensation expense for stock options is recognized in income
based on the excess, if any, of Holdings' fair value of the stock at the grant
date of the award or other measurement date over the amount an employee must
pay to acquire the stock. The exercise price for stock options granted to
employees equals or exceeds the fair value of the Holdings common stock at the
date of grant, thereby resulting in no recognition of compensation expense by
the Company. The Company has adopted the disclosure -- only provisions of SFAS
No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123").

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS: In the normal course of financing
operations, the Company enters into interest rate cap and floor transactions
for interest rate protection purposes, and not for speculative or trading
purposes. Cash payments to and from the Company and the counterparties are
recorded as a component of interest expense. The initial cost of these
arrangements are deferred and amortized as interest expense.

F-24
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

USE OF ESTIMATES: The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses
during the reporting period. The most significant of these estimates and
assumptions relate to contract estimates of sales and costs, allocations from
Lockheed Martin, recoverability of recorded amounts of fixed assets and cost in
excess of net assets acquired, litigation and environmental obligations. Actual
results could differ from these estimates.

EARNINGS PER SHARE: Earnings per share data is not presented since the
Company and the Predecessor company are wholly owned subsidiaries.

ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS: In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income" and SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information". SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains
and losses) in full set general purpose financial statements. SFAS No. 131
establishes accounting standards for the way that public business enterprises
report selected information about operating segments and requires that those
enterprises report selected information about operating segments in interim
financial reports issued to shareholders. In February 1998, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 132, "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement
Benefits". SFAS No. 132 revises employers' disclosures about pension and other
postretirement benefits plans. It does not change the measurement or
recognition of those plans. It standardizes the disclosure requirements for
pensions and other postretirement benefits to the extent practicable, requires
additional information on changes in the benefit obligations and fair values of
plan assets that will facilitate financial analysis, and eliminates certain
disclosures that are no longer as useful as they were when SFAS No. 87
"Employers' Accounting for Pensions", SFAS No. 88 "Employers' Accounting for
Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for
Termination Benefits", and SFAS No. 106 "Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions", were issued. SFAS No. 132
suggests combined formats for presentation of pension and other postretirement
benefit disclosures. SFAS No. 130, SFAS No. 131 and SFAS No. 132 are required
to be adopted by 1998. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any,
of SFAS No. 130, SFAS No. 131 and SFAS No. 132.

Effective January 1, 1996, the Businesses adopted SFAS No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets To Be
Disposed Of" ("SFAS 121"). SFAS 121 establishes the accounting standards for
the impairment of long-lived assets, certain intangible assets and cost in
excess of net assets acquired to be held and used for long-lived assets and
certain intangible assets to be disposed of. The impact of adopting SFAS 121
was not material.

Effective in December 1997 the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No.
128, "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS 128") and No. 129, "Disclosure of Information
About Capital Structure" ("SFAS 129").

RECLASSIFICATIONS: Certain reclassifications have been made to conform
prior-year amounts to the current-year presentation.

4. PREDECESSOR COMPANY ACQUISITION

Effective April 1, 1996, Lockheed Martin acquired substantially all the
assets and liabilities of the defense businesses of Loral, including the
Wideband Systems Division and the Products Group which are included in the
Businesses. The acquisition of the Wideband Systems Division and Products Group
businesses (the "Loral Acquired Businesses") has been accounted for as a
purchase by Lockheed

F-25
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

Martin Communications Systems -- Camden Division ("Division"). The acquisition
has been reflected in the financial statements based on the purchase price
allocated to those acquired businesses by Lockheed Martin. The assets and
liabilities recorded in connection with the purchase price allocation were
$401,000 and $113,200, respectively. As such, the accompanying combined
financial statements for periods prior to April 1, 1997 reflect the results of
operations of the Division and the Loral Acquired Businesses from the effective
date of acquisition including the effects of an allocated portion of cost in
excess of net assets acquired resulting from the acquisition.

5. CONTRACTS IN PROCESS

Billings and accumulated costs and profits on long-term contracts,
principally with the U.S. Government, comprise the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR
COMPANY COMPANY
------------ ------------
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------
1997 1996
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Billed contract receivables ............................................. $ 39,029 $ 45,212
Unbilled contract receivables ........................................... 33,136 84,814
Other billed receivables, principally commercial and affiliates ......... 31,253 41,154
Inventoried costs ....................................................... 82,954 72,880
--------- ---------
186,372 244,060
Less, unliquidated progress payments (19,170) (45,987)
--------- ---------
Net contracts in process ................................................ $ 167,202 $ 198,073
========= =========
</TABLE>

The U.S. Government has title to or a secured interest in, inventory to
which progress payments are applied. Unbilled contract receivables represent
accumulated costs and profits earned but not yet billed to customers. The
Company believes that substantially all such amounts will be billed and
collected within one year.

The following data has been used in the determination of costs and
expenses:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPANY PREDECESSOR COMPANY
-------------- -----------------------------------
NINE THREE
MONTHS MONTHS FOR THE YEAR ENDED
ENDED ENDED DECEMBER 31,
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, ----------------------
1997 1997 1996 1995
-------------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") costs
included in inventoried costs ............................. $15,379 $14,536 $14,700 $1,156
Selling, general and administrative costs incurred ......... 88,527 28,449 82,226 6,525
Independent research and development, including bid
and proposal costs, included in SG&A incurred ............. 28,893 12,024 36,500 9,800
</TABLE>

6. NET ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

The Company has accounted for the allocation of purchase price and the net
assets of its Hycor business in accordance with the FASB's Emerging Issues Task
Force Issue 87-11 "Allocation of Purchase Price to Assets to be Sold" ("EITF
87-11"). Accordingly, the net assets related to the Hycor business as of April
1, 1997 are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as "Net
assets held for sale". The fair value assigned to such net assets is based upon
management's estimate of the proceeds from the sale of the Hycor business less
the estimated income from operations for such business during the holding
period of April 1, 1997 through January 29, 1998 (the "holding

F-26
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

period"), plus interest expense on debt allocated to such net assets during the
holding period. On January 29, 1998, the Company sold the Hycor business,
excluding land and buildings for $3,500 in cash subject to adjustment based on
final closing net assets. In accordance with EITF 87-11, loss from the
operations of the Hycor business of $108 and interest expense of $552 on the
debt allocated to the Hycor net assets have been excluded from the Company's
consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended December 31,
1997. Management of the Company expects that any gain or loss realized on the
ultimate disposition of the Hycor business will not have a material impact on
the original purchase price allocation.

Also included in net assets held for sale at December 31, 1997 is a
Company property located in Atlanta, Georgia.

7. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR
COMPANY COMPANY
----------- ------------
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------
1997 1996
----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Land ................................................. $ 6,670 $ 9,200
Buildings and improvements ........................... 19,487 27,000
Machinery, equipment, furniture and fixtures ......... 58,978 73,137
Leasehold improvements ............................... 9,899 7,229
-------- --------
$ 95,034 $116,566
======== ========
</TABLE>

Depreciation and amortization expense attributable to property, plant and
equipment was $13,320 for the nine months ended December 31, 1997; $4,529 for
the three months ended March 31, 1997, and $14,924 and $5,492 for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

8. DEBT

Long-term debt consists of:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1997
------------------
<S> <C>
Term Loan Facilites ................................... $ 172,000
10 3/8 Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 ............. 225,000
---------
397,000
Less current portion of Term Loan Facilities .......... 5,000
---------
Total long-term debt ................................. $ 392,000
=========
</TABLE>

In connection with the L-3 Acquisition, the Company entered into a credit
facility (the "Senior Credit Facilities") with a syndicate of banks and
financial institutions for $275,000 consisting of $175,000 of term loans (the
"Term Loan Facilities") and a $100,000 revolving credit facility (the
"Revolving Credit Facility"). The Senior Credit Facilities bear interest, at
the option of the Company, at rates related to (i) the higher of federal funds
rate plus 0.50% per annum or the reference rate published by Bank of America
NT&SA or (ii) LIBOR. At December 31, 1997, such interest rates, based on
various maturities, ranged from 7.625% to 8.625%. Interest payments vary in
accordance with the type of borrowing and are made at a minimum every three
months. The Revolving Credit Facility expires in 2003 and is available for
ongoing working capital and letter of credit needs. The Term Loans mature in
installments until the final maturity date in 2006. Approximately $93,428 of
the Revolving Credit Facility is available at December 31, 1997 reflecting
letters of credit of $6,572 drawn

F-27
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

against the Revolving Credit Facility of $100,000. In February 1998, the Senior
Credit Facilities were amended to, among other things, increase the Revolving
Credit Facility to $200,000, waive certain excess cash flow prepayments, as
defined, otherwise required, and permit the incurrence of up to an additional
$150,000 of subordinated debt. The Company pays a commitment fee of 0.375% per
annum on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility.

In April 1997, the Company issued $225,000 of 10 3/8% senior subordinated
notes (the "1997 Notes") due May 1, 2007 with interest payable semi-annually on
May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 1997. On November 5,
1997, the Company completed its exchange offer relating to the 1997 Notes and
the holders of the 1997 Notes received registered securities. The 1997 Notes
are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time
on or after May 1, 2002, at various redemption prices plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the applicable redemption date. In addition, prior to May 1, 2000,
the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of 1997
Notes at a redemption price of 109.375% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date with the net cash proceeds
of one or more equity offerings by Holdings that are contributed to the Company
as common equity capital.

The Senior Credit Facilities and the 1997 Notes agreement contain
financial and restrictive covenants that limit, among other things, the ability
of the Company to borrow additional funds, dispose of assets, or pay cash
dividends. At December 31, 1997, none of the Company's retained earnings were
available to pay dividends. The Senior Credit Facilities contain financial
covenants, which remain in effect so long as any amount is owed by the Company
thereunder. These financial covenants require that (i) the Company's debt
ratio, as defined, be less than or equal to 5.50 for the quarter ended December
31, 1997, and that the maximum allowable debt ratio, as defined, thereafter be
further reduced to less than or equal to 3.1 for the quarters ending after June
30, 2002, and (ii) the Company's interest coverage ratio, as defined, be at
least 1.85 for the quarter ended December 31, 1997, and thereafter increasing
the interest coverage ratio, as defined, to at least 3.10 for any fiscal
quarters ended after June 30, 2002. At December 31, 1997, the Company was in
compliance with these covenants.

In connection with the Senior Credit Facilities, the Company has granted
the lenders a first priority lien on substantially all of the Company's assets,
including the stock of L-3 Communications Corporation.

The aggregate principal payments for debt, excluding borrowings under the
Revolving Credit Facility, for the five years ending December 31, 1998 through
2002 are: $5,000, $11,000, $19,000, $25,000 and $33,200, respectively.

The costs related to the issuance of debt have been deferred and are being
amortized as interest expense over the term of the related debt using a method
that approximates the effective interest method.

9. PREDECESSOR COMPANY'S INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest expense has been allocated to the Predecessor Company by applying
Lockheed Martin's weighted average consolidated interest rate to the portion of
the beginning of the period invested equity account deemed to be financed by
consolidated debt, which has been determined based on Lockheed Martin's debt to
equity ratio on such date, except that the acquisition of the Loral Acquired
Businesses has been assumed to be fully financed by debt. Management of the
Businesses believes that this allocation methodology is reasonable.

F-28
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

Interest expense of the Predecessor Company was calculated using the
following balances and interest rates:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED -----------------------------
MARCH 31, 1997 1996 1995
--------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Invested Equity ......... $ 473,609 $ 482,466 $ 199,506
Interest Rate ........... 7.10% 7.20% 7.40%
</TABLE>

10. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company's financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash
equivalents, billed contract receivables, other billed receivables (principally
commercial and affiliates), trade accounts payable, customer advances, debt
instruments, and interest rate cap and interest rate floor contracts. The book
values of cash and cash equivalents, billed contract receivables, other billed
receivables (principally commercial and affiliates), trade accounts payable and
customer advances are considered to be representative of their respective fair
values at December 31, 1997 due to the short-term maturities or expected
settlement dates of these instruments.

The Company's debt instruments consist of term loans and 1997 Notes (Note
8). The carrying values of the term loans approximate fair value because they
are variable-rate loans which bear interest at current market rates.

The 1997 Notes are registered, unlisted public debt which is traded in the
over-the-counter market. The fair value of such debt at December 31, 1997 was
estimated to be approximately $243,000, based on trading activity on December
31, 1997.

To mitigate risks associated with changing interest rates on certain of
its debt, the Company entered into the interest rate agreements. The fair
values of the interest rate caps and interest rate floors (collectively, the
"interest rate agreements") were estimated by discounting expected cash flows
using quoted market interest rates. The Company manages exposure to
counterparty credit risk by entering into the interest rate agreements only
with major financial institutions that are expected to fully perform under the
terms of such agreements. The notional amounts are used to measure the volume
of these agreements and do not represent exposure to credit loss. The impact of
the interest rate agreements was not material to interest expense for the nine
months ended December 31, 1997. Information with respect to the interest rate
agreements is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1997
----------------------------
NOTIONAL UNREALIZED
AMOUNT GAINS (LOSSES)
---------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Interest rate caps ........... $100,000 $ (1,008)
-------- --------
Interest rate floors ......... $ 50,000 $ (263)
-------- --------
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1996, the Predecessor Company's financial instruments
consisted primarily of billed contract receivables, other billed receivables
(principally commercial and affiliates), trade accounts payable and customer
advances. The book value of billed contract receivables, other billed
receivables (principally commercial and affiliates), trade accounts payable and
customer advances approximated their respective fair values at December 31,
1996, due to the short-term maturities or expected settlement dates of those
instruments.

11. NONCASH COMPENSATION CHARGE

Holdings' Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock were issued at per
share prices of $6.47 and $5.00, respectively. The aggregate difference in
issuance prices of $4,410 has been accounted for as a noncash compensation
charge to expense effective on April 1, 1997, related to the initial
capitalization of L-3.

F-29
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

12. INCOME TAXES

THE COMPANY

Pretax income of the Company for the nine months ended December 31, 1997
was $22,992 and was primarily domestic. The components of the Company's
provision for income taxes for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 are:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Income taxes currently payable, primarily federal ......... $ 696
Deferred income taxes:
Federal ................................................. 8,635
State and local ......................................... 1,356
-------
Subtotal ................................................ 9,991
-------
Total provision for income taxes .......................... $10,687
=======
</TABLE>

The effective income tax rate of the Company for the nine months ended
December 31, 1997 differs from the statutory federal income tax rate for the
following reasons:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate ..................................... 35.0%
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit ....... 3.8
Noncash compensation charge ........................................... 6.8
Nondeductible goodwill amortization and other expenses ................ 4.4
Research and development and other tax credits ........................ (3.5)
----
Effective income tax rate ............................................. 46.5 %
=======
</TABLE>

The significant components of the Company's net deferred tax assets at
December 31, 1997 are:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Other postretirement benefits ............................. $ 8,649
Inventoried costs ......................................... 8,711
Compensation and benefits ................................. 528
Pension costs ............................................. 4,177
Property, plant and equipment ............................. 8,098
Income recognition on long-term contracts ................. 3,691
Other, net ................................................ 1,861
Net operating loss and other credit carryforwards ......... 2,969
--------
Total deferred tax assets ................................ 38,684
Deferred tax liabilities:
Cost in excess of net assets acquired ..................... (1,099)
Other, net ................................................ (70)
--------
Total deferred tax liabilities ........................... (1,169)
--------
Net deferred tax assets ..................................... $ 37,515
========
The net deferred tax assets are classified as follows:
Current deferred tax assets ............................... $ 13,298
Long-term deferred tax assets ............................. 24,217
--------
$ 37,515
========
</TABLE>

F-30
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

At December 31, 1997, the Company had $2,969 of tax credit carryforwards,
primarily related to U.S. federal net operating losses and research and
experimentation tax credits which expire, if unused, in 2012. The Company
believes that these carryforwards will be available to reduce future income tax
liabilities and has recorded these carryforwards as non-current deferred tax
assets.

PREDECESSOR COMPANY

The (benefit) provision for income taxes for the Predecessor Company was
calculated by applying statutory tax rates to the reported income (loss) before
income taxes after considering items that do not enter into the determination
of taxable income and tax credits reflected in the consolidated provision of
Lockheed Martin, which are related to the Businesses. Substantially all the
income of the Businesses are from domestic operations. For the three months
ended March 31, 1997, it is estimated that the benefit for deferred taxes
represents $1,315. For the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, it is
estimated that the (benefit) provision for deferred taxes represents ($2,143)
and $3,994, respectively.

The effective income tax rate of the Predecessor Company differs from the
statutory Federal income tax rate for the following reasons:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE
THREE MONTHS YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
ENDED 31,
MARCH 31, ----------------------
1997 1996 1995
------------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate ......................... (35.0)% 35.0% 34.0%
Amortization of cost in excess of net assets acquired ..... (8.1) 2 529
Research and development and other tax credits ............ (11.3) (2) --
State and local income taxes, net of federal income
tax benefit and state and local income tax credits ...... 4.8 6 101
Foreign sales corporation tax benefits .................... (8.4) (1) --
Other, net ................................................ 9.1 -- 17.0
----- ------ ----
Effective income tax rate ................................. (48.9)% 40.0% 681%
===== ====== ====
</TABLE>

13. STOCK OPTIONS

THE COMPANY

Holdings sponsors an option plan for key employees of the Company,
pursuant to which options to purchase up to 3,255,815 shares of Holdings common
stock have been authorized for grant.

On April 30, 1997, Holdings adopted the 1997 Option Plan for key employees
and granted to the Equity Executives nonqualified options to purchase, at $6.47
per share, 2,285,714 shares of Class A common stock of Holdings. In each case,
half of the options are "Time Options" and half are "Performance Options"
(collectively, the "Options"). The Time Options become exercisable with respect
to 20% of the shares subject to the Time Options on each of the first five
anniversaries if employment continues through and including such date. The
Performance Options become exercisable nine years after the grant date, but may
become exercisable earlier with respect to up to 20% of the shares subject to
the Performance Options on each of the first five anniversaries, to the extent
certain defined targets are achieved. The Options, which have a ten year term,
become fully exercisable under certain circumstances, including a change in
control.

On July 1, 1997 and November 11, 1997, Holdings granted nonqualified
options to certain officers and other employees of Holdings to purchase at
$6.47 per share 689,500 shares of Class A common

F-31
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

stock of Holdings (collectively, the "1997 Options"). Generally, the 1997
Options vest over a three-year period and expire ten years from the date of
grant.

The exercise price for Holdings' stock options granted to employees in
1997 equaled the estimated fair value of Holdings' common stock at the date of
grant. Accordingly, in accordance with APB 25, no compensation expense was
recognized by Holdings.

Pro forma information regarding net earnings as required by SFAS 123 has
been determined as if Holdings had accounted for its employee stock options
under the fair value method. Because Holdings is a nonpublic entity the fair
value for the options was estimated at the date of grant using the minimum
value method prescribed in SFAS 123, which does not consider the expected
volatility of Holdings' stock price, with the following weighted-average
assumptions for 1997: risk-free interest rate of 6.3%; dividend yield of 0%;
and weighted-average expected option life of 5.49 years.

For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the compensation cost of the
options based on their estimated fair values is amortized to expense over
vesting periods of the options. The Company's net income for the nine months
ended December 31, 1997 would have decreased to the pro forma amounts indicated
below:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Net income:
As reported ......... $12,305
=======
Pro forma ........... $11,751
=======
</TABLE>

A summary of the stock option activity for the nine months ended December
31, 1997 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES WEIGHTED AVERAGE
(IN THOUSANDS) EXERCISE PRICE
---------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Options granted ................................ 2,975 $6.47
Options exercised .............................. -- --
Options cancelled .............................. 4 $6.47
Options outstanding, December 31, 1997 ......... 2,971 $6.47
Options exercisable, December 31, 1997 ......... -- --
</TABLE>

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the
nine months ended December 31, 1997 was $1.82 per option. The weighted average
remaining contract life of the Company outstanding stock options was 9.37 years
at December 31, 1997.

PREDECESSOR COMPANY

During the three months ended March 31, 1997 and the years ended December
31, 1996 and 1995, certain employees of the Predecessor Company participated in
Lockheed Martin's stock option plans. All stock options granted had 10 year
terms and vested over a two year service period. Exercise prices of options
awarded in both years were equal to the market price of the stock on the date
of grant. Pro forma information regarding net earnings (loss) as required by
SFAS No. 123 has been determined as if the Predecessor Company had accounted
for its employee stock options under the fair value method. The fair value for
these options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option
pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for the three
months ended March 31, 1997, and the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995,
respectively: risk-free interest rates of 5.58%, 5.58% and 6.64%; dividend
yield of 1.70%; volatility factors related to

F-32
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

the expected market price of the Lockheed Martin's common stock of .186, .186
and .216; weighted-average expected option life of five years. The
weighted-average fair values of options granted during 1997, 1996 and 1995 were
$17.24, $17.24 and $16.09, respectively.

For the purposes of pro forma disclosures, the options' estimated fair
values are amortized to expense over the options' vesting periods. The
Predecessor Company's pro forma net loss for the three months ended March 31,
1997 and the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 were ($386), $11,531, and
($1,040), respectively.

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company and the Predecessor Company lease certain facilities and
equipment under agreements expiring at various dates through 2011. At December
31, 1997, the Company's future minimum payments for noncancellable operating
leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPERATING LEASES
---------------------------------------
REAL ESTATE EQUIPMENT TOTAL
------------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1998 ............... $ 8,599 $295 $ 8,894
1999 ............... 7,734 244 7,978
2000 ............... 10,030 232 10,262
2001 ............... 8,926 29 8,955
2002 ............... 2,795 22 2,817
Thereafter ......... 14,393 -- 14,393
------- ---- -------
$52,477 $822 $53,299
======= ==== =======
</TABLE>

Real estate lease commitments have been reduced by minimum sublease
rentals of $22,106 due in the future under noncancellable subleases.

Leases covering major items of real estate and equipment contain renewal
and or purchase options which may be exercised by the Company and Predecessor
Company. Rent expense, net of sublease income from other Lockheed Martin
entities was $7,330 for the Company for the nine months ended December 31,
1997; $2,553 for the Predecessor Company for the three months ended March 31,
1997 and $8,495 and $4,772 for the Predecessor Company for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

The Company is and the Predecessor Company has been engaged in providing
products and services under contracts with the U.S. Government and to a lesser
degree, under foreign government contracts, some of which are funded by the
U.S. Government. All such contracts are subject to extensive legal and
regulatory requirements, and, from time to time, agencies of the U.S.
Government investigate whether such contracts were and are being conducted in
accordance with these requirements. Under government procurement regulations,
an indictment of the Company and the Predecessor Company by a federal grand
jury could result in the Company and the Predecessor Company being suspended
for a period of time from eligibility for awards of new government contracts. A
conviction could result in debarment from contracting with the federal
government for a specified term.

The decline in the U.S. defense budget since the mid-1980s has resulted in
program delays, cancellations and scope reduction for defense contracts in
general. These events may or may not have an effect on the Company's programs;
however, in the event that U.S. Government expenditures for products of the
type manufactured by the Company are reduced, and not offset by greater
commercial sales or other new programs or products, or acquisitions, there may
be a reduction in the volume of contracts or subcontracts awarded to the
Company.

F-33
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

Pursuant to the L-3 Acquisition Agreement, Holdings and the Company has
agreed to assume certain on-site and off-site environmental liabilities related
to events or activities occurring prior to the consummation of the L-3
Acquisition. Lockheed Martin has agreed to retain all environmental liabilities
for all facilities not used by the Businesses as of April 1997 and to indemnify
fully Holdings for such prior site environmental liabilities. Lockheed Martin
has also agreed, for the first eight years following April 1997 to pay 50% of
all costs incurred by Holdings above those reserved for on the Company's
balance sheet at March 31, 1997 relating to certain Company-assumed
environmental liabilities and, for the seven years thereafter, to pay 40% of
certain reasonable operation and maintenance costs relating to any
environmental remediation projects undertaken in the first eight years. The
Company believes that its total liability for known or reasonably probable
environmental claims, even without consideration of the Lockheed Martin
indemnification, would not either individually or collectively have a material
adverse effect upon Holdings' financial condition or upon the results of its
operations.

Management continually assesses the Company's obligations with respect to
applicable environmental protection laws. While it is difficult to determine
the timing and ultimate cost to be incurred by the Company in order to comply
with these laws, based upon available internal and external assessments, with
respect to those environmental loss contingencies of which management is aware,
the Company believes that even without considering potential insurance
recoveries, if any, there are no environmental loss contingencies that,
individually or in the aggregate, would be material to the Company's results of
operations. The Company accrues for these contingencies when it is probable
that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated.

The Company and the Predecessor Company have been periodically subject to
litigation, claims or assessments and various contingent liabilities (including
environmental matters) incidental to its business. With respect to those
investigative actions, items of litigation, claims or assessments of which they
are aware, management of the Company is of the opinion that the probability is
remote that, after taking into account certain provisions that have been made
with respect to these matters, the ultimate resolution of any such
investigative actions, items of litigation, claims or assessments will have a
material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of
the Company and the Predecessor Company.

15. PENSIONS AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

THE COMPANY

PENSIONS: The Company maintains a number of pension plans, both
contributory and noncontributory, covering certain employees. Eligibility for
participation in these plans varies and benefits are generally based on
members' compensation and years of service. The Company's funding policy is
generally to contribute in accordance with cost accounting standards that
affect government contractors, subject to the Internal Revenue Code and
regulations thereon. Plan assets are invested primarily in U.S. government and
agency obligations and listed stocks and bonds.

Pension expense for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 includes the
following components:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Service cost ......................... $ 5,109
Interest cost ........................ 8,883
Actual return on plan assets ......... (11,285)
Net deferral ......................... 1,581
---------
Total pension cost ................... $ 4,288
=========
</TABLE>

F-34
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

The following presents the funded status and amounts recognized in the
balance sheet for the Company's pension plans:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1997
--------------------------------
ASSETS EXCEED ACCUMULATED
ACCUMULATED BENEFITS
BENEFITS EXCEED ASSETS
--------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefits ..................................................... $13,742 $ 152,133
======= =========
Accumulated benefits ................................................ $13,825 $ 155,474
Effect of projected future salary increases ......................... 3,337 25,795
------- ---------
Projected benefits .................................................. $17,162 $ 181,269
======= =========
Plan assets at fair value ............................................. $18,172 $ 155,278
------- ---------
Plan assets in excess of (less than) projected benefit obligation ..... 1,010 (25,991)
Unrecognized net (gain) loss .......................................... (559) 5,683
------- ---------
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost ........................................ $ 451 $ (20,308)
======= =========
</TABLE>

The following assumptions were used in accounting for pension plans for
the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APRIL 1, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1997
--------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Discount rate ............................. 7.50% 7.25%
Rate of increase in compensation .......... 5.00% 5.00%
Rate of return on plan assets ............. 9.00% 9.00%
</TABLE>

In connection with the Company's assumption of certain plan obligations
pursuant to the L-3 Acquisition, Lockheed Martin has provided the PBGC with
commitments to assume sponsorship or other forms of financial support under
certain circumstances. In this connection, the Company has provided certain
assurances to Lockheed Martin including, but not limited to, (i) continuing to
fund the pension plans consistent with prior practices and to the extent
deductible for tax purposes and, where appropriate, recoverable under
Government contracts, (ii) agreeing to not increase benefits under the pension
plans without the consent of Lockheed Martin, (iii) restricting the Company
from a sale of any businesses employing individuals covered by the pension
plans if such sale would not result in reduction or elimination of the Lockheed
Martin Commitment with regard to the specific plan and (iv) if the pension
plans were returned to Lockheed Martin, granting Lockheed Martin the right to
seek recovery from the Company of those amounts actually paid, if any, by
Lockheed Martin with regard to the pension plans after their return.

POST-RETIREMENT HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE: In addition to providing
pension benefits, the Company provides certain health care and life insurance
benefits for retired employees and dependents at certain locations.
Participants are eligible for these benefits when they retire from active
service and meet the eligibility requirements for the Company's pension plans.
These benefits are funded primarily on a pay-as-you-go basis with the retiree
generally paying a portion of the cost through contributions, deductibles and
coinsurance provisions.

Post-retirement health care and life insurance costs for the nine months
ended December 31, 1997 include the following components:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Service cost ....................................................... $ 466
Interest cost ...................................................... 840
------
Total post-retirement health care and life insurance costs ......... $1,306
======
</TABLE>

F-35
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

The following table presents the amounts recognized in the balance sheet
for the Company at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation:
Retirees ........................................................... $ 4,702
Fully eligible plan participants ................................... 3,188
Other active plan participants ..................................... 10,990
-------
Total accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation ................. $18,880
Unrecognized net loss ................................................ 624
-------
Accrued post-retirement health care and life insurance costs ......... $18,256
=======
</TABLE>

Actuarial assumptions used in determining the December 31, 1997
accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation include a discount rate of
7.25%, an average rate of compensation increase of 5.0% and an assumed health
care cost trend rate of 6.5% in 1997 decreasing gradually to a rate of 4.5% by
the year 2001. The discount rate used at April 1, 1997 was 7.50%. The other
assumptions did not change from April 1, 1997. Increasing the assumed health
care cost trend rate by 1% would change the accumulated post-retirement
benefits obligation at December 31, 1997 by approximately $2,218 and the
aggregate service and interest cost components for the nine months ended
December 31, 1997 by approximately $81 and $113, respectively.

EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN: Under its various employee savings plans, the
Company matches the contributions of participating employees up to a designated
level. The extent of the match, vesting terms and the form of the matching
contribution vary among the plans. Under these plans, the Company's matching
contributions, in cash, for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 was $3,742.

THE PREDECESSOR COMPANY

Certain of the Businesses for the Predecessor Company participated in
various Lockheed Martin-sponsored pension plans covering certain employees.
Eligibility for participation in these plans varies, and benefits are generally
based on members' compensation and years of service. Lockheed Martin's funding
policy was generally to contribute in accordance with cost accounting standards
that affect government contractors, subject to the Internal Revenue Code and
regulations. Since the aforementioned pension arrangements are part of certain
Lockheed Martin defined benefit plans, no separate actuarial data is available
for the portion allocable to the Businesses. Therefore, no liabilities or
assets are reflected in the accompanying combined financial statements of the
Predecessor Company as of December 31, 1996. The Businesses have been allocated
pension costs based upon participant employee headcount. Net pension expense
included in the accompanying combined financial statements of the Predecessor
Company was $1,848 for the three months ended March 31, 1997, and $7,027 and
$4,134, for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

In addition to participating in Lockheed Martin-sponsored pension plans,
certain of the Businesses of the Predecessor Company provided varying levels of
health care and life insurance benefits for retired employees and dependents.
Participants were eligible for these benefits when they retired from active
service and met the pension plan eligibility requirements. These benefits are
funded primarily on a pay-as-you-go basis with the retiree generally paying a
portion of the cost through contributions, deductibles and coinsurance
provisions. Since the aforementioned postretirement benefits are part of
certain Lockheed Martin postretirement arrangements, no separate actuarial data
is available for the portion allocable to the Businesses. Accordingly, no
liability is reflected in the accompanying combined financial statements as of
combined December 31, 1996 and 1995. The Businesses have been allocated
postretirement benefits cost based on participant employee

F-36
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

headcount. Postretirement benefit costs included in the accompanying combined
financial statements was $616 for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and
$2,787 and $2,124 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
Under various employee savings plans sponsored by Lockheed Martin, the
Predecessor Company matched contributions of participating employees up to a
designated level. Under these plans the matching contributions for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
were $1,241, $3,940 and $1,478, respectively.

16. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Supplemental disclosures to the consolidated statement of cash flows are
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPANY PREDECESSOR COMPANY
------------------- --------------------------------
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
NINE MONTHS THREE MONTHS --------------
ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1997 MARCH 31, 1997 1996 1995
------------------- --------------- ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest paid ............. $21,245 -- -- --
======= == == ==
Income taxes paid ......... $ 109 -- -- --
======= == == ==
</TABLE>

17. SALES TO PRINCIPAL CUSTOMERS

The Company and the Predecessor Company operate primarily in one industry
segment, government electronic systems. Sales to principal customers are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPANY PREDECESSOR COMPANY
-------------- --------------------------------------------
THREE
NINE MONTHS YEAR YEAR
MONTHS ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
1997 1997 1996 1995
-------------- ----------- -------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Government Agencies ......... $434,020 $128,505 $425,033 $161,617
Foreign (principally foreign
governments) ................... 12,090 13,612 33,475 4,945
Other (principally U.S.
commercial) .................... 100,415 16,756 84,573 219
-------- -------- -------- --------
$546,525 $158,873 $543,081 $166,781
======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

18. OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH LOCKHEED MARTIN

The Company and the Predecessor Company sell products to Lockheed Martin
and its affiliates, net sales for which were $60,402 for the nine months ended
December 31, 1997; $21,171 for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and
$70,658 and $25,874 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. Included in Contracts in Process are receivables from Lockheed
Martin and its affiliates of $8,846 and $10,924 at December 31, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.

Lockheed Martin provides the Company information systems and other
services and previously provided similar services to the Predecessor Company
for which the Company and the Predecessor Company were charged $13,690, $4,210,
$20,901 and $20,508 for the nine months ended December 31, 1997, the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995,
respectively.

The Predecessor Company relied on Lockheed Martin for certain services,
including treasury, cash management, employee benefits, taxes, risk management,
internal audit, financial reporting, contract administration and general
corporate services. Although certain assets, liabilities and

F-37
<PAGE>

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED (COMBINED) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

expenses related to these services have been allocated to the Businesses, the
combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows presented in
the accompanying combined financial statements would not be the same had the
Businesses been independent entities.

The amount of allocated corporate expenses to the Predecessor Company and
reflected in these combined financial statements was estimated based primarily
on an allocation methodology prescribed by government regulations pertaining to
government contractors. Allocated costs to the Businesses were $5,208 for the
three months ended March 31, 1997, and $10,057 and $2,964 for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In February 1998, the Company purchased substantially all the assets and
liabilities of the Satellite Transmission Systems division of California
Microwave, Inc. The purchase price of $27,000 is subject to adjustment based on
closing net assets. The Company used cash on hand to fund the purchase price.

On December 22, 1997, the Company signed a definitive agreement to
purchase substantially all the assets and liabilities of the Ocean Systems
division of AlliedSignal Inc. The purchase price of $67,500, subject to
adjustment based on closing net working capital, will be financed through cash
on hand and/or borrowings available under the Senior Credit Facilities.

In February 1998, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to
purchase the assets of ILEX Systems ("ILEX") for $51,900 in cash, subject to
adjustment based on closing net assets and additional consideration based on
post-acquisition performance of ILEX.

The acquisition of ILEX and Ocean Systems are expected to close during the
first quarter of 1998. The company plans to finance the purchase prices using
its cash on hand and available borrowings under its revolving credit facility.

In February 1998, the Company filed a registration statement with the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") for the sale of $150,000 aggregate
principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Notes Offering"),
and concurrently with the Notes Offering, Holdings filed a registration
statement with the SEC for the sale of 5.5 million shares of common stock of
Holdings.

20. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPANY PREDECESSOR
FOR THE QUARTERS ENDED COMPANY
------------------------------------------------------- ---------------
DEC. 31, 1997 SEPT. 30, 1997 JUNE 30, 1997(A) MARCH 31, 1997
--------------- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ..................... $203,673 $174,822 $168,030 $158,873
Operating income .......... 22,881 17,854 10,711 7,936
Net income (loss) ......... 8,348 5,276 (1,319) (258)
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR COMPANY
--------------------------------------------------
DEC. 31, SEPT. 30, JUNE 30, MARCH 31,
1996 1996 1996 1996
---------- ----------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ..................... $178,040 $158,594 $165,294 $41,153
Operating income .......... 20,564 12,197 9,254 1,676
Net income (loss) ......... 8,401 3,055 737 (497)
</TABLE>

- ----------
(a) Includes a $4,410 noncash compensation charge.

F-38
<PAGE>

LORAL ACQUIRED BUSINESSES
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the three months ended March 31, 1996 and the year ended December 31, 1995

F-39
<PAGE>

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors of
L-3 Communications Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying combined statements of operations and
cash flows for the Loral Acquired Businesses as defined in Note 1 (the
"Businesses") for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and the year ended
December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Businesses' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the combined results of the operations and cash flows
of the Businesses for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and the year ended
December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

1301 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
March 20, 1997

F-40
<PAGE>

LORAL ACQUIRED BUSINESSES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED YEAR ENDED
MARCH 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1995
---------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Sales .............................. $132,200 $448,165
Cost and expenses .................. 124,426 424,899
-------- --------
Operating income ................... 7,774 23,266
Allocated interest expense ......... 4,365 20,799
-------- --------
Income before income taxes ......... 3,409 2,467
Income taxes ....................... 1,292 854
-------- --------
Net income ......................... $ 2,117 $ 1,613
======== ========
</TABLE>

See notes to combined financial statements.

F-41
<PAGE>

LORAL ACQUIRED BUSINESSES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED YEAR ENDED
MARCH 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1995
---------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income ........................................... $ 2,117 $ 1,613
Depreciation and amortization ........................ 5,011 20,625
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Contracts in process ................................ (11,382) 7,327
Other current assets ................................ (3,436) 890
Other assets ........................................ 2,437 6,736
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ............ 4,525 (4,533)
Other current liabilities ........................... 3,348 4,428
Other liabilities ................................... (452) 117
--------- ----------
Net cash from operating activities ................... 2,168 37,203
--------- ----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisition of business .............................. -- (214,927)
Capital expenditures ................................. (3,962) (12,683)
Disposition of property, plant and equipment ......... 187 4,342
--------- ----------
(3,775) (223,268)
--------- ----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Advances from (repayments to) Loral .................. 1,607 186,065
--------- ----------
Net change in cash ................................... $ -- $ --
========= ==========
</TABLE>

See notes to combined financial statements.

F-42
<PAGE>

LORAL ACQUIRED BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

1. BACKGROUND AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

On January 31, 1997, Lockheed Martin Corporation ("Lockheed Martin"),
Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. ("Lehman"), Frank C. Lanza ("Lanza") and Robert
V. LaPenta ("LaPenta") entered into a Memorandum of Understanding ("MOU")
regarding the transfer of certain businesses of Lockheed Martin to a newly
formed corporation ("Newco") to be owned by Lockheed Martin, Lehman, Lanza and
LaPenta. The businesses proposed to be transferred (the "Loral Acquired
Businesses" or "Businesses") include Lockheed Martin's Wideband Systems
Division and the Products Group, comprised of ten autonomous operations, all of
which were acquired by Lockheed Martin effective April 1, 1996 as part of the
acquisition by Lockheed Martin of the defense electronics business of Loral
Corporation ("Loral"). Also included in the transaction is the acquisition of a
semiconductor product line of another business and certain leasehold
improvements in New York City.

The Businesses are leading suppliers of sophisticated secure communication
systems, microwave communication components, avionic and instrumentation
products and other products and services to major aerospace and defense
contractors as well as the U.S. Government. The Businesses operate primarily in
one industry segment, communication systems and products.

Substantially all the Businesses' products are sold to agencies of the
United States Government, primarily the Department of Defense, to foreign
government agencies or to prime contractors or subcontractors thereof. All
domestic government contracts and subcontracts of the Businesses are subject to
audit, various cost controls and include standard provisions for termination
for the convenience of the government. Multi-year government contracts and
related orders are subject to cancellation if funds for contract performance
for any subsequent year become unavailable. Foreign government contracts
generally include comparable provisions relating to termination for the
convenience of the government.

The decline in the U.S. defense budget since the mid 1980s has resulted in
program delays, cancellations and scope reductions for defense contractors in
general. These events may or may not have an effect on the Businesses'
programs; however, in the event that expenditures for products of the type
manufactured by the Businesses are reduced, and not offset by greater foreign
sales or other new programs or products, or acquisitions, there may be a
reduction in the volume of contracts or subcontracts awarded to the Businesses.

The Businesses' operations, as presented herein, include allocations and
estimates of certain expenses of Loral based upon estimates of services
performed by Loral that management of the Businesses believe are reasonable.
Such services include treasury, cash management, employee benefits, taxes, risk
management, internal audit and general corporate services. Accordingly, the
results of operations and cash flows as presented herein may not be the same as
would have occurred had the Businesses been independent entities.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

BASIS OF COMBINATION

The accompanying combined financial statements reflect the Businesses'
assets, liabilities and operations included in Loral Corporation's historical
financial statements that will be transferred to Newco. All significant
intercompany transactions and amounts have been eliminated. The combined
financial statements do not include the operations of telecommunications switch
product line which will not be transferred and was exited in 1995. Also, the
assets and operations of the semiconductor product line and certain other
facilities which are not material to the Businesses have been excluded from the
financial statements.

F-43
<PAGE>

LORAL ACQUIRED BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

ALLOCATION OF CORPORATE EXPENSES

The amount of corporate office expenses reflected in these financial
statements has been estimated based primarily on the allocation methodology
prescribed by government regulations pertaining to government contractors,
which management of the Businesses believes to be a reasonable allocation
method.

INCOME TAXES

The Businesses were included in the consolidated Federal income tax return
and certain combined and separate state and local income tax returns of Loral.
However, for the purposes of these financial statements, the provision for
income taxes was allocated based upon reported income before income taxes. Such
provision was recorded through the advances from (repayments to) Loral account.

INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest expense has been allocated to the Businesses by applying Loral's
weighted average consolidated interest rate to the portion of the beginning of
the period invested equity account deemed to be financed by consolidated debt,
which amount has been determined based on Loral's debt to equity ratio on such
date, except that the acquisition of Wideband Systems has been assumed to be
fully financed by debt.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

The Businesses participated in Loral's cash management system, under which
all cash was received and payments made by Loral. All transactions between the
Businesses and Loral have been accounted for as settled in cash on the date
such transactions were recorded by the Businesses.

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

CONTRACTS IN PROCESS

Sales on long-term production-type contracts are recorded as units are
shipped; profits applicable to such shipments are recorded pro rata, based upon
estimated total profit at completion of the contract. Sales and profits on cost
reimbursable contracts are recognized as costs are incurred. Sales and
estimated profits under other long-term contracts are recognized under the
percentage of completion method of accounting using the cost-to-cost method.
Amounts representing contract change orders or claims are included in sales
only when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable. Incentive
fees and award fees enter into the determination of contract profits when they
can be reliably estimated.

Costs accumulated under long-term contracts include direct costs as well
as manufacturing, overhead, and for government contracts, general and
administrative, independent research and development and bid and proposal
costs. Losses on contracts are recognized when determined. Revisions in profit
estimates are reflected in the period in which the facts which require the
revision become known.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

Depreciation is provided primarily on the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are
amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of
the improvements. The excess of the cost of purchased businesses over the fair
value of the net assets acquired is being amortized using a straight-line
method generally over a 40-year period.

F-44
<PAGE>

LORAL ACQUIRED BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

The carrying amount of cost in excess of net assets acquired is evaluated
on a recurring basis. Current and future profitability as well as current and
future undiscounted cash flows, excluding financing costs, of the underlying
businesses are primary indicators of recoverability. There were no adjustments
to the carrying amount of cost in excess of net assets acquired resulting from
these evaluations during the periods presented.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the Businesses' management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses
during the reporting period. The most significant of these estimates and
assumptions relate to contract estimates of sales and costs, cost allocations
from Loral, including interest and income taxes, recoverability of recorded
amounts of fixed assets and cost in excess of net assets acquired, litigation
and environmental obligations. Actual results could differ from these
estimates.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Effective January 1, 1996, the Businesses adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets to Be Disposed Of" ("SFAS 121"). SFAS 121 establishes the accounting
standards for the impairment of long-lived assets, certain intangible assets
and cost in excess of net assets and certain intangible assets to be disposed
of. The impact of adopting SFAS 121 was not material.

Effective January 1, 1994, the Businesses adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment
Benefits" ("SFAS 112"). SFAS 112 requires that the costs of benefits provided
to employees after employment but before retirement be recognized on an accrual
basis. The adoption of SFAS 112 did not have a material impact on the results
of operations of the Businesses.

4. ACQUISITIONS

Effective May 1, 1995, Loral acquired substantially all the assets and
liabilities of the Defense Systems operations of Unisys Corporation, which
included the Wideband Systems Division. The acquisition has been accounted for
as a purchase. As such, the accompanying combined financial statements reflect
the results of operations of the Wideband Systems Division from the effective
date of acquisition, including the amortization of an allocated portion of cost
in excess of net assets acquired resulting from the acquisition. Such
allocation was based on the sales and profitability of the Wideband Systems
Divisions relative to the aggregate sales and profitability of the defense
systems operations acquired by Loral. The assets and liabilities recorded in
connection with the purchase price allocation were $240,525 and $25,598,
respectively.

Had the acquisition of the Wideband Systems Division occurred on January
1, 1995, the unaudited pro forma sales and net income for the year ended
December 31, 1995 would have been $524,355 and $504,780, respectively. The
results, which are based on various assumptions, are not necessarily indicative
of what would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of January
1, 1995.

F-45
<PAGE>

LORAL ACQUIRED BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

5. OPERATING EXPENSES

The following expenses have been included in the statements of operations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE YEAR
MONTHS ENDED ENDED
MARCH 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1995
---------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
General and administrative expenses ...................... $23,558 $90,757
Independent research and development, and bid and proposal
costs ................................................... $ 5,587 $21,370
</TABLE>

6. INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes was calculated by applying Loral's
statutory tax rates to the reported pre-tax book income after considering items
that do not enter into the determination of taxable income and tax credits
reflected in the consolidated provision which are related to the Businesses. It
is estimated that deferred income taxes represent approximately $714,000 and
$2,857,000 of the provisions for income taxes reflected in these financial
statements for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and the year ended
December 31, 1995. The principal components of deferred income taxes are
contract accounting methods, property plant and equipment, goodwill
amortization, and timing of accruals. Substantially all of the Businesses'
income is from domestic operations.

The following is a reconciliation of the statutory rate to the effective
tax rates reflected in the financial statements:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
31,
----------------------
1996 1995
--------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Statutory Federal income tax rate ............................. 35.0% 35.0%
Research and development and other tax credits ................ -- (18.6)
State and local income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit
and state and local income tax credits ....................... 3.9 (.3)
Foreign sales corporation tax benefit ......................... (2.2) (3.0)
Amortization of goodwill ...................................... 6.3 35.1
Other, net .................................................... (5.1) (13.6)
---- -----
Effective income tax rate ..................................... 37.9% 34.6%
==== =====
</TABLE>

7. INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest expense was calculated using the following balances and interest
rates:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE YEAR
MONTHS ENDED ENDED
MARCH 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1995
---------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Invested Equity ................................... $ 453,062 $ 265,384
Interest Rate ..................................... 7.40% 7.87%
Wideband Systems Allocated Purchase Price ......... -- $ 214,927
Interest Rate ..................................... -- 7.40%
</TABLE>

F-46
<PAGE>

LORAL ACQUIRED BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Businesses lease certain facilities and equipment under agreements
expiring at various dates through 2011. Leases covering major items of real
estate and equipment contain renewal and/or purchase options which may be
exercised by the Businesses. Rent expense for the three months ended March 31,
1996 was $1,063. Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 1995 was $4,276.

Management is continually assessing its obligations with respect to
applicable environmental protection laws. While it is difficult to determine
the timing and ultimate cost to be incurred by the Businesses in order to
comply with these laws, based upon available internal and external assessments,
the Businesses believe that even without considering potential insurance
recoveries, if any, there are no environmental loss contingencies that,
individually or in the aggregate, would be material to the Businesses'
operations. The Businesses accrue for these contingencies when it is probable
that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated. The Businesses believe that it has adequately accrued for future
expenditures in connection with environmental matters and that such
expenditures will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position
or results of operations.

There are a number of lawsuits or claims pending against the Businesses
and incidental to its business. However, in the opinion of management, the
ultimate liability on these matters, if any, will not have a material adverse
effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Businesses.

9. PENSIONS AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

PENSIONS

The Businesses participate in various Loral-sponsored pension plans both
contributory and non-contributory covering certain employees. Eligibility for
participation in these plans varies, and benefits are generally based on
members' compensation and years of service. Loral's funding policy was
generally to contribute in accordance with cost accounting standards that
affect government contractors, subject to the Internal Revenue code and
regulations thereon. Since the aforementioned pension arrangements were part of
certain Loral defined benefit or defined contribution plans, no separate
actuarial data was available for the Businesses. The Businesses have been
allocated their share of pension costs based upon participation employee
headcount. Net pension expense, which approximates the amount funded, included
in the accompanying financial statements was $1,234 and $4,391 for the three
months ended March 31, 1996 and the year ended December 31, 1995, respectively.

POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS

In addition to participating in Loral-sponsored pension plans, the
Businesses provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for retired
employees and dependents at certain locations. Participants are eligible for
these benefits when they retire from active service and meet the pension plan
eligibility requirements. These benefits are funded primarily on a
pay-as-you-go basis with the retiree generally paying a portion of the cost
through contributions, deductibles and coinsurance provisions. Since the
aforementioned postretirement benefits were part of certain Loral
postretirement arrangements, no separate actuarial data is available for the
Businesses. The Businesses have been allocated postretirement benefit costs
based upon participant employee headcount. Post-retirement benefits costs
included in the accompanying financial statements were $402 and $1,646 for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 and the year ended December 31, 1995,
respectively.

F-47
<PAGE>

LORAL ACQUIRED BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLANS

Under various employee savings plans sponsored by Loral, the Businesses
matched the contributions of participating employees up to a designated level.
The extent of the match, vesting terms and the form of the matching
contribution vary among the plans. Under these plans, the matching
contributions, in cash, common stock or both, for the three months ended March
31, 1996 and the year ended December 31, 1995 were $634 and $1,879,
respectively.

10. SALES TO PRINCIPAL CUSTOMERS

The Businesses operate primarily in one industry segment, electronic
components and systems. Sales to principal customers are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE YEAR
MONTHS ENDED ENDED
MARCH 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1995
---------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
U.S. Government Agencies .......................... $ 94,993 $328,476
Foreign (principally foreign governments) ......... 16,838 62,549
Other (principally commercial) .................... 20,369 57,140
-------- --------
$132,200 $448,165
======== ========
</TABLE>

Foreign sales comprise the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE YEAR
MONTHS ENDED ENDED
MARCH 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1995
---------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Export sales
Asia ........................ $ 4,056 $19,248
Middle East ................. 3,648 4,147
Europe ...................... 6,275 26,283
Other ....................... 2,859 12,871
------- -------
Total foreign sales ......... $16,838 $62,549
======= =======
</TABLE>

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Businesses had a number of transactions with Loral and its affiliates.
Management believes that the arrangements are as favorable to the Businesses as
could be obtained from unaffiliated parties. The following describe the related
party transactions.

Loral allocated certain operational, administrative, legal and other
services to the Businesses. Costs allocated to the Businesses were $1,827 and
$6,535 for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and the year ended December
31, 1995, respectively. The Businesses sold products to Loral and its
affiliates. Net sales to Loral were $14,840 for the three months ended March
31, 1996 and were $54,600 in 1995. Net sales to Space Systems/Loral were $2,471
for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and were $4,596 in 1995. Net sales to
K&F Industries were $1,173 for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and were
$2,415 in 1995.

F-48
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 1998 and for the
Six Months Ended June 30, 1998 and 1997

F-49
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)

JUNE 30, 1998

<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash ............................................................. $ 197,000
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
$582,000........................................................ 25,931,000
Inventories ...................................................... 28,174,000
Unbilled costs ................................................... 5,259,000
Deferred income tax benefit ...................................... 6,100,000
Prepaid expenses and other ....................................... 2,596,000
------------
Total current assets ............................................. 68,257,000
Property, plant and equipment--at cost $ 15,663,000
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ................... (2,782,000) 12,881,000
------------
Deferred Income Tax Benefit ....................................... 927,000
Intangible Assets--net ............................................ 78,035,000
Other Assets ...................................................... 366,000
------------
$160,466,000
============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Current maturities of long-term debt ............................. $ 6,250,000
Accounts payable ................................................. 12,428,000
Accrued expenses and other liabilities ........................... 21,808,000
------------
Total current liabilities ........................................ 40,486,000
Long-term debt, less current maturities ........................... 69,745,000
Postretirement benefits liability ................................. 25,500,000
Pension benefits liability ........................................ 4,731,000
Other liabilities ................................................. 435,000
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity
Preferred stock--authorized, 1,000,000 shares of $.01 par value;
issued and outstanding, 38,010 shares, at stated value ......... $ 3,801,000
Common stock--authorized, 1,000,000 shares of $.01 par value;
issued and outstanding, 99,000 shares .......................... 990
Additional paid-in capital ....................................... 2,422,010
Carryover basis adjustment ....................................... (2,151,000)
Net earnings ..................................................... 15,785,000
Cumulative translation adjustment ................................ (289,000) 19,569,000
------------ ------------
$160,466,000
============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-50
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
--------------------------------
1998 1997
--------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Net revenues ..................................................... $105,505,000 $ 50,782,000
Cost of goods sold ............................................... 76,429,000 33,929,000
------------ ------------
Gross profit ..................................................... 29,076,000 16,853,000
------------ ------------
Operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative ............................. 14,132,000 5,525,000
Engineering, research and development ........................... 3,853,000 3,942,000
------------ ------------
Actuarial and other changes to postretirement and defined benefit
pension plans ................................................. -- (2,663,000)
------------ ------------
17,985,000 6,804,000
------------ ------------
Earnings from operations ........................................ 11,091,000 10,049,000
------------ ------------
Other income (expenses)
Interest expense, net ........................................... (4,951,000) (554,000)
Earnings before income taxes .................................. 6,140,000 9,495,000
Income tax expense ............................................... 2,272,000 2,460,000
------------ ------------
Net earnings .................................................. $ 3,868,000 $ 7,035,000
============ ============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

F-51
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
-----------------------------------
1998 1997
--------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
Net earnings ....................................................... $ 3,868,000 $ 7,035,000
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by
operating activities
Depreciation and amortization ...................................... 2,559,000 529,000
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of
acquisition of SPD Technologies Inc.
Accounts receivable .............................................. (6,544,000) (2,868,000)
Inventories ...................................................... 7,036,000 (386,000)
Unbilled costs ................................................... (644,000) 827,000
Prepaid expenses and other ......................................... (793,000) (511,000)
Accounts payable ................................................... 1,332,000 (618,000)
Pension and postretirement benefits liability ...................... (1,033,000) (2,956,000)
Accrual expenses and other liabilities ............................. 1,776,000 880,000
Income taxes payable ................................................ 1,284,000 703,000
------------ -------------
Net cash provided by operating activities ........................... 8,841,000 2,635,000
------------ -------------
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of SPD Technologies Inc., net of cash acquired ......... (791,000) --
Capital expenditures ............................................... (2,950,000) (914,000)
------------ -------------
Net cash (used in) investing activities .......................... (3,741,000) (914,000)
------------ -------------
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock ............ 1,000 --
Principal payments on short-term debt ............................... (2,955,000) (1,978,000)
Principal payments on long-term debt ................................ (2,500,000) (750,000)
------------ -------------
Net cash (used in) financing activities .......................... (5,454,000) (2,728,000)
------------ -------------
Net (decrease) in cash ........................................... $ (354,000) $ (1,007,000)
============ =============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

F-52
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 AND 1997

NOTE A--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

SPD Technologies Inc. ("SPD") and Subsidiaries (the "Company") develop,
manufacture and market electrical power delivery systems and components and
vehicular control systems, focused on switching and distribution and frequency
and voltage conversion for military, commercial marine, rail transportation,
utility and commercial specialty markets in the United States and overseas.
SPD's products encompass the entire electrical distribution (power delivery)
system utilized on self-contained power systems such as ships and rail cars.

In January 1997, SPD Holdings Inc., a company formed by an investor group
and certain minority stockholders of SPD Technologies Inc., the predecessor
company, acquired all of the outstanding stock of the Company. The acquisition
was accounted for as a purchase and was financed by the issuance of common and
preferred stock and bank borrowings. As a result of certain minority
shareholders of the predecessor company acquiring ownership in SPD Holdings
Inc., the Company recorded a carryover basis adjustment to stockholders' equity
of $(2,151,000). During 1997, SPD Holdings Inc. changed its name to SPD
Technologies Inc.

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for
interim financial information and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly,
they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally
accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the
opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included.
Operating results for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 are
not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the years
ended December 31, 1997 and 1998. For further information, refer to the
financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company's financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 1997.

NOTE B--INVENTORIES

Inventories and inventoried costs relating to long-term contracts consist
of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1998
--------------
<S> <C>
Materials and purchased parts ...................................... $10,730,000
Work-in-process, primarily on U.S. Government contracts ............ 24,064,000
Finished goods ..................................................... 1,703,000
-----------
36,497,000
Less progress billings related to long-term contracts and programs . 8,323,000
-----------
$28,174,000
===========
</TABLE>

Under the contractual arrangements by which progress payments are
received, the United States government asserts that it has a security interest
in the contracts in process identified with the related contracts.

NOTE C--SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Pursuant to a definitive agreement entered into on July 2, 1998, L-3
Communications Corporation acquired the stock of the Company on August 13, 1998
for $230,000,000, subject to adjustment based on closing net assets, as
defined. In connection with the sale of the Company, as provided for in the
Company's stock option plan, on August 13, 1998 the vesting date for all
outstanding stock options of the Company was accelerated and the Company
recorded a related $22,078,000 pre-tax compensation charge.

F-53
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Financial Statements and
Report of Independent Certified
Public Accountants

December 31, 1997

F-54
<PAGE>

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Board of Directors
SPD Technologies Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of SPD
Technologies Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of earnings and cash flows for the year then ended.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SPD
Technologies Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their consolidated cash flows for
the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

New York, New York
February 25, 1998

F-55
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 1997

ASSETS

<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Current assets
Cash ............................................................. $ 551,230
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
$772,000........................................................ 19,791,544
Inventories ...................................................... 35,209,738
Unbilled costs ................................................... 4,616,034
Deferred income tax benefit ...................................... 6,100,000
Prepaid expenses and other ....................................... 1,219,101
------------
Total current assets ........................................... 67,487,647
Property, plant and equipment--at cost
Land ............................................................. $ 150,651
Building and improvements ........................................ 826,754
Machinery and equipment .......................................... 8,701,809
Furniture and fixtures ........................................... 783,851
Leasehold improvements ........................................... 2,469,130
------------
12,932,195
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ................... (1,626,808) 11,305,387
------------ ------------
Deferred income tax benefit ....................................... 927,466
Intangible assets--net ............................................ 78,434,265
Other assets ...................................................... 726,932
------------
$158,881,697
============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
Current maturities of long-term debt ............................. $ 6,305,700
Accounts payable ................................................. 11,096,002
Postretirement benefits liability ................................ 3,500,000
Pension benefits liability ....................................... 3,049,508
Accrued expenses and other liabilities ........................... 18,808,646
Income taxes payable ............................................. 229,479
------------
Total current liabilities ...................................... 42,989,335
Long-term debt, less current maturities ........................... 75,403,527
Postretirement benefits liability ................................. 22,681,000
Pension benefits liability ........................................ 2,033,797
------------
143,107,659
------------
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity
Preferred stock--authorized, 1,000,000 shares of $.01 par value;
issued and outstanding, 38,010 shares, at stated value ......... $ 3,801,000
Common stock--authorized, 1,000,000 shares of $.01 par value;
issued and outstanding, 99,000 shares .......................... 990
Additional paid-in capital ....................................... 2,422,170
Carryover basis adjustment ....................................... (2,151,000)
Net earnings ..................................................... 11,916,021
Cumulative translation adjustment ................................ (215,143) 15,774,038
------------ ------------
$158,881,697
============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-56
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Net revenues .................................................................... $130,039,536
Cost of goods sold .............................................................. 86,533,682
------------
Gross profit ................................................................... 43,505,854
------------
Operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative ............................................ 15,749,504
Engineering, research and development .......................................... 8,500,920
Amortization of intangible assets .............................................. 1,458,755
Actuarial and other changes to postretirement and defined benefit pension plans (5,332,680)
------------
20,376,499
------------
Earnings from operations ..................................................... 23,129,355

Other income (expenses)
Interest expense, net .......................................................... (4,842,334)
------------
Earnings before income taxes ................................................. 18,287,021

Income taxes
Current ........................................................................ 3,100,000
Deferred ....................................................................... 3,271,000
------------
6,371,000
------------
Net earnings ................................................................. $ 11,916,021
============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-57
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
Net earnings .......................................................................... $ 11,916,021
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment ...................... 1,626,808
Amortization of intangible assets ................................................... 1,458,755
Deferred income taxes ............................................................... 3,271,000
Actuarial and other changes to postretirement and defined benefit pension plans ..... (5,332,680)
Provision for losses on accounts receivable ......................................... 643,000
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions of SPD
Technologies Inc. and Power Paragon Inc.
Accounts receivable ................................................................ 664,814
Inventories ........................................................................ (6,995,194)
Unbilled costs ..................................................................... 2,484,834
Prepaid expenses and other ......................................................... 923,808
Accounts payable ................................................................... 1,897,353
Pension and postretirement benefits liability ...................................... (2,893,879)
Other liabilities .................................................................. 2,055,969
-------------
Net cash provided by operating activities ........................................ 11,720,609
-------------
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of SPD Technologies Inc. and Power Paragon Inc., net of cash acquired ..... (84,920,664)
Capital expenditures .................................................................. (1,886,136)
-------------
Net cash used in investing activities .............................................. (86,806,800)
-------------
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock .............................. 3,122,000
Net proceeds from long-term debt ...................................................... 96,954,761
Principal payments on long-term debt .................................................. (22,718,315)
Payment of deferred financing costs ................................................... (1,721,025)
-------------
Net cash provided by financing activities .......................................... 75,637,421
-------------
Net increase in cash ............................................................... $ 551,230
=============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-58
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997

NOTE A--BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A summary of the significant accounting policies consistently applied in
the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows:

1. PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SPD and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries, SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., SPD Switchgear Inc.,
PacOrd Inc., Henschel, Inc., Power Paragon Inc. and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated.

2. REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenues for production-type contracts are recognized as units are shipped
or are substantially ready to be shipped subject to customer inspection.
Revenues on long-term, production-type contracts, service contracts and
engineering and development contracts are recognized on the
percentage-of-completion method, whereunder the estimated sales value is
determined on the basis of contract milestones achieved and costs are
recognized on the basis of contract percentage completions (as measured by
applying the most recent estimated profit margin for the entire contract at
completion to the revenues recognized based on contractual milestones
achieved).

The Company believes its approach is conservative and generally results in
lower revenues and gross profits in the early stages of a contract when
estimates are more susceptible to change.

Sales under cost reimbursement contracts are recorded as costs are
incurred and include estimated earned fees proportionate to total estimated
costs. The fees under certain government contracts may be increased or
decreased in accordance with cost or performance incentive provisions, which
measure actual performance against established targets or other criteria. Such
incentive fee awards or penalties are included in sales at the time the amounts
can be reasonably determined.

Generally, sales and earnings on long-term government contracts are
determined on a contract-by-contract basis, based on estimates that are
reviewed and revised periodically and adjustments to recognized sales and
earnings resulting from such revisions are recorded on a cumulative basis in
the period in which they are identified. Provisions for anticipated losses are
made in the period in which they first become determinable.

3. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company classifies all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of less than three months as cash equivalents.

F-59
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997

NOTE A--BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

4. INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with appropriate
provision to reduce excess and obsolete inventory to net realizable values.
Generally, the Company values inventory at cost, which approximates actual on a
first-in, first-out basis and the weighted moving average method. One
subsidiary values inventory related to government contracts to include all
costs identified with the contract and an allocation of all other indirect
costs, including marketing, general and administrative, and other expenses.

5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment are
computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets for financial reporting purposes and straight-line and accelerated
methods for tax reporting purposes.

6. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over forty years.
Deferred financing costs are being amortized over the five-year term of the
loan agreement. The Company evaluates goodwill on an annual basis for possible
impairment based on the expected future cash flows of the businesses acquired.

7. INCOME TAXES

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between income tax
and financial reporting and principally relate to postretirement benefits other
than pensions, pension costs, depreciation, inventory and various accrued
expenses.

8. FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

The assets and liabilities of the Company's German subsidiaries are
translated into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates in effect at the
reporting date. Income statement items are generally translated at average
exchange rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation
adjustments are recorded as a separate component of stockholders' equity. Gains
or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the
consolidated statement of earnings as incurred.

9. ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

In preparing financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles, management is required to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure
of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.

NOTE B--ACQUISITION OF POWER PARAGON INC.

At the close of business on June 30, 1997, SPD acquired all of the
outstanding stock of Power Paragon Inc. ("PPI") and subsidiaries (formerly
known as PTS Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries). PPI develops and manufactures
electrical power systems and components for military and commercial specialty
applications in the United States and overseas. The acquisition was financed
principally by bank borrowings. The acquisition has been accounted for as a
purchase and, accordingly, the results of

F-60
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997

NOTE B--ACQUISITION OF POWER PARAGON INC. (CONTINUED)

operations of PPI are included in the consolidated financial statements from
the date of acquisition. In lieu of cash, certain minority stockholders of PPI
exchanged options for the purchase of stock in PPI for options to purchase
shares of the Company's common stock. The fair value of the PPI options
exchanged, totalling approximately $2,324,000, was recorded as additional
paid-in capital at the date of the acquisition.

NOTE C--INVENTORIES

Inventories and inventoried costs relating to long-term contracts consist
of the following:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Materials and purchased parts ..................................... $ 8,939,257
Work-in-process, primarily on U.S. Government contracts ........... 33,786,558
Finished goods .................................................... 1,874,897
-----------
44,600,712
Less progress billings related to long-term contracts and programs 9,390,974
-----------
$35,209,738
===========
</TABLE>

NOTE D--INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Goodwill .............................. $ 78,171,995
Deferred financing costs .............. 1,721,025
------------
79,893,020
Less accumulated amortization ......... (1,458,755)
------------
$ 78,434,265
============
</TABLE>

NOTE E--LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Term loan A payable in quarterly installments of principal plus interest at a
variable rate (9.5% at December 31, 1997) maturing June 30, 2002 ........... $37,550,000
Term loan B payable in quarterly installments of principal plus interest at a
variable rate (9.75% at December 31, 1997) maturing June 30, 2004 .......... 24,950,000
Revolving loan payable bearing interest at a variable rate (9.5% at
December 31, 1997) maturing June 30, 2002 .................................. 18,949,707
Capital lease obligation payable in monthly installments of $6,261 through
January 2002 less amount representing interest of $47,285................... 259,520
-----------
81,709,227
Less current maturities ...................................................... 6,305,700
-----------
$75,403,527
===========
</TABLE>

F-61
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997

NOTE E--LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)

Substantially all of the assets and capital stock of the Company's
subsidiaries are pledged as collateral for borrowings under the term and
revolving loans. The loan agreement limits the payment of dividends and
provides for mandatory prepayments based upon excess cash flow, as defined. The
agreement also contains various restrictive financial covenants including
interest coverage and leverage ratios and limitations on annual capital
expenditures. Commencing January 1, 1998, the Company has the option to elect a
fixed rate of interest based on LIBOR. At December 31, 1997, approximately
$16,000,000 is available on the revolving loan payable.

The following is a summary of the annual maturities of long-term debt:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- -------------------------
<S> <C>
1998 $ 6,305,700
1999 7,561,100
2000 8,816,100
2001 10,320,300
2002 29,081,000
Thereafter 19,625,027
-----------
$81,709,227
===========
</TABLE>

NOTE F--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company conducts a substantial portion of its business utilizing
leased facilities and equipment with terms lasting through June 2009. The terms
of one principal facility lease include an option to purchase the leased
premises based on 50% of the fair market value of the land and 100% of the fair
market value of the building. The Company can renew the lease for two
additional five-year terms.

At December 31, 1997, future minimum payments under noncancellable
operating leases with remaining terms of more than one year were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- -------------------------
<S> <C>
1998 $ 4,086,000
1999 3,870,000
2000 2,892,000
2001 2,488,000
2002 2,464,000
Thereafter 7,942,000
-----------
$23,742,000
===========
</TABLE>

Rent expense for operating leases was approximately $3,344,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1997.

As a defense contractor for the U.S. Government, the books, records and
other supporting documentation of the Company used to establish certain
contract prices are subject to audit to determine the allowability and
reasonableness of costs. The Company routinely undergoes audits by the
Government on both a pre-award and post-award basis.

F-62
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997

NOTE F--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

The Company contributed approximately $1,000 in 1997 to multiemployer
pension plans for employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. Under
the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, if the plan terminates
or the Company withdraws, the Company could be subject to a "withdrawal
liability."

NOTE G--PREFERRED STOCK AND COMMON STOCK WARRANT AND OPTIONS

The preferred stock has a stated value of $100 per share and provides for
cumulative dividends at 8%. All shares of preferred stock are subject to
mandatory redemption at the stated value in the event of a sale of securities
of the Company or a sale of substantially all of the assets or a significant
subsidiary of the Company.

In connection with the acquisition discussed in Note A, the Company issued
a warrant for the purchase of 1,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price
of $1.00 to the principal stockholder of the Company. The warrant expires on
December 31, 2006.

In connection with the acquisition discussed in Note B, the Company issued
options for the purchase of 4,397 shares of the Company's common stock at an
exercise price of $68.37 per share. The options are exercisable in four years
or if the Company is acquired. The Company issued additional options to acquire
an aggregate of 14,740 Class B Nonvoting common shares to employees and
directors. The options are exercisable at $1.00 per share and expire on July 1,
2007. These options become exercisable only upon the closing of an initial
public offering or a sale of the Company for an amount in excess of a "minimum
threshold amount." One-half of the options vest in 12 1/2% increments over the
initial four-year period. The remaining one-half of the options vest in four
equal installments beginning on December 31, 1998, based upon the attainment of
certain performance goals.

The Company has determined that a compensation charge will be recorded
once it is determined that it is likely that the options will become
exercisable, as defined above. The amount of the compensation charge will be
based upon the difference between the fair value of the shares of the Company's
common stock at the date of exercise and the exercise price. No compensation
charge has been recorded as of December 31, 1997.

NOTE H--POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

1. PENSION PLAN

Substantially all the employees of the Company are covered under two
defined benefit pension plans in the United States and one defined benefit plan
in Germany. The following table sets forth the plans' funded status and amounts
recognized in the Company's balance sheet at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNITED STATES GERMANY
--------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations
Accumulated benefit obligations including vested benefits in
the United States of $61,292,666 and in Germany of $325,971 ............... $61,698,595 $494,879
=========== ========
Projected benefit obligation for services rendered to date ................. $65,881,023 $682,412
Plan assets at fair value, primarily fixed income investments and
common stocks ............................................................. 62,312,893 --
----------- --------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets -- pension liability . $ 3,568,130 $682,412
=========== ========
</TABLE>

F-63
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997

NOTE H--POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNITED STATES GERMANY
--------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Net periodic pension cost includes the following components:
Service cost -- benefit earned during the year ............. $ 1,562,196 $21,731
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation .............. 4,956,982 23,171
Actual (return) on plan assets ............................. (7,532,589) --
Net amortization and deferral .............................. 2,477,131 --
------------ -------
Net periodic pension cost .................................. $ 1,463,720 $44,902
============ =======
</TABLE>

The weighted average discount rates used in determining the present value
of the projected benefit obligations was 8.15%. The projected rate of increase
in future compensation levels was 5% - 5.5%. The expected long-term rate of
return on assets was 8% - 9.5%. The Company's policy is to fund pension cost
under its pension plan to the extent necessary under the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company
recorded actuarial and other gains on its pension plans totalling approximately
$3,239,000 principally resulting from better than projected performance of plan
assets.

2. POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS

Certain subsidiaries of the Company have a defined benefit postretirement
plan that provides medical benefits for retirees. The Company does not fund
retiree benefits in advance. In 1993, the predecessor company established plan
cost maximums to account for and control future medical costs more effectively.
The Company requires that the projected future cost of providing postretirement
benefits, principally health care, be accrued over the period earned rather
than expensed as claims are incurred.

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the year ended December 31,
1997, included the following components:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Service cost benefits attributed to service during the period .......... $ 117,000
Interest cost on the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ..... 2,088,000
Net amortization and deferral .......................................... (2,114,000)
------------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost ............................... $ 91,000
============
</TABLE>

Cost was determined by application of the terms of the medical plan,
including the effects of established maximums on covered costs, together with
relevant actuarial assumptions and health care cost trend rates projected at
annual rates progressively declining from 12% in 1995. Future benefits for
union-represented employees will be capped at the limits in effect for December
31, 1996. The effect of a 1% annual increase in these assumed cost trend rates
would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by
approximately $919,000 in 1997; the annual costs would not be materially
affected. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company recognized prior
service costs of approximately $4,362,000 relating to additional costs of
salaried employees whose employer contributions do not have a cap and
approximately $6,476,000 of net gains resulting from various underwriting
changes including lower expected medical cost premiums as a result of more
salaried employees choosing HMO's.

F-64
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997

NOTE H--POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

The following table provides information on the status of the plan at
December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
Retirees ............................................ $18,420,000
Fully eligible active plan participants ............. 5,984,000
Other active plan participants ...................... 1,777,000
-----------
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ......... $26,181,000
===========
</TABLE>

Measurement of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was based
on an assumed discount rate of 8.15% in 1997. The health care cost trend rate
for salaried employees was 9% in 1997.

3. EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS AND PROFIT-SHARING PLAN

The Company maintains various employee 401(k) savings plans. The Company
contributes a guaranteed minimum of eligible employee contributions. Additional
company contributions are voluntary and at the discretion of the Board of
Directors. Profit-sharing expense was approximately $754,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1997.

4. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company has two supplemental executive retirement plans which are
nonqualified plans maintained primarily for the purpose of providing additional
deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated
employees, as defined by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
Participation in, benefits under, and the duration of the plans are subject to
the Company's discretion.

Participants in the plans accrue benefits each fiscal year based on the
Company's discretionary contribution for each participant. The Company has
accrued $132,000 of estimated yearly contributions to be paid for the year
ended December 31, 1997.

In conjunction with the establishment of the plans, the Company
established rabbi trusts to aid in the payment of plan benefits. The trusts are
revocable and the assets contributed to the trusts can only be used to pay
participant benefits, with certain exceptions. Although the rabbi trusts
established are revocable by the Company, the trust agreements provide that,
after a change in control, the rabbi trusts shall not be revocable until all
protected benefits have been paid in full. The assets held in the trusts at
December 31, 1997 (included in other assets) amounted to approximately
$576,000. Earnings on trust assets are allocated to participants' accounts and
are included in the trust assets amount.

F-65
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997

NOTE I--INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense is comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Currently payable Federal ......... $2,377,000
State ............................. 708,000
Germany ........................... 15,000
----------
3,100,000
----------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Deferred
Federal ................ 2,842,000
State .................. 711,000
Germany ................ (282,000)
---------
3,271,000
---------
$6,371,000
==========
</TABLE>

The following is a reconciliation of the statutory Federal income tax rate
to the effective rate reported in the financial statements:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Expected provision for Federal income taxes ..................... 34.0%
State and local taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit ........ 5.1
Research and development credits ................................ (4.9)
Amortization of goodwill ........................................ 2.8
Other ........................................................... (2.2)
----
34.8%
====
</TABLE>

Deferred income taxes at December 31, 1997 relate to the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEFERRED DEFERRED
TAX TAX
ASSETS LIABILITIES
---------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Pension and postretirement benefits ............. $ 12,773,000
Net operating loss of German subsidiary ......... 1,245,466
Inventory costs ................................. 2,097,000
Contract costs .................................. $2,663,000
Vacation pay accrual ............................ 1,180,000
Warranty costs .................................. 519,000
Other temporary differences ..................... 2,822,000 318,000
Valuation allowance ............................. (10,628,000)
-------------
$ 10,008,466 $2,981,000
============= ==========
</TABLE>

The Federal income tax returns of PPI for the year ended June 30, 1995 are
under examination by the Internal Revenue Service. As of December 31, 1997, no
adjustments have been proposed.

PPI's subsidiaries in Germany have a net operating loss carryforward of
approximately $2,600,000 which has no expiration date.

F-66
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997

NOTE J--CASH FLOW INFORMATION

The following is supplemental cash flow information:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cash paid for Interest ......... $2,850,000
Income taxes ................... 4,431,000
</TABLE>

In connection with the acquisitions of SPD Technologies Inc. and Power
Paragon Inc., liabilities were assumed as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Fair value of assets acquired ......... $161,974,000
Cash paid ............................. 84,921,000
------------
Liabilities assumed ................... $ 77,053,000
============
</TABLE>

NOTE K--ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other liabilities are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accrued employment costs ................... $ 7,365,243
Accrued interest ........................... 2,112,342
Allowance for contract adjustments ......... 2,258,777
Accrued warranties ......................... 1,287,972
Customer advances .......................... 1,315,714
Other current liabilities .................. 4,468,598
-----------
$18,808,646
===========
</TABLE>

F-67
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Financial Statements and
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants
December 31, 1996 and 1995

F-68
<PAGE>

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Board of Directors
SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SPD
Technologies Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the
related consolidated statements of earnings and accumulated deficit and cash
flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SPD
Technologies Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their consolidated cash flows for
the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

New York, New York
February 28, 1997

F-69
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash ............................................................ $ 738,344 $ 689,013
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
$825,000 and $1,147,000 in 1996 and 1995, respectively......... 12,536,032 10,570,568
Inventories ..................................................... 15,622,720 13,261,009
Unbilled costs .................................................. 6,896,859 6,146,263
Deferred income tax benefit ..................................... 3,185,000 3,279,000
Prepaid expenses and other ...................................... 185,954 446,548
------------- -------------
Total current assets .......................................... 39,164,909 34,392,401
Equipment and leasehold improvements--at cost
Machinery and equipment ......................................... 15,312,374 13,874,680
Furniture and fixtures .......................................... 2,627,740 1,958,226
Leasehold improvements .......................................... 895,940 815,572
------------- -------------
18,836,054 16,648,478
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization .................. 13,834,973 13,041,802
------------- -------------
5,001,081 3,606,676
------------- -------------
Deferred income tax benefit ...................................... 2,900,000 2,900,000
Intangible assets--net ........................................... 2,476,449 3,473,475
Other assets ..................................................... 211,961 224,016
------------- -------------
$ 49,754,400 $ 44,596,568
============= =============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY
Current liabilities:
Note payable .................................................... $ 2,187,087 $ 3,604,724
Current maturities of long-term debt ............................ 2,500,000 2,500,000
Accounts payable ................................................ 6,000,531 2,760,861
Accrued employment costs ........................................ 3,902,930 3,182,689
Pension and postretirement benefits liability ................... 6,091,716 8,651,354
Other liabilities and accrued expenses .......................... 7,258,908 5,170,895
Income taxes payable ............................................ 55,100 521,000
------------- -------------
Total current liabilities ..................................... 27,996,272 26,391,523
Long-term debt, less current maturities .......................... 2,500,000 5,000,000
Postretirement benefits liability ................................ 26,138,784 26,432,090
Pension liability ................................................ 2,870,173 3,750,000
Deferred income taxes ............................................ 285,000 379,000
Minority interest in subsidiary .................................. 116,955
Commitments and contingencies ....................................
Stockholders' deficiency
Common stock--authorized, 1,000,000 shares of $.01 par
value; issued and outstanding, 102,750 shares, in 1996 and
1995, respectively ............................................ 1,027 1,027
Additional paid-in capital ...................................... 2,394,281 2,394,281
Accumulated deficit ............................................. (12,294,547) (19,868,308)
------------- -------------
(9,899,239) (17,473,000)
Less: 2,355 shares of common stock in treasury--at cost at
December 31, 1996 ............................................. 136,590
-------------
(10,035,829) (17,473,000)
------------- -------------
$ 49,754,400 $ 44,596,568
============= =============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

F-70
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS AND ACCUMULATED DEFICIT

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
------------------ ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Net revenues ................................................ $ 93,340,918 $ 87,181,721
Cost of goods sold .......................................... 61,902,538 57,193,503
-------------- --------------
Gross profit ............................................... 31,438,380 29,988,218
-------------- --------------
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative ........................ 10,328,101 11,432,406
Engineering, research and development ...................... 7,213,821 5,487,788
Actuarial gain from postretirement plan .................... (3,000)
--------------
17,541,922 16,917,194
-------------- --------------
Earnings from operations ................................. 13,896,458 13,071,024

Other income (expenses)
Interest expense, net ...................................... (1,179,697) (1,728,787)
-------------- --------------
Earnings before provision for income tax expense (benefit)
and minority interest ................................... 12,716,761 11,342,237
Income taxes--currently payable ............................. 5,143,000 3,042,000
-------------- --------------
Earnings before minority interest ........................ 7,573,761 8,300,237
Minority interest ........................................... 125,414
--------------
Net earnings ............................................. 7,573,761 8,425,651
Accumulated deficit at beginning of year .................... (19,868,308) (28,293,959)
-------------- --------------
Accumulated deficit at end of year .......................... $ (12,294,547) $ (19,868,308)
============== ==============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

F-71
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
--------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings ............................................. $ 7,573,761 $ 8,425,651
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided
by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization .......................... 1,179,610 988,886
Actuarial gain from postretirement plan ................ (3,000)
Provision for losses on accounts receivable ............ (74,200) 9,495
Loss on sale of equipment .............................. 25,198
Minority interest ...................................... (142,214)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable ................................... (1,891,264) 823,833
Inventories ........................................... (2,361,711) 1,437,531
Unbilled costs ........................................ (750,596) (613,467)
Prepaid expenses and other ............................ 272,649 (134,658)
Accounts payable ...................................... 3,239,670 (1,383,543)
Pension and postretirement benefits liability ......... (2,971,220) (4,915,779)
Other liabilities ..................................... 2,247,311 501,886
------------ -------------
Net cash provided by operating activities .............. 6,464,010 5,019,819
------------ -------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures ................................... (2,338,539) (1,202,917)
Proceeds from sale of equipment ........................ 24,069
-------------
Net cash used in investing activities ................. (2,338,539) (1,178,848)
------------ -------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net (decrease) increase in borrowings .................. (1,417,638) 3,345,454
Term loan borrowing .................................... 7,500,000
Principal payments on long-term debt ................... (2,500,000) (14,500,000)
(Purchase) sale of company stock ....................... (136,590) 2,351
Purchase of minority interest .......................... (21,912)
------------
Net cash used in financing activities ................. (4,076,140) (3,652,195)
------------ -------------
Net increase in cash .................................. 49,331 188,776
Cash at beginning of year ................................. 689,013 500,237
------------ -------------
Cash at end of year ....................................... $ 738,344 $ 689,013
============ =============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

F-72
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

NOTE A--BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

SPD Technologies, Inc. ("SPD") and Subsidiaries (the "Company") develop,
manufacture and service circuit protection systems, ship control systems and
combat systems, and perform overhaul and repairs for naval vessels primarily
under fixed-price contracts. At December 31, 1996, Merrill Lynch Capital Corp.
("MLCC") owned 77.9% of the Company. Reference is made to Note L.

A summary of the significant accounting policies consistently applied in
the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows:

1. PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SPD and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries, SPD Switchgear Inc., PacOrd Inc. and Henschel, Inc.
All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. In
1996, the Company purchased the minority interest of Henschel, Inc. for
$21,912.

2. REVENUE RECOGNITION

Substantially all of the Company's revenues and accounts receivable arise
from contracts with the U.S. Navy or its suppliers.

Production-type contracts, not classified as long-term, provide a
substantial portion of the Company's revenues. Revenues are recognized as units
are shipped or are substantially ready to be shipped subject to customer
inspection. Revenues on long-term, production-type contracts, service contracts
and engineering and development contracts are recognized on the
percentage-of-completion method. Under the Company's methodology, revenues and
gross profit are recognized based on billings rather than on a level-of-effort
basis. The Company believes its approach is more conservative and generally
results in lower revenues and gross profits in the early stages of a contract
when estimates are more susceptible to change. Provisions for anticipated
losses are made in the period in which they first become determinable.

3. INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with appropriate
provision to reduce excess and obsolete inventory to net realizable values. In
general, cost is currently adjusted standard cost, which approximates actual
cost on a first-in, first-out basis, and the weighted moving average method.

4. EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

Depreciation and amortization are computed by the straight-line method
over their estimated useful lives for financial reporting purposes and
straight-line and accelerated methods for tax reporting purposes.

5. INCOME TAXES

6. ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

F-73
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE B--INVENTORIES

Inventories primarily relate to production-type contracts and include
expenditures for materials, purchased parts and work-in-process beyond what is
required for recorded orders. These expenditures are incurred primarily to help
maintain stable production schedules.

Inventories consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Materials and purchased parts .................................... $ 2,906,353 $ 2,960,879
Work-in-process, primarily on U.S. Government contracts .......... 10,624,008 9,248,883
Finished goods ................................................... 2,092,359 1,051,247
----------- -----------
$15,622,720 $13,261,009
=========== ===========
</TABLE>

NOTE C--INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Engineering drawings ................... $ 699,013 $ 699,013
Less accumulated amortization .......... (699,013) (463,538)
---------- ----------
-- 235,475
Intangible asset - pension ............. 2,476,449 3,238,000
---------- ----------
$2,476,449 $3,473,475
========== ==========
</TABLE>

NOTE D--REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

During 1995, the Company entered into a $15,000,000 revolving credit
facility with a financial institution which expires on November 29, 1998.
Borrowings are based upon eligible accounts receivable and inventory of the
Company, as defined. Borrowings bear interest at the lender's prime rate plus
.50% (9% at December 31, 1996).

The agreement contains certain restrictive covenants, including, among
other matters, the requirement to maintain certain financial ratios, and
restricts the payment of dividends. Borrowings under this facility are
collateralized by the Company's inventories and accounts receivable. Available
borrowings under this credit arrangement are subject to a 0.37 percent
commitment fee.

NOTE E--LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Term Loan due to Heller Financial Inc. .......... $5,000,000 $7,500,000
Less current maturities ......................... 2,500,000 2,500,000
---------- ----------
$2,500,000 $5,000,000
========== ==========
</TABLE>

The term loan due to Heller Financial Inc. is payable in quarterly
installments of $625,000, and bears interest at prime plus .75% per annum,
payable monthly (9.25% as of December 31, 1996).

The term loan is collateralized by substantially all of the Company's
equipment and leasehold improvements. The loan agreement restricts payment of
dividends and contains certain restrictive covenants regarding the maintenance
of financial ratios.

F-74
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE F--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company conducts a substantial portion of its business utilizing
leased facilities and equipment with terms lasting through January 31, 2005.
The terms of the facility lease include an option to purchase the leased
premises based on 50% of the fair market value of the land and 100% of the fair
market value of the building. The Company can renew the lease for two
additional five-year terms.

A subsidiary of the Company also conducts its business in a leased
facility. The lease has a non-cancellable initial term of ten years expiring in
December 1999 with two five-year renewal options.

At December 31, 1996, future minimum payments under noncancellable
operating leases with remaining terms of more than one year were as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ending December 31, 1997 ......... $1,450,000
1998 ................................ 1,337,000
1999 ................................ 1,324,000
2000 ................................ 720,000
2001 ................................ 651,000
Thereafter .......................... 778,000
----------
$6,260,000
==========
</TABLE>

Total rental expense for operating leases was approximately $1,875,000 and
$1,787,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

NOTE G--COMMON STOCK AND INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS

In 1995, the Company sold 2,355 shares of common stock previously held in
treasury to two employees and a director.

The Company has options outstanding to key executives for the purchase of
954 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share. The options
expire on December 31, 2002.

F-75
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE H--POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

1. PENSION PLAN

Substantially all the employees of the Company are covered under a defined
benefit pension plan. The following table sets forth the plan's funded status
and amounts recognized in the Company's balance sheets at December 31, 1996 and
1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
-------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations
Accumulated benefit obligations including vested benefits of
$59,278,594 in 1996 and $52,700,092 in 1995...................... $ 60,303,661 $ 58,252,380
============ ============
Projected benefit obligation for services rendered to date ......... $ 63,413,303 $ 61,142,368
Plan assets at fair value, primarily fixed income investments and
common stocks ..................................................... 54,588,989 49,449,375
------------ ------------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets .............. 8,824,314 11,692,993
Unrecognized net loss .............................................. (3,054,968) (3,056,450)
Unrecognized prior service costs ................................... (2,596,625) (3,238,223)
Unrecognized net transition asset .................................. 65,502 77,783
Minimum liability adjustment ....................................... 2,476,449 3,326,902
------------ ------------
Pension liability .................................................. $ 5,714,672 $ 8,803,005
============ ============
Net periodic pension cost includes the following components:
1996 1995
------------- -------------
Service cost -- benefit earned during the year ..................... $ 1,327,831 $ 1,300,886
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation ...................... 4,872,752 4,743,858
Actual (return) on plan assets ..................................... (4,854,957) (6,663,443)
Net amortization and deferral ...................................... 879,262 3,511,186
------------- -------------
Net periodic pension cost ......................................... $ 2,224,888 $ 2,892,487
============= =============
</TABLE>

The weighted average discount rates used in determining the present value
of the projected benefit obligations was 8.15% in 1996 and 1995. The projected
rate of increase in future compensation levels was 5.0% for both years. The
expected long-term rate of return on assets was 9.5% for both years. Prior
service costs are amortized using a straight-line method over the average
remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits under the
plan. The Company's policy is to fund pension cost under its pension plan to
the extent necessary under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

2. POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS

The Company has a defined benefit postretirement plan that provides
medical benefits for retirees. The Company does not fund retiree benefits in
advance. In 1992, the Company established plan cost maximums to account for and
control future medical costs more effectively. The Company requires that the
projected future cost of providing postretirement benefits, principally health
care, be accrued over the period earned rather than expensed as claims are
incurred.

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years ended December 31,
1996 and 1995, included the following components:

F-76
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE H--POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
-------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Service cost benefits attributed to service during the period .......... $ 9,000 $ 13,000
Interest cost on the accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation ............................................................ 2,216,000 2,305,000
Net amortization and deferral .......................................... (104,000)
---------- ----------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost ............................... $2,121,000 $2,318,000
========== ==========
</TABLE>

The following tables provide information on the status of the plan at
December 31, 1996 and 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
-------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
Retirees ............................................. $23,193,000 $23,144,000
Fully eligible active plan participants .............. 4,197,000 4,552,000
Other active plan participants ....................... 142,000 183,000
----------- -----------
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ......... 27,532,000 27,879,000
Unrecognized net gain (loss) .......................... 1,854,000 2,135,000
----------- -----------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost recognized in the
consolidated balance sheet ........................... $29,386,000 $30,014,000
=========== ===========
</TABLE>

Measurement of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was based
on an assumed discount rate of 8.15% in 1996 and 1995. The health care cost
trend rate was 0% in 1996 and 12% in 1995.

3. EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS AND PROFIT-SHARING PLAN

The Company maintains an hourly and salaried employees' savings plan. The
Company contributes a guaranteed minimum of eligible employee contributions.
Additional company contributions of up to 25% of eligible employee
contributions are voluntary and at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
Profit-sharing expense was approximately $642,000 and $506,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

4. MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN

The Company contributed $1,000 in 1996 and 1995 to multiemployer pension
plans for employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. These plans
are not administered by the Company and contributions are determined in
accordance with provisions of the negotiated labor contract. Information with
respect to the Company's proportionate share of the excess, if any, of the
actuarially computed value of vested benefits over the total of the pension
plans' net assets is not available from the plans' administrators.

F-77
<PAGE>

SPD TECHNOLOGIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE H--POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

The Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 (the "Act")
significantly increased the pension responsibilities of participating
employers. Under the provisions of the Act, if the plan terminates or the
Company withdraws, the Company could be subject to a "withdrawal liability."

NOTE I--INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense is comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Currently payable
Federal ......... $4,133,000 $2,269,000
State ........... 1,010,000 773,000
---------- ----------
$5,143,000 $3,042,000
========== ==========
</TABLE>

The effective tax rate varies from the statutory rate primarily due to
state and local income taxes and for the year ended December 31, 1995 due to
adjustment of prior year's tax provision.

Deferred income taxes at December 31 relate to the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
-------------------------------- -------------------------------
DEFERRED DEFERRED DEFERRED DEFERRED
TAX TAX TAX TAX
ASSETS LIABILITIES ASSETS LIABILITIES
---------------- ------------- ---------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Pension and postretirement benefits ......... $ 13,821,000 $ -- $ 15,462,000 $ --
Other temporary differences ................. 1,683,000 285,000 2,252,000 379,000
Inventory costs ............................. 1,640,000 -- 1,713,000 --
Vacation pay accrual ........................ 644,000 -- 625,000 --
Warranty costs .............................. 484,000 -- 652,000 --
Valuation allowance ......................... (12,187,000) -- (14,525,000) --
------------- -------- ------------- --------
$ 6,085,000 $285,000 $ 6,179,000 $379,000
============= ======== ============= ========
</TABLE>

NOTE J--CASH FLOW INFORMATION

The following is supplemental cash flow information:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash paid for
Interest ............. $1,179,000 $1,665,000
Income taxes ......... 5,621,000 3,916,000
</TABLE>

NOTE K--OTHER LIABILITIES AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Other liabilities and accrued expenses are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Allowance for contract adjustments .......... $2,499,449 $ 783,513
Accrued warranties .......................... 1,160,613 1,490,294
Customer advances ........................... 797,931 851,364
Other current liabilities ................... 2,800,915 2,045,724
---------- ----------
$7,258,908 $5,170,895
========== ==========
</TABLE>

NOTE L--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In January 1997, a newly formed company, by an investor group and certain
minority stockholders of the Company, acquired all the outstanding stock of the
Company. The acquisition was financed through the issuance of preferred and
common stock and bank borrowings.

F-78
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 1997 and for the six months ended December 31, 1997 and 1996

F-79
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)

DECEMBER 31, 1997
(Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Accounts receivable, less $554 allowance for doubtful accounts ......... $ 22,204
Inventories ............................................................ 10,382
---------
Total current assets .................................................... 32,586
Property, plant and equipment, at cost .................................. 21,663
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization .......................... (14,467)
---------
Net property and equipment .............................................. 7,196
Other assets ............................................................ 15
---------
Total assets ............................................................ $ 39,797
=========
LIABILITIES AND DIVISION EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable ....................................................... $ 6,508
Accrued liabilities .................................................... 3,703
Current portion of long-term debt ...................................... 200
---------
Total current liabilities ............................................... 10,411
Long-term debt .......................................................... 1,330
---------
Total liabilities ....................................................... 11,741
Commitments
Division equity ......................................................... 28,056
---------
Total liabilities and Division equity ................................... $ 39,797
=========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

F-80
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
(Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31
---------------------------
1997 1996
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Net sales ................................... $ 24,551 $ 38,770
Cost of products sold ....................... 23,226 42,530
-------- ---------
Gross margin ................................ 1,325 (3,760)
-------- ---------
Expenses:

Research and development ................... 712 721
Marketing and administration ............... 5,123 8,064
Amortization of intangible assets .......... -- 72
-------- ---------
Total expenses .............................. 5,835 8,857
-------- ---------
Operating loss .............................. (4,510) (12,617)
Interest expense ............................ (43) (70)
Interest income ............................. -- 5
-------- ---------
Loss before income tax benefit .............. (4,553) (12,682)
Allocated benefit from income taxes ......... 1,639 4,185
-------- ---------
Net loss .................................... $ (2,914) $ (8,497)
======== =========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

F-81
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
(Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31
---------------------------
1997 1996
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss ............................................................. $ (2,914) $ (8,497)
Adjustments for noncash items:

Amortization of intangible assets ................................... -- 72
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment ..... 780 1,200
Loss on sale of assets ............................................. -- 151
Provision for doubtful accounts .................................... 66 750
Changes in asset and liability accounts:

Accounts receivable ................................................. 6,053 16,124
Inventories ......................................................... (2,644) 6,789
Prepaid expenses and other assets ................................... 85 213
Accounts payable .................................................... (1,256) (10,238)
Accrued liabilities ................................................. 132 (208)
-------- ---------
Net cash provided by operations ...................................... 302 6,356
-------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Capital expenditures ................................................. (160) (1,072)
Proceeds from sale of building ....................................... -- 1,617
-------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities .................. (160) 545
-------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Payments on long-term debt ........................................... (100) (200)
Net cash provided to CMI ............................................. (42) (6,701)
-------- ---------
Net cash used in financing activities ................................ (142) (6,901)
-------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents ............................................ $ -- $ --
======== =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash paid during the six month period for interest ................... $ 36 $ 32
======== =========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

F-82
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

SIX MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying unaudited financial statements include the operations of
the Satellite Transmission Systems Division ("STS" or the "Division") of
California Microwave, Inc. ("CMI" or the "Company"). The Division is a global
satellite communication systems integrator providing hardware, software and
services for turnkey projects to large commercial customers, principally
domestic and foreign telephone companies and major common carriers and to the
U.S. and foreign governments.

These financial statements are presented as if the Division had existed as
an entity separate from CMI during the periods presented and include the
historical assets, liabilities, sales and expenses that are directly related to
the Division's operations. However, these financial statements are not
necessarily indicative of the financial position and results of operations
which would have occurred had the Division been an independent entity.

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for
interim financial information and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly,
they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally
accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the
opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included.
Operating results for the six-month periods ended December 31, 1996 and 1997
are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the
years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998. For further information, refer to the
financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Division's financial
statements for the year ended June 30, 1997.

USE OF ESTIMATES; RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Significant estimates are used in determining the
collectibility of accounts receivable, warranty costs, inventory realization,
profitability on long-term contracts, restructuring reserves, recoverability of
property, plant and equipment, and contingencies. Actual results could differ
from estimates.

INVENTORIES AND COST OF PRODUCTS SOLD

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or market. Project
inventories are transferred to cost of products sold at the time revenue is
recognized based on the estimated total manufacturing costs and total contract
prices under each contract. Losses on contracts are recognized in full when the
losses become determinable. The cost of other inventories is generally based on
standard costs which approximate actual costs determined by the first-in,
first-out method.

F-83
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)

2. INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1997
---------------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C>
Projects in process ............................................. $ 9,351
Less: progress billings ......................................... 1,547
-------
7,804
Product inventories, principally materials and supplies ......... 2,578
-------
Total ........................................................... $10,382
=======
</TABLE>

3. CORPORATE ALLOCATIONS

CMI allocates corporate expenses on a value-added basis to each division,
which CMI believes results in a reasonable allocation of such costs. The
accompanying financial statements reflect charges for general corporate
administrative expenses incurred by CMI which amounted to approximately
$832,000 and $793,000 for the six months ended December 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.

No interest is allocated by CMI to the Division.

The Division is charged for its proportional share of CMI's self-insured
medical plan. Such charges amounted to $1,015,000 and $732,000 for the six
months ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

In addition, there were direct charges from CMI as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
----------------
1997 1996
------ -------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Marketing .......................... $304 $389
General and administrative ......... -- 142
---- ----
Total .............................. $304 $531
==== ====
</TABLE>

The Division believes that the direct charges from CMI were reasonable
during the periods presented.

4. RESTRUCTURING

During fiscal 1997, a comprehensive review of the Division's operations
was performed, including a review of inventory levels, product development and
migration plans and facility and personnel needs. It was determined to focus
the Division on potentially higher margin products. This resulted in the
write-down of certain inventories and the restructuring of the Division's
operations. During the six month period ended December 31, 1996 inventory and
other charges of $10,300,000, arising from this review, were included in cost
of products sold. During February 1997, additional charges of $800,000 relating
to excess facilities and severance were recorded. There are no remaining cash
outlays associated with the restructuring at December 31, 1997.

F-84
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)

5. OTHER

In November 1997, the Division recorded a $1 million charge to cost of
sales relating to a contract with a customer in Sudan. The President of the
United States imposed economic sanctions on Sudan which banned U.S. companies
from doing business in Sudan and as a result, the Division could not continue
to perform under the existing contract. Based upon this, the contract was
terminated and the Division has been released from further performance
requirements.

On December 19, 1997, L-3 Communications Corporation, an unrelated party,
reached an agreement to purchase from CMI substantially all of the assets of
the Division, and to assume certain of the liabilities of the Division, for
approximately $27 million in cash. The final purchase price is subject to
adjustment based on the net assets of the Division at the closing date of the
transaction.

F-85
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.
Financial Statements

As of June 30, 1997 and 1996 and for the years ended June 30, 1997, 1996 and
1995

F-86
<PAGE>

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors
California Microwave, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of the Satellite
Transmission Systems Division of California Microwave, Inc. (the "Company") as
of June 30, 1997 and 1996, and the related statements of operations and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1997. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of the Satellite Transmission
Systems Division of California Microwave, Inc., as of June 30, 1997 and 1996,
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended June 30, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Melville, New York
January 27, 1998

F-87
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
---------------------------
1997 1996
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:

Accounts receivable, less $140 and $508 allowance for doubtful
accounts in 1996 and 1997 ............................................. $ 28,323 $ 46,750
Inventories ............................................................. 7,738 10,412
Prepaid expenses and other assets ....................................... 77 121
--------- ---------
Total current assets ..................................................... 36,138 57,283
Property, plant and equipment, at cost ................................... 21,503 21,378
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ........................... (13,687) (12,984)
--------- ---------
Net property and equipment ............................................... 7,816 8,394
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $2,268 in 1996...... -- 2,032
Other assets ............................................................. 23 2,045
--------- ---------
Total assets ............................................................. $ 43,977 $ 69,754
========= =========
LIABILITIES AND DIVISION EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable ........................................................ $ 7,764 $ 19,548
Accrued liabilities ..................................................... 3,571 3,584
Current portion of long-term debt ....................................... 100 200
--------- ---------
Total current liabilities ................................................ 11,435 23,332

Long-term debt ........................................................... 1,530 1,630
--------- ---------
Total liabilities ........................................................ 12,965 24,962

Commitments

Division equity .......................................................... 31,012 44,792
--------- ---------
Total liabilities and Division equity .................................... $ 43,977 $ 69,754
========= =========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

F-88
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
-----------------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
------------ ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales ................................................. $ 68,037 $124,393 $ 94,271
Cost of products sold ..................................... 65,724 102,399 86,335
--------- -------- --------
Gross margin .............................................. 2,313 21,994 7,936
--------- -------- --------
Expenses:
Research and development ................................. 1,360 2,540 2,288
Marketing and administration ............................. 14,154 13,295 12,655
Amortization and write-down of intangible assets ......... 2,032 171 171
Restructuring ............................................ 800 -- 2,446
--------- -------- --------
Total expenses ............................................ 18,346 16,006 17,560
--------- -------- --------
Operating (loss) income ................................... (16,033) 5,988 (9,624)
Interest expense .......................................... (65) (69) (98)
Interest income ........................................... 40 11 3
--------- -------- --------
(Loss) income before income tax benefit (expense) ......... (16,058) 5,930 (9,719)
Allocated benefit (expense) from income taxes ............. 4,676 (2,135) 3,207
--------- -------- --------
Net (loss) income ......................................... $ (11,382) $ 3,795 $ (6,512)
========= ======== ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

F-89
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
------------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net (loss) income ........................................... $ (11,382) $ 3,795 $ (6,512)
Adjustments for noncash items:

Amortization and write-down of intangible assets ........... 2,032 171 171
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and
equipment ................................................ 1,639 1,746 1,848
Loss on sale of assets ..................................... 77 140 64
Provision for doubtful accounts ............................ 750 100 150
Changes in asset and liability accounts:

Accounts receivable ........................................ 17,677 (17,019) 14,937
Inventories ................................................ 2,674 12,243 (8,211)
Prepaid expenses and other assets .......................... 449 1,449 5,627
Accounts payable ........................................... (11,783) 5,736 (3,747)
Accrued and other liabilities .............................. (14) (1,697) 1,895
--------- --------- --------
Net cash provided by operations ............................. 2,119 6,664 6,222
--------- --------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Capital expenditures ........................................ (1,138) (1,099) (1,881)
Proceeds from sale of building .............................. 1,617 -- --
--------- --------- --------
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities ......... 479 (1,099) (1,881)
--------- --------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Payments on long-term debt .................................. (200) (100) (200)
Net cash provided to CMI .................................... (2,398) (5,465) (4,141)
--------- --------- --------
Net cash used in financing activities ....................... (2,598) (5,565) (4,341)
--------- --------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents ................................... $ -- $ -- $ --
========= ========= ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash paid during the year for interest ...................... $ 38 $ 66 $ 70
========= ========= ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

F-90
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying financial statements include the operations of the
Satellite Transmission Systems Division ("STS" or the "Division") of California
Microwave, Inc. ("CMI" or the "Company"). The Division is a global satellite
communication systems integrator providing hardware, software and services for
turnkey projects to large commercial customers, principally domestic and
foreign telephone companies and major common carriers and to the U.S. and
foreign governments.

USE OF ESTIMATES; RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Division participates in CMI's centralized cash management function;
accordingly, the Division does not maintain separate cash accounts, other than
payroll and foreign subsidiary accounts, which are deemed insignificant, and
its cash disbursements and collections are settled through Division equity.

INVENTORIES AND COST OF PRODUCTS SOLD

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or market. Project
inventories are transferred to cost of products sold at the time revenue is
recognized based on the estimated total manufacturing costs and total contract
prices under each contract. Losses on contracts are recognized in full when the
losses become determinable. During the year ended June 30, 1995, the Division
recognized losses of approximately $2,800,000 on such contracts. The cost of
other inventories is generally based on standard costs which approximate actual
costs determined by the first-in, first-out method.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization charges are
computed using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of
the related assets.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS OF BUSINESS ACQUIRED

During 1997, CMI wrote off $1,888,000 of purchased intangible assets,
principally goodwill, relating to the original acquisition of STS by CMI, which
was pushed down to the Division's books.

F-91
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

The intangible assets consisted of the excess of the purchase price paid for
STS over the net tangible assets acquired and was amortized using the
straight-line method over 30 years. During 1997, CMI determined that the excess
purchase price was not recoverable due to a significant reduction in sales by
the Division in 1997 as compared to prior periods and appropriately reduced the
carrying value.

OTHER LONG-LIVED ASSETS

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets
to Be Disposed of," the Division records impairment losses on long-lived assets
used in operations when events and circumstances indicate that the assets might
be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those
assets are less than the carrying amount of such assets. Other than as
described above related to purchased intangibles, no such losses have been
incurred.

REVENUE RECOGNITION, RECEIVABLES AND CREDIT RISK

Revenue from product sales is recognized at the time of shipment. Sales on
certain long-term, small quantity, high unit value contracts are recognized at
the completion of significant project milestones, which are generally contract
line items. Scheduled billings and retainages under certain contracts
(principally export contracts) have deferred billing provisions resulting in
unbilled accounts receivable (included in accounts receivable) of $7,426,000
and $4,425,000 at June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The unbilled receivable
at June 30, 1997, is expected to be collected within one year.

The Division manufactures and sells satellite communications products,
systems and turnkey telecommunications networks to large commercial customers,
principally domestic and foreign telephone companies and major common carriers,
and to the U.S. government. The Division generally requires no collateral, but
generally requires letters of credit, denominated in U.S. dollars, from its
foreign customers.

During 1996 and 1997, the Division periodically transferred certain
international accounts receivable to CMI. CMI insures these receivables under a
credit insurance program and then sells the receivables, without recourse, at
prevailing discount rates. The Division retains the responsibility to collect
and service these amounts. Outstanding customer receivables transferred to CMI
through Division equity amounted to approximately $421,000 and $2,100,000
during 1996 and 1997, respectively.

The Division charged to operations $150,000, $100,000 and $750,000 for its
provision for doubtful accounts in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

WARRANTY

The Company generally warrants its products for a period of 12 to 24
months from completion of contract or shipment. Warranty expense was
approximately $679,000, $753,000 and $688,000 for 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes reflect an allocation of CMI's income tax expense (benefit)
calculated based on CMI's effective tax rate. All deferred tax assets and
liabilities relating to the Division are included in intercompany balances with
CMI and are accounted for within Division equity (see Note 7). On a

F-92
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

stand-alone basis, income tax benefit (expense) for the year ended June 30,
1997 would not be material due to the existence of net operating loss
carryforwards at the Division level and the need for a full valuation allowance
on any resulting net deferred tax asset. Such net operating losses have been
fully utilized by CMI.

FISCAL YEAR

The Division's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to June 30, and
includes 52 weeks in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997. For 1995, 1996 and 1997, the
fiscal years ended on July 1, 1995, June 29, 1996 and June 28, 1997,
respectively. For clarity of presentation, the financial statements are
reported as ending on a calendar month end.

2. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
-----------------------
LIFE 1997 1996
------------ ---------- ----------
(In Years) (In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Land .................................. $ 950 $ 950
Buildings ............................. 30 3,559 3,559
Machinery and equipment ............... 3-5 8,780 9,256
Office and computer equipment ......... 3-10 6,440 5,653
Building improvements ................. -- 1,721 1,813
Vehicles .............................. 5 53 147
------- -------
$21,503 $21,378
======= =======
</TABLE>

Building improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the life of the
improvement or the remaining life of the building.

3. INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
---------------------
1997 1996
--------- ---------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Projects in process ............................................. $6,484 $ 6,287
Less: progress billings ......................................... 2,544 1,991
------ -------
3,940 4,296
Product inventories, principally materials and supplies ......... 3,798 6,116
------ -------
Total ........................................................... $7,738 $10,412
====== =======
</TABLE>

F-93
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

4. ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
---------------------
1997 1996
--------- ---------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Salaries and bonuses .......... $ 497 $1,381
Vacation ...................... 610 873
Other payroll related ......... 123 115
Warranties .................... 899 758
Commissions ................... 813 --
Other ......................... 629 457
------ ------
$3,571 $3,584
====== ======
</TABLE>

5. LONG-TERM DEBT

The Division has industrial development bonds that are payable in annual
installments through November 9, 2007, may be prepaid at any time without
penalty and bear interest at 65% of the bank's floating rate (5.5% at June 30,
1997), based upon prevailing market conditions, which is redetermined daily.
The obligor of the industrial development bonds is a related entity, and the
bonds are secured by mortgages on the equipment and properties involved.

At June 30, 1997, the annual maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1998 ......................... $ 100,000
1999 ......................... 200,000
2000 ......................... 100,000
2001 ......................... 200,000
2002 ......................... 100,000
Thereafter ................... 930,000
----------
1,630,000
Less current portion ......... 100,000
----------
$1,530,000
==========
</TABLE>

6. COMMITMENTS

On November 15, 1996, the Division leased a facility under an 18-month
noncancelable operating lease. Rent expense was approximately $209,000,
$229,000 and $69,000 for 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under the operating lease is $48,000 for
1998.

F-94
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

7. DIVISION EQUITY

A summary of the Division equity activity is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
-------------------------
1997 1996
------------ ----------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Beginning balance ................ $ 44,792 $ 46,462
Net income (loss) ................ (11,382) 3,795
Net cash provided to CMI ......... (2,398) (5,465)
--------- --------
Ending balance ................... $ 31,012 $ 44,792
========= ========
</TABLE>

8. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Division participates in the CMI defined contribution retirement plan
which covers substantially all of the employees of the Division. The Division's
contribution was $379,000, $700,000 and $180,000 for 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.

9. SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS AND SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Division operates in a single industry segment and is engaged in the
manufacture and sale of electronics equipment for satellite communications.

International sales were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
------------------------------------
1997 1996 1995
---------- ---------- ----------
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Asia Pacific ............... $22,333 $27,106 $17,164
Africa/Middle East ......... 13,052 41,827 9,572
Latin America .............. 5,149 11,137 14,768
Europe ..................... 7,828 15,984 9,784
Other ...................... 1,391 2,973 4,312
------- ------- -------
$49,753 $99,027 $55,600
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>

The Division had revenues from one customer representing 17.3%, 31.5% and
11% of total revenues in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

10. CORPORATE ALLOCATIONS

CMI allocates corporate expenses on a value-added basis to each division,
which CMI believes results in a reasonable allocation of such costs. The
accompanying financial statements reflect charges for general corporate
administrative expenses incurred by CMI which amounted to approximately
$1,477,000, $1,555,000 and $1,663,000 in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

No interest is allocated by CMI to the Division.

The Division is charged for its proportional share of CMI's self-insured
medical plan. Such charges amounted to $944,000, $1,437,000 and $1,856,000 in
1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively.

F-95
<PAGE>

SATELLITE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OF
CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

10. CORPORATE ALLOCATIONS (CONTINUED)

In addition, there were direct charges from CMI as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
--------------------------
1997 1996 1995
--------- ------ -----
(In Thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Marketing .......................... $ 889 -- $--
General and administrative ......... 285 $508 --
------ ---- ---
Total .............................. $1,174 $508 $--
====== ==== ===
</TABLE>

The Division believes that the direct charges from CMI were reasonable
during the periods presented.

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Included in net sales are product sales to other divisions of CMI. These
sales totaled $3,584,000, $640,000 and $1,800,000 for 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. In addition, there is approximately $2,363,000, $2,937,000 and
$776,000 of purchases from another division of CMI which is included in ending
inventory and $2,139,000, $3,576,000 and $1,129,000 due to this division which
is included in accounts payable at June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

12. RESTRUCTURING

In June 1995, a decision was made to close the Division's Melbourne,
Florida facility as well as to perform a review of personnel needs at the
Division's operations. Pursuant to these decisions, approximately $2.4 million
of restructuring charges were recorded, including approximately $600,000 to
reflect the facility at its net realizable value. There are no remaining cash
outlays associated with the restructuring at June 30, 1997.

In December 1996 and January 1997, a comprehensive review of the
Division's operations was performed, including a review of inventory levels,
product development and migration plans and facility and personnel needs. It
was determined to focus the Division on potentially higher margin products.
This resulted in the write-down of certain inventories and the restructuring of
the Division's operations. Inventory and other charges of $10,300,000, arising
from this review, were included in cost of products sold and excess facilities
and severance charges of $800,000 were included in restructuring. There are no
remaining cash outlays associated with the restructuring at June 30, 1997.

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In November 1997, the Division recorded a $1 million charge to cost of
sales relating to a contract with a customer in Sudan. The President of the
United States imposed economic sanctions on Sudan which banned U.S. companies
from doing business in Sudan, and as a result the Division could not continue
to perform under the existing contract. Based upon this, the contract was
terminated and the Division has been released from further performance
requirements.

F-96
<PAGE>

ILEX SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 1997

F-97
<PAGE>

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
ILEX Systems, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of ILEX
Systems, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the
year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ILEX
Systems, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

San Jose, California
February 9, 1998, except as to Note 9 which
is as of February 27, 1998

F-98
<PAGE>

ILEX SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents ...................................................... $ 4,919,548
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $327,422 ........ 7,354,640
Unbilled accounts receivable ................................................... 4,868,453
Inventories .................................................................... 923,466
Deferred income taxes .......................................................... 13,000
Other current assets ........................................................... 278,771
------------
Total current assets .......................................................... 18,357,878

Property, plant, and equipment:
Equipment ...................................................................... 2,343,643
Furniture, fixtures, and leasehold improvements ................................ 634,425
------------
2,978,068
Accumulated depreciation and amortization ...................................... (2,031,763)
------------
946,305
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $117,940 ........................... 343,564
Deposits and other assets ....................................................... 138,730
------------
$ 19,786,477
============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt .............................................. $ 62,833
Accounts payable ............................................................... 2,226,340
Accrued payroll and related expenses ........................................... 3,176,151
Deferred income ................................................................ 37,843
Distribution payable to shareholders ........................................... 2,216,877
Income taxes payable ........................................................... 80,552
Other current liabilities ...................................................... 175,011
------------
Total current liabilities ..................................................... 7,975,607
Other liabilities ............................................................... 18,678
------------
Total liabilities ............................................................. 7,994,285

Shareholders' equity:
Common stock, no par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; 1,317,605 shares issued
and outstanding .............................................................. 1,386,417
Retained earnings .............................................................. 10,405,775
------------
Total shareholders' equity .................................................... 11,792,192
Commitments .....................................................................
$ 19,786,477
============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-99
<PAGE>

ILEX SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Revenues:
Consulting fees .............................. $57,309,190
Equipment sales .............................. 6,213,038
-----------
63,522,228
-----------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue, consulting .................. 41,852,031
Cost of sales, equipment ..................... 3,314,614
Selling, general, and administrative ......... 9,507,879
Research and development ..................... 1,211,497
-----------
55,886,021
-----------
Operating income ............................ 7,636,207
Other income (expense):
Interest income .............................. 135,114
Interest expense ............................. (8,579)
Loss on write-down of investment ............. (250,000)
Other expense ................................ (108,000)
-----------
Income before income taxes .................. 7,404,742
Income taxes .................................. 550,000
-----------
Net income .................................. $ 6,854,742
===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-100
<PAGE>

ILEX SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK TOTAL
----------------------------- RETAINED SHAREHOLDERS'
SHARES AMOUNT EARNINGS EQUITY
------------- ------------- -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances as of December 31, 1996 ......... 1,315,720 $1,352,249 $ 10,606,517 $ 11,958,766
Issuance of common stock in exchange for
services ................................ 3,400 42,500 -- 42,500
Stock repurchase ......................... (1,515) (8,332) (6,060) (14,392)
Distributions to shareholders ............ -- -- (7,049,424) (7,049,424)
Net income ............................... -- -- 6,854,742 6,854,742
--------- ---------- ------------ ------------
Balances as of December 31, 1997 ......... 1,317,605 $1,386,417 $ 10,405,775 $ 11,792,192
========= ========== ============ ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-101
<PAGE>

ILEX SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income ........................................................................... $ 6,854,742
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization ....................................................... 419,593
Allowance for doubtful accounts ..................................................... (203,255)
Loss on write-down of investment .................................................... 250,000
Deferred income taxes ............................................................... 485,000
Issuance of common stock for services ............................................... 42,500
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Receivables ........................................................................ (1,267,205)
Inventories ........................................................................ 387,485
Other current assets ............................................................... (112,176)
Deposits and other assets .......................................................... 140,884
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ........................................... 324,963
Deferred income .................................................................... (159,012)
Income taxes payable ............................................................... 80,552
Other liabilities .................................................................. (459,166)
------------
Net cash provided by operating activities ......................................... 6,784,905
------------
Cash flows used in investing activities -- purchases of property, plant, and equipment (416,630)
------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payments on debt ..................................................................... (67,265)
Distributions paid to shareholders ................................................... (4,832,547)
Repurchase of common stock ........................................................... (14,392)
------------
Net cash used in financing activities ............................................. (4,914,204)
------------
Increase in cash and cash equivalents ................................................. 1,454,071
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year .......................................... 3,465,477
------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ................................................ $ 4,919,548
============
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during year:
Income taxes ........................................................................ $ 716,190
============
Interest ............................................................................ $ 8,579
============
Noncash investing and financing activities -- distributions payable to shareholders $ 2,216,877
============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-102
<PAGE>

ILEX SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997

(1) SUMMARY OF THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

ILEX Systems, Inc. (the "Company") provides services and products
primarily in four areas: environmental consulting services to private and
public sector customers; software consulting services to the federal government
and its contractors; supervisory control and data acquisition products and
services to the electrical utility industry; and secured communications
products, principally to the federal government and its agencies. The majority
of the Company's revenues are derived from its software consulting services.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial
statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary. All significant
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company's consulting services are generally performed on time- and
materials-based contracts for the federal government and its contractors.
Accordingly, revenues are recognized as services are performed. Equipment sales
revenues are recognized upon shipment. Unbilled accounts receivable comprise
charges for services and materials provided to customers that have not been
invoiced.

The Company does not require collateral for its receivables. Reserves are
maintained for potential credit losses.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash equivalents of $1,879,285 as of December 31, 1997, consist
principally of money market investments. For purposes of the accompanying
consolidated statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid
debt instruments with remaining maturities of three months or less when
acquired to be cash equivalents.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying value of financial instruments in the Company's consolidated
financial statements approximates fair value due to the short-term maturities
of these instruments.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or
market.

PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is
calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the assets (generally five years). Leasehold improvements are amortized
straight-line over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life
of the asset.

GOODWILL

Goodwill, which represents the excess of purchase price over the fair
value of net assets acquired, is amortized on a straight-line basis over the
expected periods to be benefited of 10 to 15 years. The Company assesses the
recoverability of goodwill by determining whether the amortization of the
goodwill balance over its remaining life can be recovered through undiscounted
future operating cash flows of the acquired operation.

F-103
<PAGE>

INCOME TAXES

The Company elected S corporation status on March 17, 1997, effective
January 1, 1997. Federal and the majority of state income taxes on the income
of S corporations are generally payable by the individual shareholders rather
than the Company.

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a
change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the
enactment date.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The Company's management has made a number of estimates and assumptions
relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these consolidated financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

(2) INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following as of December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Raw materials and subassemblies ......... $833,945
Work in process ......................... 89,521
--------
$923,466
========
</TABLE>

(3) LINE OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT

The Company has a $5,000,000 line of credit with a bank that is due on
demand. Interest is payable at the bank's prime rate (8.5% as of December 31,
1997) and is secured by trade accounts receivable, inventories, and other
assets. Borrowings outstanding under the line of credit were $-0- as of
December 31, 1997. The line of credit contains certain restrictive financial
covenants, including a minimum level of net worth and cash flow to debt ratio.
As of December 31, 1997, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

The Company has an unsecured promissory note payable to a former
shareholder that was issued in conjunction with the repurchase of shares of
common stock in 1992. The note bears interest at 10% with payments of $6,000
per month, including interest, through December 1998. As of December 31, 1997,
the principal balance of this note was $62,833.

(4) INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 1997,
consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Federal:
Current ............ --
Deferred ........... $388,000
--------
388,000
--------
State:
Current ............ 65,000
Deferred ........... 97,000
--------
162,000
--------
$550,000
========
</TABLE>

F-104
<PAGE>

The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 1997,
differs from the federal statutory rate, primarily due to the flow through
nature of income tax liability to the shareholders and reduction of the federal
and partial state deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31,
1996, resulting from the S corporation election as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Federal income tax statutory rate ................. 34.0%
State income tax rate ............................. 2.2
Benefit of federal S corporation election ......... (28.8)
-----
7.4%
=====
</TABLE>

The gross deferred tax assets were $13,000 as of December 31, 1997,
consisting of the state deferred income tax assets and liabilities for those
states who do not recognize S corporation status. Management considers
realization of the net deferred tax assets more likely than not due to
continued profitability of the Company and significant carryback opportunities.

(5) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has two Section 401(k) retirement savings plans (the Plans).
Under the terms of the Plans, employees may make contributions based on a
percentage of eligible earnings. Company contributions to the Plans are
discretionary and totaled $359,718 in 1997.

(6) STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Company has 100,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under
its 1992 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). Under the Plan, the Company
may grant options to employees, officers, and directors. Options are granted at
prices not less than the fair market value of the Company's common stock as
determined by the Board of Directors on the grant date. Options vest ratably
over 48 months and expire 49 months from the date of grant.

The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB 25) in
accounting for its stock options. The exercise price for stock options granted
to employees in 1997 equaled the fair value of the Company's common stock at
the date of grant. Accordingly, in accordance with APB 25, no compensation
expense was recognized by the Company.

For purposes of pro forma disclosures required by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123 (SFAS 123), the compensation cost of the options,
based on their estimated fair values, is amortized to expense over the vesting
periods of the options. The Company's net income for the year ended December
31, 1997 would have reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Net income:
As reported ......... $6,854,742
==========
Pro forma ........... $6,838,958
==========
</TABLE>

On January 1, 1997, the Company had no options outstanding. In July 1997,
the Company granted 25,000 options at an exercise price of $17.50, all of which
were outstanding but not exercisable as of December 31, 1997.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the
year ended December 31, 1997 was $3.05 per option. The weighted-average
remaining contract life of the Company's outstanding stock options was 3.5
years at December 31, 1997.

Pro forma information regarding net income as required by SFAS 123 has
been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options
under the fair value method. The fair value for the options was estimated at
the date of grant using the minimum value method prescribed in SFAS 123, which
does not consider the expected volatility of the Company stock price, with the
following weighted-average assumptions for 1997: risk free interest rate of
6.06%; dividend yield of 0%; and weighted-average expected option life of 3.25
years.

F-105
<PAGE>

(7) COMMITMENTS

The Company leases certain facilities under operating leases that expire
at various dates through 2001. The Company in turn subleases some of these
facilities. As of December 31, 1997, future minimum lease payments under
noncancelable operating leases, exclusive of the sublease rentals, are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
- ------------------
<S> <C>
1998 ........... $1,474,448
1999 ........... 510,551
2000 ........... 292,096
2001 ........... 124,212
----------
$2,401,307
==========
</TABLE>

Rent expense, exclusive of sublease rentals, was approximately $1,081,636
in 1997. Sublease rental income was approximately $186,733 in 1997.

(8) SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

For the year ended December 31, 1997, sales to a single customer
represented 26% of revenues. The outstanding accounts receivable and unbilled
receivable balances for this customer as of December 31, 1997, were $1,257,875
and $2,228,650, respectively.

(9) SUBSEQUENT EVENT

In January 1998, shareholders of the Company agreed to sell all of their
common stock for approximately $50,000,000, subject to certain adjustments,
plus additional consideration based on post-acquisition performance. The sale
closed on February 27, 1998.

F-106
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
A WHOLLY-OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.

Combined Financial Statements
as of and for the year ended December 31, 1997

F-107
<PAGE>

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors of
L-3 Communications Corporation

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of AlliedSignal
Ocean Systems, a wholly owned operation of AlliedSignal, Inc. ("Ocean
Systems"), as of December 31, 1997 and the related combined statements of
operations, equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial
statements are the responsibility of Ocean System's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the combined financial position of Ocean Systems as
of December 31, 1997, and the combined results of their operations and cash
flows for the year ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California
February 23, 1998

F-108
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY-OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $81 ..... $ 13,313
Inventories ............................................................. 25,274
Contracts in progress ................................................... 793
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ............................... 1,743
--------
Total current assets ................................................... 41,123

Property, plant and equipment, net ....................................... 16,845
Capitalized software, net ................................................ 2,248
Goodwill, net ............................................................ 1,820
Other assets ............................................................. 31
--------
Total assets ............................................................. $ 62,067
========
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable ........................................................ $ 2,626
Accrued liabilities ..................................................... 16,112
Advance payments ........................................................ 16,162
--------
Total current liabilities .............................................. 34,900

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits .............................. 10,959
--------
Total liabilities ........................................................ 45,859
--------
Commitment and contingencies

Equity:
Invested equity ......................................................... 9,312
ELAC common stock ....................................................... 3,424
ELAC retained earnings .................................................. 4,570
Cumulative translation adjustment ....................................... (1,098)
--------
Total equity ............................................................. 16,208
--------
Total liabilities and equity ............................................. $ 62,067
========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to the combined financial statements

F-109
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY-OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Sales ......................................... $ 73,033
Cost of sales ................................. 56,049
--------
Gross profit ................................. 16,984

Operating expenses:
General and administrative ................... 11,981
Selling ...................................... 5,933
Bid and proposal ............................. 2,053
Independent research and development ......... 2,765
--------
Total operating expenses .................... 22,732
--------
Loss from operations .......................... (5,748)

Interest expense, net ......................... 490
Other income .................................. (185)
--------
Loss before income taxes ...................... (6,053)
Benefit for income taxes ...................... (2,378)
--------
Net loss .................................... $ (3,675)
========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to the combined financial statements

F-110
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
COMBINED STATEMENT OF EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INVESTED ELAC ELAC CUMULATIVE
EQUITY IN OS COMMON RETAINED TRANSLATION TOTAL
(DEFICIT) STOCK EARNINGS ADJUSTMENT EQUITY
-------------- -------- ---------- ------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1996 .............. $ 8,298 $3,424 $6,403 $ 87 $ 18,212
Net loss .................................. (2,680) -- (995) -- (3,675)
Cumulative translation adjustment ......... -- -- -- (1,185) (1,185)
Advances from (repayments to)
AlliedSignal ............................. 3,694 -- (838) -- 2,856
-------- ------ ------ -------- --------
Balance at December 31, 1997 .............. $ 9,312 $3,424 $4,570 $ (1,098) $ 16,208
======== ====== ====== ======== ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to the combined financial statements

F-111
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss ...................................................................... $ (3,675)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment ................................ 2,976
Amortization of capitalized software ......................................... 1,078
Amortization of intangible assets ............................................ 70
Loss on the disposal of property, plant and equipment ........................ 8
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable ......................................................... 13,561
Inventories ................................................................. (359)
Contracts in progress ....................................................... 1,666
Prepaid and other current assets ............................................ (220)
Accounts payable ............................................................ (1,976)
Accrued liabilities ......................................................... (10,472)
Advance payments ............................................................ (1,092)
Accrued pension and postretirement benefits ................................. (20)
---------
Net cash provided by operating activities .................................. 1,545
---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Property, plant and equipment purchased ....................................... (3,090)
Software purchased ............................................................ (265)
---------
Net cash used in investing activities ...................................... (3,355)
---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Advances from AlliedSignal, net ............................................... 3,198
---------
Net cash provided by financing activities .................................. 3,198
---------
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash ...................... (1,388)
---------
Net change in cash ............................................................. --
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year ......................... --
---------
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year ............................... $ --
=========
Supplement disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest -- AlliedSignal ..................................................... $ 552
=========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to the combined financial statements

F-112
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

1. BACKGROUND AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The Ocean Systems business ("Ocean Systems" or the "Company") is a wholly
owned operation of AlliedSignal Inc. ("AlliedSignal") comprised of the Ocean
Systems Division ("OS"), and AlliedSignal ELAC Nautik GmbH ("ELAC"). The OS
Division headquarters and principal operations, including one manufacturing
site, are located in Sylmar, California, a suburb of Los Angeles. OS also
operates marketing offices located in Canada ("ASCI") and England ("BOSL"). OS
was acquired through AlliedSignal's merger with the Bendix Corporation in 1982.
ELAC is a wholly owned subsidiary of AlliedSignal Deutschland ("AS
Deutschland") and is a separate legal entity located in Kiel, Germany. ELAC was
acquired from Honeywell Inc. in 1994.

On December 22, 1997, L-3 Communications Corporation, a wholly owned
subsidiary of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. ("L-3") entered into a
definitive Purchase Agreement with AlliedSignal to acquire substantially all
the net assets excluding land and buildings, and assumed certain of the
liabilities of OS and purchased the outstanding capital stock of ELAC from AS
Deutschland.

Ocean Systems develops, manufactures and sells sophisticated sonar
detection and tracking devices for underwater use. The Company's customers
include the U.S. Government, foreign governments, defense industry prime
contractors and commercial customers. The Company operates primarily in one
industry segment, electronic sonar components and systems.

All domestic government contracts and subcontracts of Ocean Systems are
subject to audit and various cost controls, and Government contracts and
related orders are subject to cancellation if funds for contract performance
for any subsequent year become unavailable. Foreign government contracts
generally include comparable provisions relating to termination for the
convenience of the foreign government.

The decline in the U.S. defense budget since the late 1980s has resulted
in program delays, cancellations and scope reduction for defense contracts in
general. These events may or may not have an effect on the Company's programs;
however, in the event that U.S. Government expenditures for products of the
type manufactured by the Company are reduced, and not offset by greater foreign
sales or other new programs or products, or acquisitions, there may be a
reduction in the volume of contracts or subcontracts awarded to the Company.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND USE OF ESTIMATES

The accompanying combined financial statements reflect the assets,
liabilities and operations of Ocean Systems including OS and ELAC which are
combined herein as they are entities under common control and management. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principals requires the Company's management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the combined financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. The most significant of these estimates
and assumptions relate to contract estimates of sales and costs, excess and
obsolete inventory reserves, warranty reserves, pension estimates and
recoverability of recorded amounts of fixed assets. Actual results could differ
from these estimates.

F-113
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Under fixed-price contracts, sales and related costs are recorded upon
delivery and customer acceptance. Sales and related costs under
cost-reimbursable contracts are recorded on the percentage of completion
method. Anticipated future losses on contracts are charged to income when
identified. Revisions in profit estimates are reflected in the period in which
the facts, which require the revision, become known.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Management assesses the credit risk and records an allowance for
uncollectable accounts as considered necessary based on several factors
including, but not limited to, an analysis of specific customers, historical
trends, current economic conditions and other information. The U.S. Navy
comprises a significant portion of Ocean System's revenues. The Company's other
customers include the navies of many foreign countries. The Company's credit
risk is affected by conditions or occurrences within the U.S. Government and
economic conditions of the countries in which the Company operates or has
customers. Sales are made on unsecured, customer-specific credit terms, which
may include extended terms.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the average
cost method. Inventories consist of raw materials and supplies, work in process
and finished goods. An excess and obsolete inventory reserve has been
established primarily for raw materials and parts that have not been allocated
to firm contracts. The excess and obsolete inventory reserve is based on
estimates of future usage of inventory on hand.

CONTRACTS IN PROCESS

Costs accumulated under cost-reimbursable contracts include direct costs,
as well as manufacturing overhead. In accordance with industry practice, these
amounts are included in current assets.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost net of
accumulated depreciation. For financial purposes, property, plant and equipment
is generally depreciated on the straight line method using estimated useful
lives ranging from 3 to 20 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the
shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements.
Interest costs incurred during the construction of plant and equipment are
capitalized using an imputed interest rate approximating 8%. Interest costs
capitalized during 1997 amounted to $57.

CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE

Capitalized software primarily represents costs incurred related to the
purchase and implementation of the Company's MRP II business system.
Capitalized software is reported at historical cost less accumulated
amortization. Amortization is based on the estimated useful service life not to
exceed five years. Amortization of capitalized software was $1,078 for the year
ended December 31, 1997. Accumulated amortization was $2,368 at December 31,
1997.

F-114
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

GOODWILL

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of the purchased business over
the net assets acquired and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40
years. This excess relates primarily to the allocated portion of goodwill
arising out of the AlliedSignal merger with Bendix in 1982 and was allocated to
OS based on the proportionate percentage of OS pretax earnings to the total
Bendix Aerospace Group pretax earnings at the time of the AlliedSignal
acquisition from Bendix. Amortization expense was $70 for the year ended
December 31, 1997. Accumulated amortization was $980 at December 31, 1997.

The carrying amounts of intangible assets are reviewed if the facts and
circumstances indicate potential impairment of their carrying value. If this
review indicates that intangible assets are not recoverable, as determined
based on the undiscounted cash flows of the entity acquired over the remaining
amortization period, the Company's carrying values related to the intangible
assets are reduced to the fair value of the asset.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT AND SIMILAR COSTS

Research and development costs sponsored by the Company include research
and development and bid and proposal efforts related to government products and
services. Customer-sponsored research and development costs incurred are
included in contract costs.

FOREIGN OPERATIONS AND FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

The Company's major foreign operation is ELAC located in Germany with the
Deutsche mark as its functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated
at current exchange rates at the end of the period. Income and expenses are
translated using the monthly average exchange rates. The effect of the
unrealized rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and
liabilities into U.S. dollars are accumulated as a separate component of equity
in the accompanying combined balance sheet.

There are no material foreign currency gains or losses for the year ended
December 31, 1997 as the Company's U.S. sales to foreign customers are
denominated in U.S. dollars. ASCI Canadian sales are denominated in Canadian
dollars and the ELAC foreign sales are denominated in Deutsche marks.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

At December 31, 1997, the carrying value of the Company's financial
instruments, such as receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities,
approximate fair value, based on the short-term maturities of these
instruments.

INCOME TAXES

The benefit for income taxes for OS was computed by applying statutory tax
rates to the reported loss before income taxes after considering items that do
not enter into the determination of taxable income and tax credits reflected in
the consolidated provision of AlliedSignal which are related to OS. Income
taxes for OS are assumed to have been settled with AlliedSignal at December 31,
1997 and there are no separate tax attributes related to OS. For ELAC, separate
tax attributes that relate specifically to ELAC have been considered in
computing taxes.

3. TRANSACTIONS WITH ALLIEDSIGNAL

Ocean Systems relies on AlliedSignal for certain services, including
treasury, cash management, employee benefits, taxes, risk management, internal
audit, financial reporting, legal, contract

F-115
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

administration and general corporate services. Although certain assets,
liabilities and expenses related to these services have been allocated to the
Company, the combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows
presented in the accompanying combined financial statements would not be the
same as would have occurred had the Company been an independent entity. The
following describes the related party transactions.

ALLOCATION OF CORPORATE EXPENSES

The amount of allocated corporate expenses reflected in these combined
financial statements has been estimated based primarily on an allocation
methodology prescribed by government regulations pertaining to government
contractors. Corporate expenses allocated to Ocean Systems were $2,258 for the
year ended December 31, 1997, and are included in general and administrative
expense in the accompanying combined statement of operations.

PENSIONS

Certain of the Company's employees participate in various AlliedSignal
sponsored pension plans covering certain employees. Eligibility for
participation in these plans varies, and benefits are generally based on
employees' compensation and years of service.

AlliedSignal funding policy is generally to contribute in accordance with
cost accounting standards that affect government contractors subject to the
Internal Revenue code and regulations. Although the aforementioned pension
arrangements are part of certain AlliedSignal defined benefit plans, separate
actuarial estimates were made for the portion allocable to the Company. Pension
expense included in the accompanying combined statement of operations was
$1,452 for the year ended December 31, 1997. The pension plan liability at
December 31, 1997 was fully funded. The Company also has a supplemental pension
plan for highly compensated employees as defined by IRS rules. The liability
reflected in the accompanying combined balance sheet was $650 at December 31,
1997. Pension expense included in the combined statement of operations for the
supplemental pension plan was $24 for the year ended December 31, 1997.

The Company's German employees of ELAC are covered by a separate pension
plan. Pension costs included the following components for the year ended
December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Service costs earned during the year .................. $ 163
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation ......... 119
Actual return on plan assets .......................... (92)
Amortization of unrecognized net obligation ........... 24
-----
Net periodic pension cost ............................. $ 214
=====
</TABLE>

F-116
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

The following table sets forth the ELAC pension plan funded status and
amounts recognized in the Company's combined balance sheet at December 31,
1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligation
Vested ......................................................... $1,067
Nonvested ...................................................... 296
------
Accumulated benefit obligation ................................ 1,363
======
Projected benefit obligation ................................... 1,919
Plan assets at fair value ...................................... 1,422
------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets ......... 497
Unrecognized net loss ......................................... 37
Unrecognized prior service costs ..............................
Unrecognized net obligation ................................... (361)
------
Accrued pension costs ........................................ $ 173
======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Major assumptions were:
Discount Rate ....................................... 6.8%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets ......... 6.8%
Rate of increase in compensation levels ............. 4.0%
</TABLE>

POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS

In addition to participating in AlliedSignal pension plans, employees of
OS are provided varying levels of health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees and dependents. Participants are eligible for these benefits
when they retire from active service and meet the pension plan eligibility
requirements. These benefits are funded primarily on a pay-as-you-go basis with
the retiree generally paying of the cost through contributions, deductibles and
coinsurance provisions.

Although the aforementioned postretirement benefits are part of certain
AlliedSignal postretirement arrangements, separate actuarial estimates were
made for the portion allocable to the Company. The weighted average discount
rate utilized in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
was 7.25% for 1997. Net postretirement benefit costs included in the combined
statements of operations was $1,072 for the year ended December 31, 1997.

The net postretirement benefit costs for 1997 included the following
components:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Service cost-benefits attributed to service during the period . $ 545
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation 704
Amortization of gain .......................................... (177)
======
Net postretirement benefit cost ............................... $1,072
======
</TABLE>

F-117
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

The funded status of the plan and related liability amounts recognized in
the accompanying combined balance sheet at December 31, 1997 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
Fully eligible active plan participants ......... $2,698
Other active plan participants .................. 7,049
------
9,747
Unrecognized prior service costs ................. --
Unrecognized net gain (loss) ..................... --
------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost ............. $9,747
======
</TABLE>

EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLANS

Ocean Systems North American operation also has a supplemental savings
plan in which the Company matches the contributions of participating employees
up to a designated level. Under this plan, the matching contributions, in cash,
were $54 for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the liability recorded at
December 31, 1997 was $562.

INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest expense has been allocated to the Company by applying
AlliedSignal's weighted average consolidated interest rate to the portion of
the beginning of the period equity account deemed to be financed by
consolidated debt, which has been determined based on AlliedSignal's debt to
equity ratio on such date. Management of the Company believes that this
allocation methodology is reasonable.

The allocated interest expense was calculated using the following equity
balance and interest rate, for the year ended December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Equity .......................... $5,751
Interest Rate ................... 9.6%
</TABLE>

Allocated interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1997 amounted
to $552 and is included in interest expense, net in the accompanying combined
statement of operations.

INCOME TAXES

The Company will be included in the consolidated Federal income tax
return, foreign tax returns and certain combined and separate state and local
income tax returns of AlliedSignal for 1997. Income taxes for OS are considered
to have been settled with AlliedSignal at December 31, 1997 and are recorded
through the invested equity account with AlliedSignal as there are no separate
stand alone tax attributes related to OS.

ELAC participates in the AlliedSignal Deutschland GmbH profit pooling
agreement for corporate income tax and municipal trade tax. Since entering into
this agreement ELAC has not paid German taxes, as any profits or losses of ELAC
are transferred to AlliedSignal Deutschland. For purposes of these combined
financial statements, the tax attributes that relate to ELAC prior to entering
into the pooling agreement have been considered in computing the separate ELAC
tax computations as these attributes will remain with ELAC after the
termination of the pooling agreement after the acquisition by L-3.

F-118
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

The company participates in the AlliedSignal cash management system, under
which all cash is received and payments are made by AlliedSignal. All
transactions between the Company and AlliedSignal have been accounted for as
settled in cash at the time such transactions were recorded by the Company.

4. INVENTORIES AND CONTRACTS IN PROCESS

Net inventories are comprised of the following components at December 31,
1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Raw materials and supplies .................... $ 14,894
Work in process ............................... 6,675
Finished goods ................................ 12,080
Excess and obsolete inventory reserve ......... (7,772)
--------
Net inventories .............................. 25,877
Less, unliquidated progress payments ......... (603)
--------
$ 25,274
========
</TABLE>

For the year ended December 31, 1997, there were no general and
administrative, independent research and development, or bid and proposal costs
charged to inventory.

Contracts in process, amounting to $793 as of December 31, 1997, include
accumulated inventoried costs and profits on cost or cost-reimbursement
contracts, principally with the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government has title
to, or a security interest in, inventories to which progress payments are
applied. The Company believes that substantially all such amounts will be
billed and collected within one year.

5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment at December 31, 1997 are comprised of the
following components:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings, building improvements and land
improvements ......................................... $ 9,108
Machinery, equipment, furniture and fixtures ......... 48,060
Leasehold improvements ............................... 300
---------
57,468
Less, accumulated depreciation and
amortization ......................................... (43,324)
---------
14,144
Land ................................................. 388
Construction in progress ............................. 2,313
---------
$ 16,845
=========
</TABLE>

Depreciation and amortization expense was $2,976 for the year ended
December 31, 1997.

F-119
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

6. INCOME TAXES

The effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal income tax rate
for the following reasons:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate ............. (35.0)%
State taxes net of federal benefit ............ (6.0)%
Foreign losses with no tax benefit ............ 6.7 %
Foreign sales corporation tax benefit ......... (4.5)%
Other, net .................................... (0.5)%
------
(39.3)%
======
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1997, the German trade tax and corporate income tax net
operating loss ("NOL") carryovers amounted to $953 and $1,180, respectively,
and may be carried forward indefinitely.

At December 31, 1997, deferred tax assets related to ELAC's German trade
tax and corporate income tax NOL carryovers amounted to $468. A full valuation
is recorded against the deferred tax asset.

The valuation allowance for deferred taxes was based on ELAC's historical
losses from operations and its current year loss. In addition, certain aspects
of the acquisition could limit the utilization of a portion or all of these NOL
carryovers. Accordingly, management believes currently there is not enough
historical information to support that it is more likely than not that ELAC
will realize the future tax benefit of these NOL carryovers.

7. EQUITY

Invested equity represents the equity contributed to OS by AlliedSignal
and related accumulated results of operations of OS. ELAC common stock
represents the one share of common stock held by AS Deutschland. ELAC's
retained earnings includes the impact of ELAC's accumulated operating losses,
and repayments to AlliedSignal offset by the effects of the amortization of
negative goodwill associated with the ELAC acquisition from Honeywell.

8. SALES TO PRINCIPAL CUSTOMERS

The Company operates primarily in one industry segment, electronic sonar
components and systems. Sales to principal customers are as follows for the
year ended December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
U.S. Government agencies and prime contractors ......... $36,133
German government ...................................... 5,895
Other foreign governments .............................. 24,883
Commercial customers ................................... 6,122
-------
$73,033
=======
</TABLE>

F-120
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

Summarized data of the Company's operations by geographic area for the
year ended December 31, 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NORTH REST OF
AMERICA GERMANY EUROPE ASIA OTHER ELIM TOTAL
----------- ----------- -------- ---------- --------- ------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales to unaffiliated
customer .................... $ 39,002 $ 8,146 $6,220 $18,611 $1,054 -- $ 73,033
Inter-area sales ............. 19,536 4,334 -- -- -- $ (23,870) --
Loss from operations ......... (4,658) (1,090) -- -- -- -- (5,748)
Identifiable assets at
December 31, 1997 ........... 51,613 10,454 -- -- -- -- 62,067
</TABLE>

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under agreements
expiring at various dates through 2011. At December 31, 1997, future minimum
payments for noncancellable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in
excess of one year are $933 for 1998, $340 for 1999, $161 for 2000, $35 for
2001 and $7 for 2002.

Leases covering major items of real estate and equipment contain renewal
and or purchase options which may be exercised by the company. Rent expense,
net of sublease income from other AlliedSignal entities, was $1,342 for the
year ended December 31, 1997.

Management is continually assessing the Company's obligations with respect
to applicable environmental protection laws. While it is difficult to determine
the timing and ultimate cost to be incurred by the Company in order to comply
with these laws, based upon available internal and external assessments, with
respect to those environmental loss contingencies of which management of the
Company is aware, the Company believes that even without considering potential
insurance recoveries, if any, there are no environmental loss contingencies
that individually or in the aggregate, would be material to the Company's
combined financial position, cash flows and results of operations. The Company
accrues for these contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been
incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

The Company is engaged in providing products and services under contracts
with the U.S. Government and foreign government agencies. All such contracts
are subject to extensive legal and regulatory requirements, and, from time to
time, agencies of the U.S. Government investigate whether such contracts were
and are being conducted in accordance with these requirements. Under government
procurement regulations, an indictment of the Company by a federal grand jury
could result in the Company being suspended for a period of time from
eligibility for awards of new government contracts. A conviction could result
in debarment from contracting with federal government for a specified term.

The Company is also periodically subject to periodic review or audit by
agencies of the U.S. Government. At December 31, 1997, there are several
pending issues with these agencies that are incidental to the Company's
business. One of these reviews was critical of the Company's procedures for
maintaining control of Government owned property in the Company's custody. The
Company is responsible and liable for $93 million of Government-owned property
in its possession. With respect to this and other U.S. Government matters, the
Company's management believes the ultimate resolution of any such matters will
not have a material adverse effect on the combined financial position, cash
flows or results of operations of the Company.

F-121
<PAGE>

ALLIEDSIGNAL OCEAN SYSTEMS
(A WHOLLY OWNED OPERATION OF ALLIEDSIGNAL, INC.)
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

The Company is periodically subject to litigation, claims or assessments
and various contingent liabilities (including environmental matters) incidental
to their business. With respect to those investigative actions, items of
litigation, claims or assessments of which they are aware, management of the
Company is of the opinion that the probability is remote that, after taking
into account certain provisions that have been made with respect to these
matters, the ultimate resolution of any such investigative actions, items of
litigation, claims or assessments will have a material adverse effect on the
combined financial position, cash flows or results of operations of the
Company.

F-122
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

YOU SHOULD RELY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. WE HAVE NOT
AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH DIFFERENT INFORMATION. WE ARE NOT MAKING
AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE
IS NOT PERMITTED.

--------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C>
Where You Can Find More Information ............ i
Prospectus Summary ............................. 1
Risk Factors ................................... 13
Use of Proceeds ................................ 22
Capitalization ................................. 23
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed
Consolidated Financial Information .......... 24
Selected Financial Information ................. 34
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations .................................. 36
Business ....................................... 49
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions ................................ 71
Management ..................................... 73
Ownership of Capital Stock ..................... 82
Description of Certain Indebtedness ............ 83
The Exchange Offer ............................. 87
Description of the Exchange Notes .............. 98
Certain United States Federal Income Tax
Consequences of the Exchange ................ 136
Plan of Distribution ........................... 136
Legal Matters .................................. 137
Experts ........................................ 137
Index to Financial Statements .................. F-1
</TABLE>

UNTIL , 1999 (90 DAYS AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF THIS OFFERING), ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE EXCHANGE NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THE EXCHANGE OFFER, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

$200,000,000

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

[LOGO OMITTED]

OFFER TO EXCHANGE $200,000,000 OF ITS
8% SERIES B SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
DUE 2008, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR
$200,000,000 OF ITS OUTSTANDING
8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

[ALTERNATE COVER FOR MARKET-MAKING PROSPECTUS]

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 7, 1999

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

OFFER TO EXCHANGE SERIES B 8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008 FOR ANY AND
ALL OUTSTANDING 8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008.

TERMS OF EXCHANGE OFFER

o Expires 5:00 p.m., New York City time, , 1999, unless extended

o Subject to certain customary conditions, which we may waive

o All outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn will be
exchanged

o Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn any time prior to the
expiration of the Exchange Offer

o The exchange of notes will not be a taxable exchange for U.S. Federal
income tax purposes

o We will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer

FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT YOU SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE
PARTICIPATING IN THIS EXCHANGE OFFER, SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 13.

This prospectus has been prepared for and is to be used by Lehman Brothers
Inc. in connection with offers and sales in market-making transactions of the
Exchange Notes. L-3 will not receive any of the proceeds of such sales. Lehman
Brothers Inc. may act as principal or agent in such transactions. The Exchange
Notes may be offered in negotiated transactions or otherwise.
<PAGE>

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MARKET-MAKING PROSPECTUS]

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and as a consequence we
file reports and other information with the Commission. The Registration
Statement and our other SEC filings can be inspected and copied at the Public
Reference Section of the Commission located at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington D.C. 20549 and at regional public reference
facilities maintained by the Commission located at Citicorp Center, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and Seven World Trade
Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such materials,
including copies of all or any portion of the Registration Statement, can be
obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at prescribed
rates. Such materials are also available on the Commission's home page on the
Internet (http://www.sec.gov).

ALT-2
<PAGE>

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MARKET-MAKING PROSPECTUS]

TRADING MARKET FOR THE EXCHANGE NOTES

There is no existing trading market for the Exchange Notes, and there can
be no assurance regarding the future development of a market for the Exchange
Notes or the ability of the Holders of the Exchange Notes to sell their
Exchange Notes or the price at which such Holders may be able to sell their
Exchange Notes. If such market were to develop, the Exchange Notes could trade
at prices that may be higher or lower than their initial offering price
depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the Company's
operating results and the market for similar securities. Although it is not
obligated to do so, Lehman Brothers Inc. intends to make a market in the
Exchange Notes. Any such market-making activity may be discontinued at any
time, for any reason, without notice at the sole discretion of Lehman Brothers
Inc. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of or the trading market for
the Exchange Notes.

Lehman Brothers Inc. may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Company and,
as such, may be required to deliver a prospectus in connection with its
market-making activities in the Exchange Notes. Pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to file and maintain a registration
statement that would allow Lehman Brothers Inc. to engage in market-making
transactions in the Exchange Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement, the registration statement will remain
effective for as long as Lehman Brothers Inc. may be required to deliver a
prospectus in connection with market-making transactions in the Exchange Notes.
The Company has agreed to bear substantially all the costs and expenses related
to such registration statement.

ALT-3
<PAGE>

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MARKET-MAKING PROSPECTUS]

USE OF PROCEEDS

This prospectus is delivered in connection with the sale of the Exchange
Notes by Lehman Brothers Inc. in market-making transactions. The Company will
not receive any of the proceeds from such transactions.

ALT-4
<PAGE>

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MARKET-MAKING PROSPECTUS]

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

This prospectus is to be used by Lehman Brothers Inc. in connection with
offers and sales of the Exchange Notes in market-making transactions effected
from time to time. Lehman Brothers Inc. may act as a principal or agent in such
transactions, including as agent for the counterparty when acting as principal
or as agent for both counterparties, and may receive compensation in the form
of discounts and commissions, including from both counterparties when it acts
as agent for both. Such sales will be made at prevailing market prices at the
time of sale, at prices related thereto or at negotiated prices.

Affiliates of Lehman Brothers Inc. currently own 36.6% of the Parent
Common Stock. See "Ownership of Capital Stock". Lehman Brothers Inc. has
informed the Company that it does not intend to confirm sales of the Exchange
Notes to any accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority without
the prior specific written approval of such transactions by the customer.

The Company has been advised by Lehman Brothers Inc. that, subject to
applicable laws and regulations, Lehman Brothers Inc. currently intends to make
a market in the Exchange Notes following completion of the Exchange Offer.
However, Lehman Brothers Inc. is not obligated to do so and any such
market-making may be interrupted or discontinued at any time without notice. In
addition, such market-making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. There can be no assurance that an
active trading market will develop or be sustained. See "Risk Factors --
Trading Market for the Exchange Notes".

Lehman Brothers Inc. has provided investment banking services to the
Company in the past and may provide such services and financial advisory
services to the Company in the future. Lehman Brothers Inc. acted as purchasers
in connection with the initial sale of the Notes and received an underwriting
discount of approximately $5.65 million in connection therewith. See "Certain
Transactions".

Lehman Brothers Inc. and the Company have entered into a registration
rights agreement with respect to the use by Lehman Brothers Inc. of this
prospectus. Pursuant to such agreement, the Company agreed to bear all
registration expenses incurred under such agreement, and the Company agreed to
indemnify Lehman Brothers Inc. against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.

ALT-5
<PAGE>

[ALTERNATE BACK COVER FOR MARKET-MAKING PROSPECTUS]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

[LOGO OMITTED]

8% SERIES B
SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
DUE 2008

LEHMAN BROTHERS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") provides
for, among other things:

a. permissive indemnification for expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by designated persons, including directors and officers of a
corporation, in the event such persons are parties to litigation other than
stockholder derivative actions if certain conditions are met;

b. permissive indemnification for expenses (including attorneys' fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by designated persons, including directors
and officers of a corporation, in the event such persons are parties to
stockholder derivative actions if certain conditions are met;

c. mandatory indemnification for expenses (including attorneys' fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by designated persons, including directors
and officers of a corporation, in the event such persons are successful on
the merits or otherwise in defense of litigation covered by a. and b.
above; and

d. that the indemnification provided for by Section 145 is not deemed
exclusive of any other rights which may be provided under any by-law,
agreement, stockholder or disinterested director vote, or otherwise.

In addition to the indemnification provisions of the DGCL described above,
the Registrant's certificate of incorporation (the "Certificate of
Incorporation") authorizes indemnification of the Registrant's officers and
directors, subject to a case-by-case determination that they acted in good
faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Company, and in the case of any criminal proceeding, they
had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. In the event
that a Change in Control (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) shall
have occurred, the proposed indemnitee director or officer may require that the
determination of whether he met the standard of conduct be made by special
legal counsel selected by him. In addition, whereas the DGCL would require
court-ordered indemnification, if any, in cases in which a person has been
adjudged to be liable to the Registrant, the Certificate of Incorporation also
permits indemnification in such cases if and to the extent that the reviewing
party determines that such indemnity is fair and reasonable under the
circumstances.

The Certificate of Incorporation requires the advancement of expenses to
an officer or director (without a determination as to his conduct) in advance
of the final disposition of a proceeding if such person furnishes a written
affirmation of his good faith belief that he has met the applicable standard of
conduct and furnishes a written undertaking to repay any advances if it is
ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification. In connection
with proceedings by or in the right of the Registrant, the Certificate of
Incorporation provides that indemnification shall include not only reasonable
expenses, but also penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement. Unless
ordered by a court, such indemnification shall not include judgments. Under the
Certificate of Incorporation, no officer or director is entitled to
indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to a proceeding brought
by him against the Registrant other than a proceeding seeking or defending such
officer's or director's right to indemnification or advancement of expenses.
Finally, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company may,
subject to authorization on a case by case basis, indemnify and advance
expenses to employees or agents to the same extent as a director or to a lesser
extent (or greater, as permitted by law) as determined by the Board of
Directors.

The Certificate of Incorporation purports to confer upon officers and
directors contractual rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses as
provided therein. In addition, as permitted by the

II-1
<PAGE>

DGCL, the Registrant has entered into indemnity agreements with its directors
and selected officers that provide contract rights substantially identical to
the rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation, as described above.

The Certificate of Incorporation limits the personal liability of
directors to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of the duty as a director, other than liability as a director (i) for breach of
duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL (certain illegal
distributions), or (iv) for any transaction for which the director derived an
improper personal benefit.

The Registrant maintains officers' and directors' insurance covering
certain liabilities that may be incurred by officers and directors in the
performance of their duties.

ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

The following exhibits are filed pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications Corporation (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4
No. 333-31649).
3.2 By-Laws of L-3 Communications Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2
to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
3.3 Certificate of Incorporation of Hygienetics Environmental Services, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
No. 333-46983).
3.4 By-laws of Hygienetics Environmental Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.4 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
3.5 Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications ILEX Systems, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
(No. 333-46983).
3.6 By-laws of L-3 Communications ILEX Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.6 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
3.7 Certificate of Incorporation of Southern California Microwave, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
No. 333-46983).
3.8 By-laws of Southern California Microwave, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.8 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
*3.9 Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications SPD Technologies, Inc.
*3.10 By-laws of L-3 Communications SPD Technologies, Inc.
*3.11 Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc.
*3.12 By-laws of L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc.
*3.13 Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications Storm Control Systems, Inc.
*3.14 By-laws of L-3 Communications Storm Control Systems, Inc.
*3.15 Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications DBS Microwave, Inc.
*3.16 By-laws of L-3 Communications DBS Microwave, Inc.
*3.17 Certificate of Incorporation of SPD Electrical Systems, Inc.
*3.18 By-laws of SPD Electrical Systems, Inc.
*3.19 Certificate of Incorporation of SPD Switchgear Inc.
*3.20 By-laws of SPD Switchgear Inc.
*3.21 Certificate of Incorporation of Pac Ord Inc.
*3.22 By-laws of Pac Ord Inc.
</TABLE>

II-2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
*3.23 Certificate of Incorporation of Henschel Inc.
*3.24 By-laws of Henschel Inc.
*3.25 Certificate of Incorporation of Power Paragon, Inc.
*3.26 By-laws of Power Paragon, Inc.
*3.27 Certificate of Incorporation of SPD Holdings, Inc.
*3.28 By-laws of SPD Holdings, Inc.
4.1 Indenture dated as of December 11, 1998 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the
Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.32 to L-3 Communications Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-1 No.
333-70125).
4.2 Form of 8% Senior Subordinated Note due 2008 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
4.3 Form of 8% Series B Senior Subordinated Note due 2008 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
*5 Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett.
10.1 Credit Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1998, among L-3 Communications
Corporation and lenders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended
September 30, 1998).
10.2 364 Day Credit Agreement, dated August 13, 1998, among L-3 Communications and
lenders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1998).
10.3 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 11, 1998, among L-3
Communications Corporation, the Guarantors, Lehman Brothers Inc. and NationsBanc
Montgomery Securities LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to L-3
Communications Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-70125).
10.4 Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1998, among L-3 Communications
Corporation, the Guarantors, Lehman Brothers Inc. and NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to L-3 Communications
Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-70125).
10.5 Indenture dated as of April 30, 1997 between L-3 Communications Corporation and
The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.6 Indenture dated as of May 22, 1998 between L-3 Communications and The Bank of New
York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
10.7 Stockholders' Agreement between L-3 Communications Corporation and the
stockholders parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.8 Transaction Agreement dated as of March 28, 1997, as amended, among Lockheed
Martin Corporation, Lehman Brothers Capital Partners III, L.P., Frank C. Lanza, Robert
V. LaPenta and L-3 Communications Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.5 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.9 Employment Agreement dated April 30, 1997 between Frank C. Lanza and L-3
Communications Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.10 Employment Agreement dated April 30, 1997 between Robert V. LaPenta and L-3
Communications Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.11 Form of Transition Services Agreement dated April 30, 1997 among L-3
Communications Holdings, Inc., L-3 Communications Corporation and Lockheed Martin
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
</TABLE>

II-3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ---------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
10.12 Lease dated as of April 29, 1997 among Lockheed Martin Tactical Systems, Inc., L-3
Communications Corporation and KSL, Division of Bonneville International
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Registration Statement on
Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.13 Lease dated as of April 29, 1997 among Lockheed Martin Tactical Systems, Inc., L-3
Communications Corporation and Unisys Corporation (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.81 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.14 Sublease dated as of April 29, 1997 among Lockheed Martin Tactical Systems, Inc., L-3
Communications Corporation and Unisys Corporation (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.82 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.15 Limited Noncompetition Agreement dated April 30, 1997 between Lockheed Martin
Corporation and L-3 Communications Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.9 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.16 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 19, 1997 between L-3 Communications
Corporation and California Microwave, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8
to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
10.17 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of February 10, 1998 between FAP Trust and L-3
Communications Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.81 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
10.18 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of March 30, 1998 among AlliedSignal Inc.,
AlliedSignal Technologies, Inc., AlliedSignal Deutschland GMBH and L-3
Communications Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.82 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
10.19 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 3, 1998 among L-3
Communications, L-M Acquisition Corporation and Microdyne Corporation
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to L-3 Communications Holdings' Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on December 9, 1998).
10.20 Form of Stock Option Agreement for Employee Options (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
10.30 Form of 1997 Stock Option Plan for Key Employees (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.91 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
10.31 L-3 Communications Corporation Pension Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
**12 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
*21 Subsidiaries of the Company.
*23.1 Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5
hereto).
**23.2 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, independent auditors.
**23.3 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors.
**23.4 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors.
**23.5 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent auditors.
**23.6 Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent certified public accountants.
24 Powers of Attorney (included in Part II of this Registration Statement).
**25 Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of
New York, as Trustee.
**99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal.
**99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
</TABLE>

- ----------
* To be filed by amendment.

** Filed herewith.

II-4
<PAGE>

ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereto, which, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any
material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to
be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any
public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a
prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or
party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the
issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information
called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by
persons who may be deemed to be underwriters, in addition to the information
called for by the other Items of the applicable form.

The Registrant undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant
to the immediately preceding undertaking or (ii) that purports to meet the
requirements of section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an
offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an
amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such
amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-5

<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has
duly caused the Registration Statement or amendments thereto to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on January 6, 1999.

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Frank C. Lanza
--------------------------------
Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of
Directors

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of L-3 Communications
Corporation, a Delaware company, hereby constitutes and appoints Michael T.
Strianese and Christopher C. Cambria and each of them, severally, as his
attorney-in-fact and Agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, in his name and on his behalf, to sign in any and all
capacities this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any
subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed
under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and
all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto,
and any and all applications and other documents relating thereto, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, with full power and authority to perform
and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or
substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in
connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each
of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby
ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE
- ------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
/s/ Frank C Lanza
- ------------------------------ Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,
Frank C. Lanza (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------ President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------ Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ David J. Brand
- ------------------------------
David J. Brand Director

/s/ Thomas A. Corcoran
- ------------------------------
Thomas A. Corcoran Director

/s/ Alberto M. Finali
- ------------------------------
Alberto M. Finali Director

/s/ Eliot M. Fried
- ------------------------------
Eliot M. Fried Director

II-6
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE TITLE
- ------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------

/s/ Frank H. Menaker, Jr.
- ------------------------------
Frank H. Menaker, Jr. Director

/s/ Robert B. Millard
- ------------------------------
Robert B. Millard Director

/s/ John E. Montague
- ------------------------------
John E. Montague Director

/s/ John M. Shalikashvili
- ------------------------------
John M. Shalikashvili Director

/s/ Alan H. Washkowitz
- ------------------------------
Alan H. Washkowitz Director
</TABLE>

II-7
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

HYGIENETICS ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
-----------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of Hygienetics
Environmental Services, Inc., a Delaware company, hereby constitutes and
appoints Michael T. Strianese and Christopher C. Cambria and each of them,
severally, as his attorney-in-fact and Agent, with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, in his name and on his behalf, to sign in any and all
capacities this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any
subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed
under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and
all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto,
and any and all applications and other documents relating thereto, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, with full power and authority to perform
and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or
substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in
connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each
of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby
ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE
- ------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
/s/ Frank C. Lanza
- ------------------------------- Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,
Frank C. Lanza (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director
</TABLE>

II-8
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS ILEX SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
-----------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of L-3 Communications ILEX
Systems, Inc., a Delaware company, hereby constitutes and appoints Michael T.
Strianese and Christopher C. Cambria and each of them, severally, as his
attorney-in-fact and Agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, in his name and on his behalf, to sign in any and all
capacities this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any
subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed
under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and
all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto,
and any and all applications and other documents relating thereto, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, with full power and authority to perform
and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or
substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in
connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each
of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby
ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director
</TABLE>

II-9
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA MICROWAVE, INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
-----------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of Southern California
Microwave, Inc., a California company, hereby constitutes and appoints
Michael T. Strianese and Christopher C. Cambria and each of them, severally,
as his attorney-in-fact and Agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, in his name and on his behalf, to sign in any and all
capacities this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any
subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed
under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and
all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto,
and any and all applications and other documents relating thereto, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, with full power and authority to perform
and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or
substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in
connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each
of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby
ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director

/s/ William H. Kirk
- -------------------------------
William H. Kirk Director
</TABLE>

II-10
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS SPD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
-----------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of L-3 Communications SPD
Technologies, Inc., a Delaware company, hereby constitutes and appoints
Michael T. Strianese and Christopher C. Cambria and each of them, severally,
as his attorney-in-fact and Agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, in his name and on his behalf, to sign in any and all
capacities this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any
subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed
under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and
all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto,
and any and all applications and other documents relating thereto, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, with full power and authority to perform
and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or
substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in
connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each
of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby
ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director
</TABLE>

II-11
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS ESSCO, INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
-----------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of L-3 Communications
ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware company, hereby constitutes and appoints Michael T.
Strianese and Christopher C. Cambria and each of them, severally, as his
attorney-in-fact and Agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, in his name and on his behalf, to sign in any and all
capacities this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any
subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed
under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and
all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto,
and any and all applications and other documents relating thereto, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, with full power and authority to perform
and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or
substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in
connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each
of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby
ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director
</TABLE>

II-12
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS STORM CONTROL SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
---------------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of L-3 Communications Storm
Control Systems, Inc., a California company, hereby constitutes and appoints
Michael T. Strianese and Christopher C. Cambria and each of them, severally,
as his attorney-in-fact and Agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, in his name and on his behalf, to sign in any and all
capacities this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any
subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed
under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and
all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto,
and any and all applications and other documents relating thereto, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, with full power and authority to perform
and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or
substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in
connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each
of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby
ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director
</TABLE>

II-13
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS DBS MICROWAVE, INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
-----------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of L-3 Communications DBS
Microwave, Inc., a California company, hereby constitutes and appoints
Michael T. Strianese and Christopher C. Cambria and each of them, severally,
as his attorney-in-fact and Agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, in his name and on his behalf, to sign in any and all
capacities this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any
subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed
under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and
all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto,
and any and all applications and other documents relating thereto, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, with full power and authority to perform
and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or
substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in
connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each
of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby
ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director
</TABLE>

II-14
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

SPD ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
-----------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of SPD Electrical Systems,
Inc., a Delaware company, hereby constitutes and appoints Michael T.
Strianese and Christopher C. Cambria and each of them, severally, as his
attorney-in-fact and Agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, in his name and on his behalf, to sign in any and all
capacities this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any
subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed
under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and
all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto,
and any and all applications and other documents relating thereto, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, with full power and authority to perform
and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or
substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in
connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each
of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby
ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director

/s/ Larry A. Colangelo
- -------------------------------
Larry A. Colangelo Director
</TABLE>

II-15
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

SPD SWITCHGEAR INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
-----------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of SPD Switchgear, Inc., a
Delaware company, hereby constitutes and appoints Michael T. Strianese and
Christopher C. Cambria and each of them, severally, as his attorney-in-fact
and Agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, in his name
and on his behalf, to sign in any and all capacities this Registration
Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any subsequent Registration
Statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto, and any and all applications
and other documents relating thereto, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts
and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem
necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all
of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do
if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of
any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director

/s/ Larry A. Colangelo
- -------------------------------
Larry A. Colangelo Director
</TABLE>

II-16
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

PAC ORD INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
-----------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware
company, hereby constitutes and appoints Michael T. Strianese and Christopher
C. Cambria and each of them, severally, as his attorney-in-fact and Agent,
with full power of substitution and resubstitution, in his name and on his
behalf, to sign in any and all capacities this Registration Statement and any
and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this
Registration Statement, any subsequent Registration Statement for the same
offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and any and all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) and exhibits thereto, and any and all applications and other
documents relating thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, with
full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things
whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or
advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the
above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if
personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any
such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director

/s/ Larry A. Colangelo
- -------------------------------
Larry A. Colangelo Director
</TABLE>

II-17
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

HENSCHEL INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
-----------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of Henschel Inc., a
Delaware company, hereby constitutes and appoints Michael T. Strianese and
Christopher C. Cambria and each of them, severally, as his attorney-in-fact
and Agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, in his name
and on his behalf, to sign in any and all capacities this Registration
Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any subsequent Registration
Statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto, and any and all applications
and other documents relating thereto, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts
and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem
necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all
of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do
if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of
any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director

/s/ Larry A. Colangelo
- -------------------------------
Larry A. Colangelo Director
</TABLE>

II-18
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

POWER PARAGON, INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
-----------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of Power Paragon, Inc., a
Delaware company, hereby constitutes and appoints Michael T. Strianese and
Christopher C. Cambria and each of them, severally, as his attorney-in-fact
and Agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, in his name
and on his behalf, to sign in any and all capacities this Registration
Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any subsequent Registration
Statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto, and any and all applications
and other documents relating thereto, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts
and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem
necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all
of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do
if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of
any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director

/s/ Larry A. Colangelo
- -------------------------------
Larry A. Colangelo Director
</TABLE>

II-19
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

SPD HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ Christopher C. Cambria
-----------------------------------------
Vice President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of SPD Holdings, Inc., a
Delaware company, hereby constitutes and appoints Michael T. Strianese and
Christopher C. Cambria and each of them, severally, as his attorney-in-fact
and Agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, in his name
and on his behalf, to sign in any and all capacities this Registration
Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
and exhibits to this Registration Statement, any subsequent Registration
Statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and exhibits thereto, and any and all applications
and other documents relating thereto, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts
and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem
necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all
of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do
if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of
any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registration
Statement has been signed on the 6th day of January, 1999 by the following
persons in the capacities indicated:

/s/ Robert V. LaPenta
- ------------------------------- President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Robert V. LaPenta Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ Michael T. Strianese
- ------------------------------- Vice President--Finance and Controller (Principal
Michael T. Strianese Accounting Officer)

/s/ Christopher C. Cambria
- -------------------------------
Christopher C. Cambria Director

/s/ Larry A. Colangelo
- -------------------------------
Larry A. Colangelo Director
</TABLE>

II-20

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibits identified in parentheses below are on file with the SEC and are
incorporated herein by reference to such previous filings.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications Corporation (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4
No. 333-31649).
3.2 By-Laws of L-3 Communications Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2
to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
3.3 Certificate of Incorporation of Hygienetics Environmental Services, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
No. 333-46983).
3.4 By-laws of Hygienetics Environmental Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.4 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
3.5 Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications ILEX Systems, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
(No. 333-46983).
3.6 By-laws of L-3 Communications ILEX Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.6 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
3.7 Certificate of Incorporation of Southern California Microwave, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
No. 333-46983).
3.8 By-laws of Southern California Microwave, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.8 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
*3.9 Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications SPD Technologies, Inc.
*3.10 By-laws of L-3 Communications SPD Technologies, Inc.
*3.11 Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc.
*3.12 By-laws of L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc.
*3.13 Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications Storm Control Systems, Inc.
*3.14 By-laws of L-3 Communications Storm Control Systems, Inc.
*3.15 Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications DBS Microwave, Inc.
*3.16 By-laws of L-3 Communications DBS Microwave, Inc.
*3.17 Certificate of Incorporation of SPD Electrical Systems, Inc.
*3.18 By-laws of SPD Electrical Systems, Inc.
*3.19 Certificate of Incorporation of SPD Switchgear Inc.
*3.20 By-laws of SPD Switchgear Inc.
*3.21 Certificate of Incorporation of Pac Ord Inc.
*3.22 By-laws of Pac Ord Inc.
*3.23 Certificate of Incorporation of Henschel Inc.
*3.24 By-laws of Henschel Inc.
*3.25 Certificate of Incorporation of Power Paragon, Inc.
*3.26 By-laws of Power Paragon, Inc.
*3.27 Certificate of Incorporation of SPD Holdings, Inc.
*3.28 By-laws of SPD Holdings, Inc.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
4.1 Indenture dated as of December 11, 1998 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the
Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.32 to L-3 Communications Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-1
No. 333-70125).
4.2 Form of 8% Senior Subordinated Note due 2008 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
4.3 Form of 8% Series B Senior Subordinated Note due 2008 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
*5 Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett.
10.1 Credit Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1998, among L-3 Communications
Corporation and lenders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended
September 30, 1998).
10.2 364 Day Credit Agreement, dated August 13, 1998, among L-3 Communications and
lenders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1998).
10.3 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 11, 1998, among L-3
Communications Corporation, the Guarantors, Lehman Brothers Inc. and NationsBanc
Montgomery Securities LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to L-3
Communications Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-70125).
10.4 Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1998, among L-3 Communications
Corporation, the Guarantors, Lehman Brothers Inc. and NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to L-3 Communications
Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-70125).
10.5 Indenture dated as of April 30, 1997 between L-3 Communications Corporation and
The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.6 Indenture dated as of May 22, 1998 between L-3 Communications and The Bank of New
York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
10.7 Stockholders' Agreement between L-3 Communications Corporation and the
stockholders parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.8 Transaction Agreement dated as of March 28, 1997, as amended, among Lockheed
Martin Corporation, Lehman Brothers Capital Partners III, L.P., Frank C. Lanza, Robert
V. LaPenta and L-3 Communications Corporation (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.9 Employment Agreement dated April 30, 1997 between Frank C. Lanza and L-3
Communications Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.10 Employment Agreement dated April 30, 1997 between Robert V. LaPenta and L-3
Communications Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.11 Form of Transition Services Agreement dated April 30, 1997 among L-3
Communications Holdings, Inc., L-3 Communications Corporation and Lockheed Martin
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.12 Lease dated as of April 29, 1997 among Lockheed Martin Tactical Systems, Inc., L-3
Communications Corporation and KSL, Division of Bonneville International
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Registration Statement on
Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ---------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
10.13 Lease dated as of April 29, 1997 among Lockheed Martin Tactical Systems, Inc., L-3
Communications Corporation and Unisys Corporation (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.81 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.14 Sublease dated as of April 29, 1997 among Lockheed Martin Tactical Systems, Inc., L-3
Communications Corporation and Unisys Corporation (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.82 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.15 Limited Noncompetition Agreement dated April 30, 1997 between Lockheed Martin
Corporation and L-3 Communications Corporation (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-31649).
10.16 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 19, 1997 between L-3 Communications
Corporation and California Microwave, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8
to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
10.17 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of February 10, 1998 between FAP Trust and L-3
Communications Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.81 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
10.18 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of March 30, 1998 among AlliedSignal Inc.,
AlliedSignal Technologies, Inc., AlliedSignal Deutschland GMBH and L-3
Communications Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.82 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
10.19 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 3, 1998 among L-3
Communications, L-M Acquisition Corporation and Microdyne Corporation
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to L-3 Communications Holdings' Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on December 9, 1998).
10.20 Form of Stock Option Agreement for Employee Options (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
10.30 Form of 1997 Stock Option Plan for Key Employees (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.91 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
10.31 L-3 Communications Corporation Pension Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46983).
**12 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
*21 Subsidiaries of the Company.
*23.1 Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5
hereto).
**23.2 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, independent auditors.
**23.3 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors.
**23.4 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors.
**23.5 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent auditors.
**23.6 Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent certified public accountants.
24 Powers of Attorney (included in Part II of this Registration Statement).
**25 Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of
New York, as Trustee.
**99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal.
**99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
</TABLE>

- ----------
* To be filed by amendment.

** Filed herewith.

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 12

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR RATIO DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA
----------------------------------------------
NINE MONTHS NINE MONTHS YEAR NINE MONTHS
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30, DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 1997 1997 1998
--------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Earnings:
Income before income taxes ............... $ 25,200 $ 4,300 $ 22,200 $ 30,676
Add:
Interest expense ....................... 44,800 44,800 59,800 35,230
Amortization of debt expense ........... 2,790 2,790 3,720 1,805
Interest component of rent expense ..... 5,058 4,832 6,240 4,322
-------- -------- -------- --------
Earnings ................................. $ 77,848 $ 56,722 $ 91,960 $ 72,033
======== ======== ======== ========
Fixed Charges:
Interest expense ....................... $ 44,800 $ 44,800 $ 59,800 $ 35,230
Amortization of debt expense ........... 2,790 2,790 3,720 1,805
Interest component of rent expense ..... 5,058 4,832 6,240 4,322
-------- -------- -------- --------
Fixed Charges ............................ $ 52,648 $ 52,422 $ 69,760 $ 41,357
======== ======== ======== ========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges ........ 1.5x 1.1x 1.3x 1.7x
======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-4 of (i)
our report dated February 2, 1998 on our audits of the consolidated financial
statements of L-3 Communications Corporation and subsidiaries as of December
31, 1997 and for the nine months then ended, and the combined financial
statements of the Predecessor Company for the three months ended March 31,
1997, and as of December 31, 1996 and for the year then ended, and (ii) our
report, dated March 20, 1997, on our audits of the combined financial
statements of the Loral Acquired Businesses for the three months ended March
31, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1995, and (iii) our report, dated
February 23, 1998, on our audit of the combined financial statements of
AlliedSignal Ocean Systems (a wholly-owned operation of AlliedSignal, Inc.) as
of and for the year ended December 31, 1997. Our report on the combined
financial statements of the Predecessor Company as of and for the year ended
December 31, 1996 indicates that our opinion, insofar as it relates to the
financial statements of the Lockheed Martin Communications Systems Division as
of December 31, 1996 and for the year then ended included in such combined
financial statements, is based solely on the report of other auditors. We also
consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption "Experts".

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York
January 4, 1999

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated March 7, 1997, with respect to the combined financial
statements of Lockheed Martin Communications Systems Division as of and for the
year ended December 31, 1996 (not presented separately herein) and for the year
ended December 31, 1995, included in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and
related Prospectus of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. for the registration of
its 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Washington, D.C.
January 4, 1999

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 23.4

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated January 27, 1998 with respect to the financial
statements of Satellite Transmission Systems Division of California Microwave,
Inc. included in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and related Prospectus
of L-3 Communications Corporation for the registration of $200,000,000 of
Senior Subordinated Notes.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Melville, New York
January 4, 1999

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 23.5

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors
ILEX Systems, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Mountain View, California
January 4, 1999

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 23.6

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

We have issued our reports dated February 25, 1998 and February 28, 1997,
accompanying the financial statements of SPD Technologies, Inc. and
Subsidiaries contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent
to the use of the aforementioned reports in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption
"Experts".

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

New York, New York
January 4, 1999

<PAGE>

===============================================================================
EXHIBIT 25

FORM T-1

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2) |_|

----------------

THE BANK OF NEW YORK
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

New York 13-5160382
(State of incorporation (I.R.S. employer
if not a U.S. national bank) identification no.)

One Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)

----------------

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

Delaware 13-3937436
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification no.)

Table of Additional Registrants
-------------------------------

Southern California Microwave, Inc. California 13-0478540
Storm Control Systems, Inc. California
Hygienetics Environmental Services, Inc. Delaware 13-3992505
L-3 Communications SPD Technologies, Inc. Delaware
DBS Microwave, Inc. California
L-3 Communications ILEX Systems, Inc. Delaware 13-3992952
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc. Delaware
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc. Delaware
SPD Switchgear Inc. Delaware
Power Paragon, Inc. Delaware
Pac Ord Inc. Delaware
Henschel Inc. Delaware
SPD Holdings, Inc. Delaware

600 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10016
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)

----------------

8% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2008
(Title of the indenture securities)
===============================================================================

<PAGE>

1. GENERAL INFORMATION. FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO THE TRUSTEE:

(A) NAME AND ADDRESS OF EACH EXAMINING OR SUPERVISING AUTHORITY TO WHICH
IT IS SUBJECT.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name Address
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Superintendent of Banks of the State 2 Rector Street, New York,
of New York N.Y. 10006, and Albany, N.Y. 12203

Federal Reserve Bank of New York 33 Liberty Plaza,
New York, N.Y. 10045

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Washington, D.C. 20429

New York Clearing House Association New York, New York 10005

(B) WHETHER IT IS AUTHORIZED TO EXERCISE CORPORATE TRUST POWERS.

Yes.

2. AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR.

IF THE OBLIGOR IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE TRUSTEE, DESCRIBE EACH SUCH
AFFILIATION.

None.

16. LIST OF EXHIBITS.

EXHIBITS IDENTIFIED IN PARENTHESES BELOW, ON FILE WITH THE COMMISSION, ARE
INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AS AN EXHIBIT HERETO, PURSUANT TO RULE
7a-29 UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 (THE "ACT") AND 17 C.F.R.
229.10(d).

1. A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York
(formerly Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains the
authority to commence business and a grant of powers to exercise
corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Form T-1
filed with Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits 1a and 1b to
Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-21672 and Exhibit 1
to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-29637.)

4. A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1
filed with Registration Statement No. 33-31019.)

6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
(Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No.
33-44051.)

7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published
pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining
authority.

-2-
<PAGE>

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, The Bank of New
York, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New
York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and
State of New York, on the 30th day of December, 1998.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

By: /s/ MARIE E. TRIMBOLI
-------------------------------
Name: MARIE E. TRIMBOLI
Title: ASSISTANT TREASURER

<PAGE>
Exhibit 7

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Consolidated Report of Condition of

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

of 48 Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,
a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business June 30, 1998,
published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this
District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.

ASSETS Dollar Amounts
in Thousands
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin. $7,301,241
Interest-bearing balances.......................... 1,385,944
Securities:
Held-to-maturity securities........................ 1,000,737
Available-for-sale securities...................... 4,240,655
Federal funds sold and Securities purchased under
agreements to resell............................... 971,453
Loans and lease financing receivables:
Loans and leases, net of unearned income........... 38,788,269
LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses.......... 632,875
LESS: Allocated transfer risk reserve.............. 0
Loans and leases, net of unearned income,
allowance, and reserve........................... 38,155,394
Assets held in trading accounts....................... 1,307,562
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized
leases)............................................ 670,445
Other real estate owned............................... 13,598
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and
associated companies............................... 215,024
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances
outstanding........................................ 974,237
Intangible assets..................................... 1,102,625
Other assets.......................................... 1,944,777
-----------
Total assets.......................................... $59,283,692
===========
<PAGE>

LIABILITIES
Deposits:
In domestic offices................................ $26,930,258
Noninterest-bearing................................ 11,579,390
Interest-bearing................................... 15,350,868
In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement
subsidiaries, and IBFs........................... 16,117,854
Noninterest-bearing................................ 187,464
Interest-bearing................................... 15,930,390
Federal funds purchased and Securities sold under
agreements to repurchase........................... 2,170,238
Demand notes issued to the U.S.Treasury............... 300,000
Trading liabilities................................... 1,310,867
Other borrowed money:
With remaining maturity of one year or less........ 2,549,479
With remaining maturity of more than one year
through three years.............................. 0
With remaining maturity of more than three years... 46,654
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and
outstanding........................................ 983,398
Subordinated notes and debentures..................... 1,314,000
Other liabilities..................................... 2,295,520
-----------
Total liabilities..................................... 54,018,268
===========

EQUITY CAPITAL
Common stock.......................................... 1,135,284
Surplus............................................... 731,319
Undivided profits and capital reserves................ 3,385,227
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on 51,233
available-for-sale securities......................
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments... (37,639)
-----------
Total equity capital.................................. 5,265,424
-----------
Total liabilities and equity capital.................. $59,283,692
===========

-2-
<PAGE>

I, Robert E. Keilman, Senior Vice President and Comptroller of the
above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been
prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System and is true to the best of my knowledge and
belief.

Robert E. Keilman

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this
Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best
of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the
instructions issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and
is true and correct.

_
J. Carter Bacot |
Thomas A. Renyi | Directors
Alan R. Griffith _|

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.1

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
FOR
8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
DUE 2008
OF
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON ,
1999 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE") UNLESS EXTENDED BY L-3 COMMUNICATIONS
CORPORATION.

EXCHANGE AGENT:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK

By Hand: By Mail:
The Bank of New York (Insured or Registered Recommended)
101 Barclay Street The Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Services Window 101 Barclay Street, 7E
New York, New York 10286 New York, New York 10286
Attention: Reorganization Section Attention: Reorganization Section

By Overnight Express: By Facsimile:
The Bank of New York (212) 815-6339
101 Barclay Street (For Eligible Institutions Only)
Corporate Trust Services Window
New York, New York 10286 By Telephone:
Attention: Reorganization Section (212) 815-4444

DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET
FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA A FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO A NUMBER OTHER
THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the prospectus dated , 1999
(the "Prospectus") of L-3 Communications Corporation (the "Company"), and
this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which together
describe the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 in
principal amount of its new 8% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
(the "Exchange Notes") for each $1,000 in principal amount of outstanding 8%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Old Notes"). The terms of the
Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal
amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Old Notes for which
they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that the
Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof (except as provided
herein or in the Prospectus) and are not subject to any covenant regarding
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act").

The undersigned has checked the appropriate boxes below and signed this
Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take
with respect to the Exchange Offer.

<PAGE>
PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS
CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW

YOUR BANK OR BROKER CAN ASSIST YOU IN COMPLETING THIS FORM. THE INSTRUCTIONS
INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND
REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

List below the Old Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If
the space provided below is inadequate, the Certificate Numbers and Principal
Amounts should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES TENDERED HEREWITH
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF
REGISTERED AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL
HOLDER(S) CERTIFICATE AMOUNT REPRESENTED PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
(PLEASE FILL IN) NUMBER(S)* BY OLD NOTES* TENDERED**
- ------------------------------------ --------------- ----------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
- ------------------------------------ --------------- ----------------------- --------------------

- ------------------------------------ --------------- ----------------------- --------------------

- ------------------------------------ --------------------------------------------------------------
* Need not be completed by book-entry holders.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
** Unless otherwise indicated, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate
principal amount represented by such Old Notes. See Instruction 2.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

This Letter of Transmittal is to be used either if certificates
representing Old Notes are to be forwarded herewith or if delivery of Old
Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the
Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company, pursuant to the procedures
set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" in the
Prospectus. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does
not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

Holders whose Old Notes are not immediately available or who cannot
deliver their Old Notes and all other documents required hereby to the
Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date must tender their Old Notes
according to the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in the Prospectus
under the caption "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes".

[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER MADE TO AN ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Tendering Institution
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

[ ] The Depository Trust Company

Account Number
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Transaction Code Number
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Registered Holder(s)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

2
<PAGE>
If Delivered by Book-entry Transfer:
Account Number
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

[ ] CHECK HERE IF EXCHANGE NOTES ARE TO BE DELIVERED TO PERSON OTHER THAN
PERSON SIGNING THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL:
Name
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please Print)
Address
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
(Including Zip Code)

[ ] CHECK HERE IF EXCHANGE NOTES ARE TO BE DELIVERED TO ADDRESS DIFFERENT
FROM THAT LISTED ELSEWHERE IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL:

Address
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
(Including Zip Code)

[ ] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL
COPIES OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR
SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Address:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that
it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of
Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive
Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were
acquired as result of market-making activities or other trading activities,
it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering
a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. Any holder who is an
"affiliate" of the Company or who has an arrangement or understanding with
respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to
the Exchange Offer, or any broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes from the
Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other
available exemption under the Securities Act must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act.

3
<PAGE>
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the
undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the above-described principal
amount of the Old Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the
acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes tendered herewith, the undersigned
hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company
all right, title and interest in and to such Old Notes. The undersigned
hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent the true and
lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge
that said Exchange Agent acts as the agent of the Company, in connection with
the Exchange Offer) to cause the Old Notes to be assigned, transferred and
exchanged. The undersigned represents and warrants that it has full power and
authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes and to
acquire Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Old Notes,
and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire
good and unencumbered title to the tendered Old Notes, free and clear of all
liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse
claim. The undersigned also warrants that it will, upon request, execute and
deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company
to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and
transfer of tendered Old Notes or transfer ownership of such Old Notes on the
account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility. The undersigned
further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Old Notes by
the Company and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall
constitute performance in full by the Company of its obligations under the
Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in the Prospectus) and that the
Company shall have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder except as
provided in the first paragraph of Section 2 of said agreement.

The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions as set forth in the
Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Certain Conditions to the
Exchange Offer." The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these
conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Company), as
more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Company may not be
required to exchange any of the Old Notes tendered hereby and, in such event,
the Old Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the
address shown above. In addition, the Company may amend the Exchange Offer at
any time prior to the Expiration Date if any of the conditions set forth
under "The Exchange Offer -- Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" occur.

By tendering, each holder of Old Notes represents that the Exchange Notes
acquired in the exchange will be obtained in the ordinary course of such
holder's business, that such holder has no arrangement with any person to
participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes, that such holder is
not an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act and that such holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to
engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes. Any holder of Old Notes
using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange
Notes (i) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") enunciated in its interpretive letter
with respect to Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available April 13, 1989)
or similar letters and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale
transaction.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the
death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the
undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Tendered Old
Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date in accordance
with the terms of this Letter of Transmittal. See Instruction 2.

Certificates for all Exchange Notes delivered in exchange for tendered Old
Notes and any Old Notes delivered herewith but not exchanged, and registered
in the name of the undersigned, shall be delivered to the undersigned at the
address shown below the signature of the undersigned.

4
<PAGE>
TENDER HOLDER(S) SIGN HERE
(Complete accompanying Substitute Form W-9)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGNATURE(S) OF HOLDER(S)

Dated Area Code and Telephone Number
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on
certificate(s) for Old Notes. If signature is by a trustee, executor,
administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other
person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth
the full title of such person.) See Instruction 3.

Name(s)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(PLEASE PRINT)

Capacity (full title)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Address
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(INCLUDING ZIP CODE)

Area Code and Telephone No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Taxpayer Identification No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(IF REQUIRED -- SEE INSTRUCTION 3)

Authorized Signature
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Title
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Address
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)

Area Code and Telephone Number
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dated
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

5
<PAGE>
INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

1. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATES.

A holder of Old Notes may tender the same by (i) properly completing and
signing this Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile hereof (all references in
the Prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to include a
facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the certificate or
certificates representing the Old Notes being tendered and any required
signature guarantees and any other document required by this Letter of
Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above on or prior
to the Expiration Date (or complying with the procedure for book-entry
transfer described below) or (ii) complying with the guaranteed delivery
procedures described below.

THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, THE OLD NOTES AND
ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDER, AND
EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW, THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY
WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF SUCH DELIVERY
IS BY MAIL, IT IS SUGGESTED THAT REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT
REQUESTED, PROPERTY INSURED, BE USED. IN ALL CASES SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE
ALLOWED TO PERMIT TIMELY DELIVERY. NO OLD NOTES OR LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL
SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.

If tendered Old Notes are registered in the name of the signer of the
Letter of Transmittal and the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange
therefor are to be issued (and any untendered Old Notes are to be reissued)
in the name of the registered holder (which term, for the purposes described
herein, shall include any participant in The Depository Trust Company (also
referred to as a "book-entry transfer facility") whose name appears on a
security listing as the owner of Old Notes), the signature of such signer
need not be guaranteed. In any other case, the tendered Old Notes must be
endorsed or accompanied by written instruments of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Company and duly executed by the registered holder, and
the signature on the endorsement or instrument of transfer must be guaranteed
by a bank, broker, dealer, credit union, savings association, clearing agency
or other institution (each an "Eligible Institution") that is a member of a
recognized signature guarantee medallion program within the meaning of Rule
17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. If the
Exchange Notes and/or Old Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to an
address other than that of the registered holder appearing on the note
register for the Old Notes, the signature on the Letter of Transmittal must
be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

The Exchange Agent will make a request within two business days after the
date of receipt of this Prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the
Old Notes at the book-entry transfer facility for the purpose of facilitating
the Exchange Offer, and subject to the establishment thereof, any financial
institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility's
system may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing such book-entry
transfer facility to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's
account with respect to the Old Notes in accordance with the book-entry
transfer facility's procedures for such transfer. Although delivery of Old
Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's
account at the book-entry transfer facility, an appropriate Letter of
Transmittal with any required signature guarantee and all other required
documents must in each case be transmitted to and received or confirmed by
the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or, if the guaranteed
delivery procedures described below are complied with, within the time period
provided under such procedures.

If a holder desires to accept the Exchange Offer and time will not permit
a Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes to reach the Exchange Agent before the
Expiration Date or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed
on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if the Exchange Agent has
received on or prior to the Expiration Date, a letter, telegram or facsimile
transmission (receipt confirmed by telephone and an original delivered by
guaranteed overnight courier) from an Eligible Institution setting forth the
name and address of the tendering holder, the names in which the Old Notes
are registered and, if possible, the certificate numbers of the Old Notes to
be tendered, and stating that the tender is being made thereby and
guaranteeing that within three business days after the Expiration Date, the
Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of book-entry
transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the
book-entry transfer facility), will be delivered by such Eligible Institution
together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal
(and any other required documents). Unless Old Notes being tendered by the
above-described method are deposited with the Exchange Agent within the time
period set forth above (accompanied or preceded by a properly completed
Letter of Transmittal and any other required documents), the Company may, at
its option, reject the tender.

6
<PAGE>
Copies of the notice of guaranteed delivery ("Notice of Guaranteed Delivery")
which may be used by Eligible Institutions for the purposes described in this
paragraph are available from the Exchange Agent.

A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date when (i) the
tendering holder's properly completed and duly signed Letter of Transmittal
accompanied by the Old Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of
such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the book-entry transfer
facility) is received by the Exchange Agent, or (ii) a Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery or letter, telegram or facsimile transmission to similar effect (as
provided above) from an Eligible Institution is received by the Exchange
Agent. Issuances of Exchange Notes in exchange for Old Notes tendered
pursuant to a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or letter, telegram or facsimile
transmission to similar effect (as provided above) by an Eligible Institution
will be made only against deposit of the Letter of Transmittal (and any other
required documents) and the tendered Old Notes.

If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person or persons other than
the registered holder or holders of Old Notes, such Old Notes must be
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case
signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders
appear on the Old Notes.

No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be
accepted. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal
(or facsimile thereof), shall waive any right to receive notice of the
acceptance of the Old Notes for exchange.

2. PARTIAL TENDERS; WITHDRAWALS.

If less than the entire principal amount of Old Notes evidenced by a
submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering holder should fill in the
principal amount tendered in the box entitled "Principal Amount Tendered." A
newly issued certificate for the principal amount of Old Notes submitted but
not tendered will be sent to such holder as soon as practicable after the
Expiration Date. All Old Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed
to have been tendered unless otherwise clearly indicated.

For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal sent by
telegram, facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed by telephone) or letter
must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein prior
to the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the
name of the person having tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the
"Depositor"), (ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the
certificate number or numbers and principal amount of such Old Notes), (iii)
specify the principal amount of Old Notes to be withdrawn, (iv) include a
statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Old Notes
exchanged, (v) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original
signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered
or as otherwise described above (including any required signature guarantees)
or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee
under the Indenture register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of
the person withdrawing the tender and (vi) specify the name in which any such
Old Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor. The
Exchange Agent will return the properly withdrawn Old Notes promptly
following receipt of notice of withdrawal. If Old Notes have been tendered
pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal
must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer
facility to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes or otherwise comply with
the book-entry transfer facility procedure. All questions as to the validity
of notices of withdrawals, including, time of receipt, will be determined by
the Company and such determination will be final and binding on all parties.

Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly
tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Old Notes which
have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason
will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in
the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange
Agent's account at the book-entry transfer facility pursuant to the
book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Old Notes will be
credited to an account with such book-entry transfer facility specified by
the holder) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or
termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be
retendered by following one of the procedures described under the caption
"Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" in the Prospectus at any time on or
prior to the Expiration Date.

3. SIGNATURE ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; WRITTEN INSTRUMENTS AND
ENDORSEMENTS; GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the
Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s)
written on the face of the certificates without alteration, enlargement or
any change whatsoever.

7
<PAGE>
If any of the Old Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more
joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

If a number of Old Notes registered in different names are tendered, it
will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of
this Letter of Transmittal as there are different registrations of Old Notes.

When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder or
holders (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the
book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the
owner of the Old Notes) of Old Notes listed and tendered hereby, no
endorsements of certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or
exchange are required.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person or persons other than
the registered holder or holders of Old Notes, such Old Notes must be
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case
signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders
appear(s) on the Old Notes.

If this Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or powers of attorney are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by
the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority
so to act must be submitted.

Endorsements on certificates or signatures on separate written instruments
of transfer or exchange required by this Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by
an Eligible Institution.

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution, provided the Old Notes are tendered: (i) by a
registered holder of such Old Notes, for the holder of such Old Notes; or
(ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.

4. TRANSFER TAXES.

The Company shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
transfer and exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If,
however, certificates representing Exchange Notes or Old Notes for principal
amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are
to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of
the Old Notes tendered, or if tendered Old Notes are registered in the name
of any person other than the person signing the Letter of Transmittal, or if
a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes
(whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be
payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such
taxes or exception therefrom is not submitted herewith the amount of such
transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

Except as provided in this Instruction 4, it will not be necessary for
transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Old Notes listed in this Letter of
Transmittal.

5. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS.

The Company reserves the right to waive in its reasonable judgment, in
whole or in part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in
the Prospectus.

6. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD NOTES.

Any holder whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed,
should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further
instructions.

7. SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

Each holder of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange (or
other payee) is required to provide a correct taxpayer identification number
("TIN"), generally the holder's Social Security or federal employer
identification number, and with certain other information, on Substitute Form
W-9, which is provided under "Important Tax Information" below, and to
certify that the holder (or other payee) is not subject to backup
withholding. Failure to provide the information on the Substitute Form W-9
may subject the holder (or other payee) to a $50 penalty imposed by the
Internal Revenue Service and 31% federal income tax backup withholding on
payments made in connection with the Exchange Notes. The box in Part 3

8
<PAGE>
of the Substitute Form W-9 may be checked if the holder (or other payee) has
not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN
in the near future. If the box in Part 3 is checked and a TIN is not provided
by the time any payment is made in connection with the Exchange Notes, 31% of
all such payments will be withheld until a TIN is provided.

8. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.

Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for
additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be
directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth
above. In addition, all questions relating to the Exchange Offer, as well as
requests for assistance or additional copies of the Prospectus and this
Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to L-3 Communications Corporation, 600
Third Avenue, New York, New York 10016, attention: Corporate Secretary
(telephone: (212) 697-1111).

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH
CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND ALL
OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS) OR A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED
BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

Under U.S. federal income tax law, a holder of Old Notes whose Old Notes
are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the
holder provides The Bank of New York (as payor) (the "Paying Agent"), through
the Exchange Agent, with either (i) such holder's correct taxpayer
identification number ("TIN") on Substitute Form W-9 attached hereto,
certifying that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that
such holder of Old Notes is awaiting a TIN) and that (A) the holder of Old
Notes has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is
subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest
or dividends or (B) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder of
Old Notes that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding; or (ii)
an adequate basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such holder of
Old Notes is an individual, the TIN is such holder's social security number.
If the Paying Agent is not provided with the correct taxpayer identification
number, the holder of Old Notes may be subject to certain penalties imposed
by the Internal Revenue Service.

Certain holders of Old Notes (including, among others, all corporations
and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding
and reporting requirements. Exempt holders of Old Notes should indicate their
exempt status on Substitute Form W-9. In order for a foreign individual to
qualify as an exempt recipient, the holder must submit a Form W-8, signed
under penalties of perjury, attesting to that individual's exempt status. A
Form W-8 can be obtained from the Paying Agent. See the enclosed "Guidelines
for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9"
for more instructions.

If backup withholding applies, the Paying Agent is required to withhold
31% of any such payments made to the holder of Old Notes or other payee.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of
persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax
withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be
obtained from the Internal Revenue Service.

The box in Part 3 of the Substitute Form W-9 may be checked if the
surrendering holder of Old Notes has not been issued a TIN and has applied
for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. If the box in
Part 3 is checked, the holder of Old Notes or other payee must also complete
the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number below in order to
avoid backup withholding. Notwithstanding that the box in Part 3 is checked
and the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number is completed,
the Paying Agent will withhold 31% of all payments made prior to the time a
properly certified TIN is provided to the Paying Agent.

The holder of Old Notes is required to give the Paying Agent the TIN
(e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the
record owner of the Old Notes. If the Old Notes are in more than one name or
are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed "Guidelines for
Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for
additional guidance on which number to report.

9
<PAGE>
PAYOR'S NAME: THE BANK OF NEW YORK, AS PAYING AGENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSTITUTE PART I--PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN TIN: --------------------
FORM W-9 IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW. Social Security number(s) or
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE Employer Identification
PAYOR'S REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER Number
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART 2-- CERTIFICATION--Under penalties of perjury, I certify that: (1) The number shown on this form is my
correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued for me), and (2) I am not
subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified
by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report
all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.
CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS--You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you
are currently subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
PART 3--
SIGNATURE DATE , 1999 Awaiting TIN []
- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN A $50
PENALTY IMPOSED BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE AND BACKUP
WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY CASH PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU. PLEASE REVIEW
THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL
DETAILS.
YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX
IN PART 3 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number
has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an
application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate
Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or
(2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I
understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the
time of payment, 31% of all reportable cash payments made to me thereafter
will be withheld until I provide a taxpayer identification number.

Signature Date , 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.2

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
FOR
TENDER OF $200,000,000 OUTSTANDING
8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
DUE 2008
IN EXCHANGE FOR NEW
8% SERIES B SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008
OF
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

Registered holders of outstanding 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
(the "Old Notes") who wish to tender their Old Notes in exchange for a like
principal amount of new 8% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the
"Exchange Notes") and whose Old Notes are not immediately available or who
cannot deliver their Old Notes and Letter of Transmittal (and any other
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal) to The Bank of New York (the
"Exchange Agent") prior to the Expiration Date, may use this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery or one substantially equivalent hereto. This Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile
transmission (receipt confirmed by telephone and an original delivered by
guaranteed overnight courier) or mail to the Exchange Agent. See "The
Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" in the prospectus dated
, 1999 of L-3 Communications Corporation (the "Prospectus").

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK

By Overnight Express: By Facsimile:
The Bank of New York (212) 815-6339
101 Barclay Street (For Eligible Institutions Only)
New York, New York 10286
Attention: Reorganization Section By Telephone:
(212) 815-4444

DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS
SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA A FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO A NUMBER
OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee
signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined in the Prospectus), such
signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided on the
Letter of Transmittal for Guarantee of Signatures.
<PAGE>
Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders the principal amount of Old Notes indicated
below, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the
Prospectus dated , 1999 of L-3 Communications Corporation (the
"Prospectus"), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TENDERED

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AND ADDRESS
OF REGISTERED
HOLDER AS IT CERTIFICATE
APPEARS ON THE NUMBER(S) PRINCIPAL
NAME OF OLD NOTES OF OLD NOTES AMOUNT OF OLD
TENDERING HOLDER (PLEASE PRINT) TENDERED NOTES TENDERED
- -------------------- -------------------- ---------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
- -------------------- -------------------- ---------------- ------------------

- -------------------- -------------------- ---------------- ------------------

- -------------------- -------------------- ---------------- ------------------
</TABLE>

THE FOLLOWING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED
GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

The undersigned, a member of a recognized signature guarantee medallion
program within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent
at one of its addresses set forth above, the certificates representing the
Old Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into
the Exchange Agent's account at the book-entry transfer facility), together
with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal within three business days
after the Expiration Date (as defined in the Prospectus and the Letter of
Transmittal).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Name of Firm: (Authorized Signature)

- -------------------------------- --------------------------

Address: Title:
- -------------------------------- --------------------------

Zip Code Name:
- -------------------------------- --------------------------
(Please type or print)

Area Code and Telephone No.: Date:

- -------------------------------- --------------------------
</TABLE>

NOTE: DO NOT SEND OLD NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. OLD
NOTES SHOULD BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.